100TH GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2017 and 2018
HB2808

 

Introduced , by Rep. William Davis

 

SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED:
 
See Index

    Provides that the Act may be referred to as the Evidence-Based Funding for Student Success Act. Amends the Economic Development Area Tax Increment Allocation Act, State Finance Act, Property Tax Code, Innovation Development and Economy Act, County Economic Development Project Area Property Tax Allocation Act, County Economic Development Project Area Tax Increment Allocation Act of 1991, Illinois Municipal Code, Economic Development Project Area Tax Increment Allocation Act of 1995, School Code, and Educational Opportunity for Military Children Act. Provides that the State aid formula provisions of the School Code apply through the 2016-2017 school year. Provides for an evidence-based funding formula beginning with the 2017-2018 school year. Sets forth provisions concerning an adequacy target calculation, a local capacity calculation, a base funding minimum calculation, a percent of adequacy and final resources calculation, an evidence-based funding formula distribution system, State Superintendent of Education administration of funding and school district submission requirements, and a Professional Judgment Panel. Makes other changes. Effective immediately.


LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

FISCAL NOTE ACT MAY APPLY

 

 

A BILL FOR

 

HB2808LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    AN ACT concerning education.
 
2    Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
3represented in the General Assembly:
 
4    Section 1. This Act may be referred to as the
5Evidence-Based Funding for Student Success Act.
 
6    Section 5. The Economic Development Area Tax Increment
7Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
 
8    (20 ILCS 620/7)  (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1007)
9    Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a
10municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing
11for an economic development project area by ordinance, the
12county clerk has thereafter certified the "total initial
13equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within
14such economic development project area in the manner provided
15in Section 6 of this Act, and the Department has approved and
16certified the economic development project area, each year
17after the date of the certification by the county clerk of the
18"total initial equalized assessed value" until economic
19development project costs and all municipal obligations
20financing economic development project costs have been paid,
21the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the
22taxable real property in the economic development project area

 

 

HB2808- 2 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner
2provided in subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be
3divided as follows:
4    (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable lot,
5block, tract or parcel of real property which is attributable
6to the lower of the current equalized assessed value or the
7initial equalized assessed value of each such taxable lot,
8block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at the time
9tax increment allocation financing was adopted, shall be
10allocated to and when collected shall be paid by the county
11collector to the respective affected taxing districts in the
12manner required by law in the absence of the adoption of tax
13increment allocation financing.
14    (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is
15attributable to the increase in the current equalized assessed
16valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
17property in the economic development project area, over and
18above the initial equalized assessed value of each property
19existing at the time tax increment allocation financing was
20adopted, shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid
21to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those taxes into
22a special fund called the special tax allocation fund of the
23municipality for the purpose of paying economic development
24project costs and obligations incurred in the payment thereof.
25    The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
26allocation financing, may pledge the funds in and to be

 

 

HB2808- 3 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1deposited in the special tax allocation fund for the payment of
2obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
3economic development project costs. No part of the current
4equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
5development project area attributable to any increase above the
6total initial equalized assessed value, of such properties
7shall be used in calculating the general State school aid
8formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or
9the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section
1018-8.15 of the School Code, until such time as all economic
11development projects costs have been paid as provided for in
12this Section.
13    When the economic development project costs, including
14without limitation all municipal obligations financing
15economic development project costs incurred under this Act,
16have been paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the special
17tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being paid by the
18municipal treasurer to the county collector, who shall
19immediately thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts
20having taxable property in the economic development project
21area in the same manner and proportion as the most recent
22distribution by the county collector to those taxing districts
23of real property taxes from real property in the economic
24development project area.
25    Upon the payment of all economic development project costs,
26retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess

 

 

HB2808- 4 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1monies pursuant to this Section the municipality shall adopt an
2ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
3economic development project area, terminating the economic
4development project area, and terminating the use of tax
5increment allocation financing for the economic development
6project area. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
7shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and distributed
8in the manner applicable in the absence of the adoption of tax
9increment allocation financing.
10    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
11property in economic development project areas from being
12assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code, or as relieving
13owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
14required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
15Constitution.
16(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
17    Section 10. The State Finance Act is amended by changing
18Section 13.2 as follows:
 
19    (30 ILCS 105/13.2)  (from Ch. 127, par. 149.2)
20    Sec. 13.2. Transfers among line item appropriations.
21    (a) Transfers among line item appropriations from the same
22treasury fund for the objects specified in this Section may be
23made in the manner provided in this Section when the balance
24remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is

 

 

HB2808- 5 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was
2made.
3    (a-1) No transfers may be made from one agency to another
4agency, nor may transfers be made from one institution of
5higher education to another institution of higher education
6except as provided by subsection (a-4).
7    (a-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section,
8transfers may be made only among the objects of expenditure
9enumerated in this Section, except that no funds may be
10transferred from any appropriation for personal services, from
11any appropriation for State contributions to the State
12Employees' Retirement System, from any separate appropriation
13for employee retirement contributions paid by the employer, nor
14from any appropriation for State contribution for employee
15group insurance. During State fiscal year 2005, an agency may
16transfer amounts among its appropriations within the same
17treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement
18contributions paid by employer, and State Contributions to
19retirement systems; notwithstanding and in addition to the
20transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, the
21fiscal year 2005 transfers authorized in this sentence may be
22made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount
23appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund. During
24State fiscal year 2007, the Departments of Children and Family
25Services, Corrections, Human Services, and Juvenile Justice
26may transfer amounts among their respective appropriations

 

 

HB2808- 6 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee
2retirement contributions paid by employer, and State
3contributions to retirement systems. During State fiscal year
42010, the Department of Transportation may transfer amounts
5among their respective appropriations within the same treasury
6fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions
7paid by employer, and State contributions to retirement
8systems. During State fiscal years 2010 and 2014 only, an
9agency may transfer amounts among its respective
10appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal
11services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer,
12and State contributions to retirement systems.
13Notwithstanding, and in addition to, the transfers authorized
14in subsection (c) of this Section, these transfers may be made
15in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount
16appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund.
17    (a-2.5) During State fiscal year 2015 only, the State's
18Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor may transfer amounts among its
19respective appropriations contained in operational line items
20within the same treasury fund. Notwithstanding, and in addition
21to, the transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section,
22these transfers may be made in an amount not to exceed 4% of
23the aggregate amount appropriated to the State's Attorneys
24Appellate Prosecutor within the same treasury fund.
25    (a-3) Further, if an agency receives a separate
26appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by

 

 

HB2808- 7 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the employer, any transfer by that agency into an appropriation
2for personal services must be accompanied by a corresponding
3transfer into the appropriation for employee retirement
4contributions paid by the employer, in an amount sufficient to
5meet the employer share of the employee contributions required
6to be remitted to the retirement system.
7    (a-4) Long-Term Care Rebalancing. The Governor may
8designate amounts set aside for institutional services
9appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State
10fund that receives monies for long-term care services to be
11transferred to all State agencies responsible for the
12administration of community-based long-term care programs,
13including, but not limited to, community-based long-term care
14programs administered by the Department of Healthcare and
15Family Services, the Department of Human Services, and the
16Department on Aging, provided that the Director of Healthcare
17and Family Services first certifies that the amounts being
18transferred are necessary for the purpose of assisting persons
19in or at risk of being in institutional care to transition to
20community-based settings, including the financial data needed
21to prove the need for the transfer of funds. The total amounts
22transferred shall not exceed 4% in total of the amounts
23appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State
24fund that receives monies for long-term care services for each
25fiscal year. A notice of the fund transfer must be made to the
26General Assembly and posted at a minimum on the Department of

 

 

HB2808- 8 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Healthcare and Family Services website, the Governor's Office
2of Management and Budget website, and any other website the
3Governor sees fit. These postings shall serve as notice to the
4General Assembly of the amounts to be transferred. Notice shall
5be given at least 30 days prior to transfer.
6    (b) In addition to the general transfer authority provided
7under subsection (c), the following agencies have the specific
8transfer authority granted in this subsection:
9    The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is
10authorized to make transfers representing savings attributable
11to not increasing grants due to the births of additional
12children from line items for payments of cash grants to line
13items for payments for employment and social services for the
14purposes outlined in subsection (f) of Section 4-2 of the
15Illinois Public Aid Code.
16    The Department of Children and Family Services is
17authorized to make transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate
18amount appropriated to it within the same treasury fund for the
19following line items among these same line items: Foster Home
20and Specialized Foster Care and Prevention, Institutions and
21Group Homes and Prevention, and Purchase of Adoption and
22Guardianship Services.
23    The Department on Aging is authorized to make transfers not
24exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within
25the same treasury fund for the following Community Care Program
26line items among these same line items: purchase of services

 

 

HB2808- 9 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1covered by the Community Care Program and Comprehensive Case
2Coordination.
3    The State Treasurer is authorized to make transfers among
4line item appropriations from the Capital Litigation Trust
5Fund, with respect to costs incurred in fiscal years 2002 and
62003 only, when the balance remaining in one or more such line
7item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which
8the appropriation was made, provided that no such transfer may
9be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for
10the purpose for which that appropriation was made.
11    The State Board of Education is authorized to make
12transfers from line item appropriations within the same
13treasury fund for General State Aid, and General State Aid -
14Hold Harmless, Evidence-Based Funding, provided that no such
15transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no longer
16required for the purpose for which that appropriation was made,
17to the line item appropriation for Transitional Assistance when
18the balance remaining in such line item appropriation is
19insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was
20made.
21    The State Board of Education is authorized to make
22transfers between the following line item appropriations
23within the same treasury fund: Disabled Student
24Services/Materials (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code),
25Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement (Section
2614-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Tuition -

 

 

HB2808- 10 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Private Tuition (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code),
2Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b of the
3School Code), Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Program,
4Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the School Code), and
5Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement (Section
629-5 of the School Code). Such transfers shall be made only
7when the balance remaining in one or more such line item
8appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the
9appropriation was made and provided that no such transfer may
10be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for
11the purpose for which that appropriation was made.
12    The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is
13authorized to make transfers not exceeding 4% of the aggregate
14amount appropriated to it, within the same treasury fund, among
15the various line items appropriated for Medical Assistance.
16    (c) The sum of such transfers for an agency in a fiscal
17year shall not exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated
18to it within the same treasury fund for the following objects:
19Personal Services; Extra Help; Student and Inmate
20Compensation; State Contributions to Retirement Systems; State
21Contributions to Social Security; State Contribution for
22Employee Group Insurance; Contractual Services; Travel;
23Commodities; Printing; Equipment; Electronic Data Processing;
24Operation of Automotive Equipment; Telecommunications
25Services; Travel and Allowance for Committed, Paroled and
26Discharged Prisoners; Library Books; Federal Matching Grants

 

 

HB2808- 11 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1for Student Loans; Refunds; Workers' Compensation,
2Occupational Disease, and Tort Claims; and, in appropriations
3to institutions of higher education, Awards and Grants.
4Notwithstanding the above, any amounts appropriated for
5payment of workers' compensation claims to an agency to which
6the authority to evaluate, administer and pay such claims has
7been delegated by the Department of Central Management Services
8may be transferred to any other expenditure object where such
9amounts exceed the amount necessary for the payment of such
10claims.
11    (c-1) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2003.
12Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the
13contrary, for State fiscal year 2003 only, transfers among line
14item appropriations to an agency from the same treasury fund
15may be made provided that the sum of such transfers for an
16agency in State fiscal year 2003 shall not exceed 3% of the
17aggregate amount appropriated to that State agency for State
18fiscal year 2003 for the following objects: personal services,
19except that no transfer may be approved which reduces the
20aggregate appropriations for personal services within an
21agency; extra help; student and inmate compensation; State
22contributions to retirement systems; State contributions to
23social security; State contributions for employee group
24insurance; contractual services; travel; commodities;
25printing; equipment; electronic data processing; operation of
26automotive equipment; telecommunications services; travel and

 

 

HB2808- 12 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1allowance for committed, paroled, and discharged prisoners;
2library books; federal matching grants for student loans;
3refunds; workers' compensation, occupational disease, and tort
4claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher
5education, awards and grants.
6    (c-2) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2005.
7Notwithstanding subsections (a), (a-2), and (c), for State
8fiscal year 2005 only, transfers may be made among any line
9item appropriations from the same or any other treasury fund
10for any objects or purposes, without limitation, when the
11balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations
12is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was
13made, provided that the sum of those transfers by a State
14agency shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated
15to that State agency for fiscal year 2005.
16    (c-3) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2015.
17Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for State
18fiscal year 2015, transfers among line item appropriations to a
19State agency from the same State treasury fund may be made for
20operational or lump sum expenses only, provided that the sum of
21such transfers for a State agency in State fiscal year 2015
22shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated to
23that State agency for operational or lump sum expenses for
24State fiscal year 2015. For the purpose of this subsection,
25"operational or lump sum expenses" includes the following
26objects: personal services; extra help; student and inmate

 

 

HB2808- 13 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1compensation; State contributions to retirement systems; State
2contributions to social security; State contributions for
3employee group insurance; contractual services; travel;
4commodities; printing; equipment; electronic data processing;
5operation of automotive equipment; telecommunications
6services; travel and allowance for committed, paroled, and
7discharged prisoners; library books; federal matching grants
8for student loans; refunds; workers' compensation,
9occupational disease, and tort claims; lump sum and other
10purposes; and lump sum operations. For the purpose of this
11subsection (c-3), "State agency" does not include the Attorney
12General, the Secretary of State, the Comptroller, the
13Treasurer, or the legislative or judicial branches.
14    (d) Transfers among appropriations made to agencies of the
15Legislative and Judicial departments and to the
16constitutionally elected officers in the Executive branch
17require the approval of the officer authorized in Section 10 of
18this Act to approve and certify vouchers. Transfers among
19appropriations made to the University of Illinois, Southern
20Illinois University, Chicago State University, Eastern
21Illinois University, Governors State University, Illinois
22State University, Northeastern Illinois University, Northern
23Illinois University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois
24Mathematics and Science Academy and the Board of Higher
25Education require the approval of the Board of Higher Education
26and the Governor. Transfers among appropriations to all other

 

 

HB2808- 14 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1agencies require the approval of the Governor.
2    The officer responsible for approval shall certify that the
3transfer is necessary to carry out the programs and purposes
4for which the appropriations were made by the General Assembly
5and shall transmit to the State Comptroller a certified copy of
6the approval which shall set forth the specific amounts
7transferred so that the Comptroller may change his records
8accordingly. The Comptroller shall furnish the Governor with
9information copies of all transfers approved for agencies of
10the Legislative and Judicial departments and transfers
11approved by the constitutionally elected officials of the
12Executive branch other than the Governor, showing the amounts
13transferred and indicating the dates such changes were entered
14on the Comptroller's records.
15    (e) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
16State Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations for
17General State Aid or Evidence-Based Funding between the Common
18School Fund and the Education Assistance Fund. With the advice
19and consent of the Governor's Office of Management and Budget,
20the State Board of Education, in consultation with the State
21Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations between the
22General Revenue Fund and the Education Assistance Fund for the
23following programs:
24        (1) Disabled Student Personnel Reimbursement (Section
25    14-13.01 of the School Code);
26        (2) Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement

 

 

HB2808- 15 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of the School Code);
2        (3) Disabled Student Tuition - Private Tuition
3    (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code);
4        (4) Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b
5    of the School Code);
6        (5) Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Programs;
7        (6) Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the
8    School Code);
9        (7) Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement
10    (Section 29-5 of the School Code);
11        (8) Regular Education Reimbursement (Section 18-3 of
12    the School Code); and
13        (9) Special Education Reimbursement (Section 14-7.03
14    of the School Code).
15(Source: P.A. 98-24, eff. 6-19-13; 98-674, eff. 6-30-14; 99-2,
16eff. 3-26-15.)
 
17    Section 15. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing
18Sections 18-200 and 18-249 as follows:
 
19    (35 ILCS 200/18-200)
20    Sec. 18-200. School Code. A school district's State aid
21shall not be reduced under the computation under subsections
225(a) through 5(h) of Part A of Section 18-8 of the School Code
23or under Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the
24operating tax rate falling from above the minimum requirement

 

 

HB2808- 16 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of that Section of the School Code to below the minimum
2requirement of that Section of the School Code due to the
3operation of this Law.
4(Source: P.A. 87-17; 88-455.)
 
5    (35 ILCS 200/18-249)
6    Sec. 18-249. Miscellaneous provisions.
7    (a) Certification of new property. For the 1994 levy year,
8the chief county assessment officer shall certify to the county
9clerk, after all changes by the board of review or board of
10appeals, as the case may be, the assessed value of new property
11by taxing district for the 1994 levy year under rules
12promulgated by the Department.
13    (b) School Code. A school district's State aid shall not be
14reduced under the computation under subsections 5(a) through
155(h) of Part A of Section 18-8 of the School Code or under
16Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the operating tax
17rate falling from above the minimum requirement of that Section
18of the School Code to below the minimum requirement of that
19Section of the School Code due to the operation of this Law.
20    (c) Rules. The Department shall make and promulgate
21reasonable rules relating to the administration of the purposes
22and provisions of Sections 18-246 through 18-249 as may be
23necessary or appropriate.
24(Source: P.A. 89-1, eff. 2-12-95.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 17 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Section 20. The Innovation Development and Economy Act is
2amended by changing Section 33 as follows:
 
3    (50 ILCS 470/33)
4    Sec. 33. STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust
5Fund.
6    (a) The STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust
7Fund is created as a trust fund in the State treasury. Deposits
8into the Trust Fund shall be made as provided under this
9Section. Moneys in the Trust Fund shall be used by the
10Department of Revenue only for the purpose of making payments
11to school districts in educational service regions that include
12or are adjacent to the STAR bond district. Moneys in the Trust
13Fund are not subject to appropriation and shall be used solely
14as provided in this Section. All deposits into the Trust Fund
15shall be held in the Trust Fund by the State Treasurer as ex
16officio custodian separate and apart from all public moneys or
17funds of this State and shall be administered by the Department
18exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Section. All
19moneys in the Trust Fund shall be invested and reinvested by
20the State Treasurer. All interest accruing from these
21investments shall be deposited in the Trust Fund.
22    (b) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the political
23subdivision shall immediately transmit to the county clerk of
24the county in which the district is located a certified copy of
25the ordinance creating the district, a legal description of the

 

 

HB2808- 18 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district, a map of the district, identification of the year
2that the county clerk shall use for determining the total
3initial equalized assessed value of the district consistent
4with subsection (c), and a list of the parcel or tax
5identification number of each parcel of property included in
6the district.
7    (c) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the county clerk
8immediately thereafter shall determine (i) the most recently
9ascertained equalized assessed value of each lot, block, tract,
10or parcel of real property within the STAR bond district, from
11which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions under Article
1215 of the Property Tax Code, which value shall be the initial
13equalized assessed value of each such piece of property, and
14(ii) the total equalized assessed value of all taxable real
15property within the district by adding together the most
16recently ascertained equalized assessed value of each taxable
17lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property within the
18district, from which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions
19under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code, and shall certify
20that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value of
21the taxable real property within the STAR bond district.
22    (d) In reference to any STAR bond district created within
23any political subdivision, and in respect to which the county
24clerk has certified the total initial equalized assessed value
25of the property in the area, the political subdivision may
26thereafter request the clerk in writing to adjust the initial

 

 

HB2808- 19 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1equalized value of all taxable real property within the STAR
2bond district by deducting therefrom the exemptions under
3Article 15 of the Property Tax Code applicable to each lot,
4block, tract, or parcel of real property within the STAR bond
5district. The county clerk shall immediately, after the written
6request to adjust the total initial equalized value is
7received, determine the total homestead exemptions in the STAR
8bond district as provided under Article 15 of the Property Tax
9Code by adding together the homestead exemptions provided by
10said Article on each lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
11property within the STAR bond district and then shall deduct
12the total of said exemptions from the total initial equalized
13assessed value. The county clerk shall then promptly certify
14that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value as
15adjusted of the taxable real property within the STAR bond
16district.
17    (e) The county clerk or other person authorized by law
18shall compute the tax rates for each taxing district with all
19or a portion of its equalized assessed value located in the
20STAR bond district. The rate per cent of tax determined shall
21be extended to the current equalized assessed value of all
22property in the district in the same manner as the rate per
23cent of tax is extended to all other taxable property in the
24taxing district.
25    (f) Beginning with the assessment year in which the first
26destination user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond

 

 

HB2808- 20 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district makes its first retail sales and for each assessment
2year thereafter until final maturity of the last STAR bonds
3issued in the district, the county clerk or other person
4authorized by law shall determine the increase in equalized
5assessed value of all real property within the STAR bond
6district by subtracting the initial equalized assessed value of
7all property in the district certified under subsection (c)
8from the current equalized assessed value of all property in
9the district. Each year, the property taxes arising from the
10increase in equalized assessed value in the STAR bond district
11shall be determined for each taxing district and shall be
12certified to the county collector.
13    (g) Beginning with the year in which taxes are collected
14based on the assessment year in which the first destination
15user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond district
16makes its first retail sales and for each year thereafter until
17final maturity of the last STAR bonds issued in the district,
18the county collector shall, within 30 days after receipt of
19property taxes, transmit to the Department to be deposited into
20the STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund 15%
21of property taxes attributable to the increase in equalized
22assessed value within the STAR bond district from each taxing
23district as certified in subsection (f).
24    (h) The Department shall pay to the regional superintendent
25of schools whose educational service region includes Franklin
26and Williamson Counties, for each year for which money is

 

 

HB2808- 21 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1remitted to the Department and paid into the STAR Bonds School
2Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, the money in the Fund as
3provided in this Section. The amount paid to each school
4district shall be allocated proportionately, based on each
5qualifying school district's fall enrollment for the
6then-current school year, such that the school district with
7the largest fall enrollment receives the largest proportionate
8share of money paid out of the Fund or by any other method or
9formula that the regional superintendent of schools deems fit,
10equitable, and in the public interest. The regional
11superintendent may allocate moneys to school districts that are
12outside of his or her educational service region or to other
13regional superintendents.
14    The Department shall determine the distributions under
15this Section using its best judgment and information. The
16Department shall be held harmless for the distributions made
17under this Section and all distributions shall be final.
18    (i) In any year that an assessment appeal is filed, the
19extension of taxes on any assessment so appealed shall not be
20delayed. In the case of an assessment that is altered, any
21taxes extended upon the unauthorized assessment or part thereof
22shall be abated, or, if already paid, shall be refunded with
23interest as provided in Section 23-20 of the Property Tax Code.
24In the case of an assessment appeal, the county collector shall
25notify the Department that an assessment appeal has been filed
26and the amount of the tax that would have been deposited in the

 

 

HB2808- 22 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund. The
2county collector shall hold that amount in a separate fund
3until the appeal process is final. After the appeal process is
4finalized, the county collector shall transmit to the
5Department the amount of tax that remains, if any, after all
6required refunds are made. The Department shall pay any amount
7deposited into the Trust Fund under this Section in the same
8proportion as determined for payments for that taxable year
9under subsection (h).
10    (j) In any year that ad valorem taxes are allocated to the
11STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, that
12allocation shall not reduce or otherwise impact the school aid
13provided to any school district under the general State school
14aid formula provided for in Section 18-8.05 of the School Code
15or the evidence-based funding formula provided for in Section
1618-8.15 of the School Code.
17(Source: P.A. 96-939, eff. 6-24-10.)
 
18    Section 25. The County Economic Development Project Area
19Property Tax Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as
20follows:
 
21    (55 ILCS 85/7)  (from Ch. 34, par. 7007)
22    Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a
23county has adopted property tax allocation financing by
24ordinance for an economic development project area, the

 

 

HB2808- 23 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Department has approved and certified the economic development
2project area, and the county clerk has thereafter certified the
3"total initial equalized value" of the taxable real property
4within such economic development project area in the manner
5provided in subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act, each year
6after the date of the certification by the county clerk of the
7"initial equalized assessed value" until economic development
8project costs and all county obligations financing economic
9development project costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes,
10if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable real property
11in the economic development project area by taxing districts
12and tax rates determined in the manner provided in subsection
13(b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be divided as follows:
14        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
15    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property which is
16    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
17    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each such
18    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
19    existing at the time property tax allocation financing was
20    adopted shall be allocated and when collected shall be paid
21    by the county collector to the respective affected taxing
22    districts in the manner required by the law in the absence
23    of the adoption of property tax allocation financing.
24        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is
25    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
26    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or

 

 

HB2808- 24 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    parcel of real property in the economic development project
2    are, over and above the initial equalized assessed value of
3    each property existing at the time property tax allocation
4    financing was adopted shall be allocated to and when
5    collected shall be paid to the county treasurer, who shall
6    deposit those taxes into a special fund called the special
7    tax allocation fund of the county for the purpose of paying
8    economic development project costs and obligations
9    incurred in the payment thereof.
10    The county, by an ordinance adopting property tax
11allocation financing, may pledge the funds in and to be
12deposited in the special tax allocation fund for the payment of
13obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
14economic development project costs. No part of the current
15equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
16development project area attributable to any increase above the
17total initial equalized assessed value of such properties shall
18be used in calculating the general State school aid formula,
19provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or the
20evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section
2118-8.15 of the School Code, until such time as all economic
22development projects costs have been paid as provided for in
23this Section.
24    Whenever a county issues bonds for the purpose of financing
25economic development project costs, the county may provide by
26ordinance for the appointment of a trustee, which may be any

 

 

HB2808- 25 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1trust company within the State, and for the establishment of
2the funds or accounts to be maintained by such trustee as the
3county shall deem necessary to provide for the security and
4payment of the bonds. If the county provides for the
5appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be considered the
6assignee of any payments assigned by the county pursuant to the
7ordinance and this Section. Any amounts paid to the trustee as
8assignee shall be deposited in the funds or accounts
9established pursuant to the trust agreement, and shall be held
10by the trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the
11bonds, and the holders shall have a lien on and a security
12interest in those bonds or accounts so long as the bonds remain
13outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement of the bonds, the
14trustee shall pay over any excess amounts held to the county
15for deposit in the special tax allocation fund.
16    When the economic development project costs, including
17without limitation all county obligations financing economic
18development project costs incurred under this Act, have been
19paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the special tax
20allocation funds shall be distributed by being paid by the
21county treasurer to the county collector, who shall immediately
22thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts having
23taxable property in the economic development project area in
24the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
25by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
26property taxes from real property in the economic development

 

 

HB2808- 26 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1project area.
2    Upon the payment of all economic development project costs,
3retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess
4monies pursuant to this Section and not later than 23 years
5from the date of adoption of the ordinance adopting property
6tax allocation financing, the county shall adopt an ordinance
7dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the economic
8development project area and terminating the designation of the
9economic development project area as an economic development
10project area; however, in relation to one or more contiguous
11parcels not exceeding a total area of 120 acres within which an
12electric generating facility is intended to be constructed, and
13with respect to which the owner of that proposed electric
14generating facility has entered into a redevelopment agreement
15with Grundy County on or before July 25, 2017, the ordinance of
16the county required in this paragraph shall not dissolve the
17special tax allocation fund for the existing economic
18development project area and shall only terminate the
19designation of the economic development project area as to
20those portions of the economic development project area
21excluding the area covered by the redevelopment agreement
22between the owner of the proposed electric generating facility
23and Grundy County; the county shall adopt an ordinance
24dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the economic
25development project area and terminating the designation of the
26economic development project area as an economic development

 

 

HB2808- 27 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1project area with regard to the electric generating facility
2property not later than 35 years from the date of adoption of
3the ordinance adopting property tax allocation financing.
4Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts shall be extended
5and taxes levied, collected and distributed in the manner
6applicable in the absence of the adoption of property tax
7allocation financing.
8    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
9property in economic development project areas from being
10assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
11owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
12required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
13Constitution of 1970.
14(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-513, eff. 6-30-16.)
 
15    Section 30. The County Economic Development Project Area
16Tax Increment Allocation Act of 1991 is amended by changing
17Section 50 as follows:
 
18    (55 ILCS 90/50)  (from Ch. 34, par. 8050)
19    Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
20    (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial
21equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within
22an economic development project area in the manner provided in
23Section 45, each year after the date of the certification by
24the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed

 

 

HB2808- 28 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1value", until economic development project costs and all county
2obligations financing economic development project costs have
3been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
4levies upon the taxable real property in the economic
5development project area by taxing districts and tax rates
6determined in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section
745 shall be divided as follows:
8        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
9    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is
10    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
11    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
12    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
13    existing at the time tax increment financing was adopted
14    shall be allocated to (and when collected shall be paid by
15    the county collector to) the respective affected taxing
16    districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
17    the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
18        (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is
19    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
20    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or
21    parcel of real property in the economic development project
22    area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value
23    of each property existing at the time tax increment
24    financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
25    collected shall be paid to) the county treasurer, who shall
26    deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the special

 

 

HB2808- 29 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    tax allocation fund of the county) for the purpose of
2    paying economic development project costs and obligations
3    incurred in the payment of those costs.
4    (b) The county, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
5allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to be
6deposited into the special tax allocation fund for the payment
7of obligations issued under this Act and for the payment of
8economic development project costs. No part of the current
9equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic
10development project area attributable to any increase above the
11total initial equalized assessed value of those properties
12shall be used in calculating the general State school aid
13formula under Section 18-8 of the School Code or the
14evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the
15School Code until all economic development projects costs have
16been paid as provided for in this Section.
17    (c) When the economic development projects costs,
18including without limitation all county obligations financing
19economic development project costs incurred under this Act,
20have been paid, all surplus monies then remaining in the
21special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being paid
22by the county treasurer to the county collector, who shall
23immediately pay the monies to the taxing districts having
24taxable property in the economic development project area in
25the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
26by the county collector to those taxing districts of real

 

 

HB2808- 30 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1property taxes from real property in the economic development
2project area.
3    (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project
4costs, retirement of obligations, and distribution of any
5excess monies under this Section, the county shall adopt an
6ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
7economic development project area and terminating the
8designation of the economic development project area as an
9economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the
10taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied,
11collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the
12absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
13    (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
14property in the economic development project areas from being
15assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
16owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes as
17required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
18Constitution.
19(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
20    Section 35. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by
21changing Sections 11-74.4-3, 11-74.4-8, and 11-74.6-35 as
22follows:
 
23    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3)  (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3)
24    Sec. 11-74.4-3. Definitions. The following terms, wherever

 

 

HB2808- 31 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1used or referred to in this Division 74.4 shall have the
2following respective meanings, unless in any case a different
3meaning clearly appears from the context.
4    (a) For any redevelopment project area that has been
5designated pursuant to this Section by an ordinance adopted
6prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public Act
791-478), "blighted area" shall have the meaning set forth in
8this Section prior to that date.
9    On and after November 1, 1999, "blighted area" means any
10improved or vacant area within the boundaries of a
11redevelopment project area located within the territorial
12limits of the municipality where:
13        (1) If improved, industrial, commercial, and
14    residential buildings or improvements are detrimental to
15    the public safety, health, or welfare because of a
16    combination of 5 or more of the following factors, each of
17    which is (i) present, with that presence documented, to a
18    meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably
19    find that the factor is clearly present within the intent
20    of the Act and (ii) reasonably distributed throughout the
21    improved part of the redevelopment project area:
22            (A) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair
23        or neglect of necessary repairs to the primary
24        structural components of buildings or improvements in
25        such a combination that a documented building
26        condition analysis determines that major repair is

 

 

HB2808- 32 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        required or the defects are so serious and so extensive
2        that the buildings must be removed.
3            (B) Obsolescence. The condition or process of
4        falling into disuse. Structures have become ill-suited
5        for the original use.
6            (C) Deterioration. With respect to buildings,
7        defects including, but not limited to, major defects in
8        the secondary building components such as doors,
9        windows, porches, gutters and downspouts, and fascia.
10        With respect to surface improvements, that the
11        condition of roadways, alleys, curbs, gutters,
12        sidewalks, off-street parking, and surface storage
13        areas evidence deterioration, including, but not
14        limited to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes,
15        depressions, loose paving material, and weeds
16        protruding through paved surfaces.
17            (D) Presence of structures below minimum code
18        standards. All structures that do not meet the
19        standards of zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
20        other governmental codes applicable to property, but
21        not including housing and property maintenance codes.
22            (E) Illegal use of individual structures. The use
23        of structures in violation of applicable federal,
24        State, or local laws, exclusive of those applicable to
25        the presence of structures below minimum code
26        standards.

 

 

HB2808- 33 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            (F) Excessive vacancies. The presence of buildings
2        that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that
3        represent an adverse influence on the area because of
4        the frequency, extent, or duration of the vacancies.
5            (G) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary
6        facilities. The absence of adequate ventilation for
7        light or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
8        windows, or that require the removal of dust, odor,
9        gas, smoke, or other noxious airborne materials.
10        Inadequate natural light and ventilation means the
11        absence of skylights or windows for interior spaces or
12        rooms and improper window sizes and amounts by room
13        area to window area ratios. Inadequate sanitary
14        facilities refers to the absence or inadequacy of
15        garbage storage and enclosure, bathroom facilities,
16        hot water and kitchens, and structural inadequacies
17        preventing ingress and egress to and from all rooms and
18        units within a building.
19            (H) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead
20        utilities such as storm sewers and storm drainage,
21        sanitary sewers, water lines, and gas, telephone, and
22        electrical services that are shown to be inadequate.
23        Inadequate utilities are those that are: (i) of
24        insufficient capacity to serve the uses in the
25        redevelopment project area, (ii) deteriorated,
26        antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or (iii)

 

 

HB2808- 34 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        lacking within the redevelopment project area.
2            (I) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of
3        structures and community facilities. The
4        over-intensive use of property and the crowding of
5        buildings and accessory facilities onto a site.
6        Examples of problem conditions warranting the
7        designation of an area as one exhibiting excessive land
8        coverage are: (i) the presence of buildings either
9        improperly situated on parcels or located on parcels of
10        inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day
11        standards of development for health and safety and (ii)
12        the presence of multiple buildings on a single parcel.
13        For there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
14        these parcels must exhibit one or more of the following
15        conditions: insufficient provision for light and air
16        within or around buildings, increased threat of spread
17        of fire due to the close proximity of buildings, lack
18        of adequate or proper access to a public right-of-way,
19        lack of reasonably required off-street parking, or
20        inadequate provision for loading and service.
21            (J) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence
22        of incompatible land-use relationships, buildings
23        occupied by inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
24        considered to be noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for
25        the surrounding area.
26            (K) Environmental clean-up. The proposed

 

 

HB2808- 35 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        redevelopment project area has incurred Illinois
2        Environmental Protection Agency or United States
3        Environmental Protection Agency remediation costs for,
4        or a study conducted by an independent consultant
5        recognized as having expertise in environmental
6        remediation has determined a need for, the clean-up of
7        hazardous waste, hazardous substances, or underground
8        storage tanks required by State or federal law,
9        provided that the remediation costs constitute a
10        material impediment to the development or
11        redevelopment of the redevelopment project area.
12            (L) Lack of community planning. The proposed
13        redevelopment project area was developed prior to or
14        without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
15        This means that the development occurred prior to the
16        adoption by the municipality of a comprehensive or
17        other community plan or that the plan was not followed
18        at the time of the area's development. This factor must
19        be documented by evidence of adverse or incompatible
20        land-use relationships, inadequate street layout,
21        improper subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
22        size to meet contemporary development standards, or
23        other evidence demonstrating an absence of effective
24        community planning.
25            (M) The total equalized assessed value of the
26        proposed redevelopment project area has declined for 3

 

 

HB2808- 36 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        of the last 5 calendar years prior to the year in which
2        the redevelopment project area is designated or is
3        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
4        balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5
5        calendar years for which information is available or is
6        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
7        Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published
8        by the United States Department of Labor or successor
9        agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years prior to the
10        year in which the redevelopment project area is
11        designated.
12        (2) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment
13    project area is impaired by a combination of 2 or more of
14    the following factors, each of which is (i) present, with
15    that presence documented, to a meaningful extent so that a
16    municipality may reasonably find that the factor is clearly
17    present within the intent of the Act and (ii) reasonably
18    distributed throughout the vacant part of the
19    redevelopment project area to which it pertains:
20            (A) Obsolete platting of vacant land that results
21        in parcels of limited or narrow size or configurations
22        of parcels of irregular size or shape that would be
23        difficult to develop on a planned basis and in a manner
24        compatible with contemporary standards and
25        requirements, or platting that failed to create
26        rights-of-ways for streets or alleys or that created

 

 

HB2808- 37 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        inadequate right-of-way widths for streets, alleys, or
2        other public rights-of-way or that omitted easements
3        for public utilities.
4            (B) Diversity of ownership of parcels of vacant
5        land sufficient in number to retard or impede the
6        ability to assemble the land for development.
7            (C) Tax and special assessment delinquencies exist
8        or the property has been the subject of tax sales under
9        the Property Tax Code within the last 5 years.
10            (D) Deterioration of structures or site
11        improvements in neighboring areas adjacent to the
12        vacant land.
13            (E) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental
14        Protection Agency or United States Environmental
15        Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
16        conducted by an independent consultant recognized as
17        having expertise in environmental remediation has
18        determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous waste,
19        hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks
20        required by State or federal law, provided that the
21        remediation costs constitute a material impediment to
22        the development or redevelopment of the redevelopment
23        project area.
24            (F) The total equalized assessed value of the
25        proposed redevelopment project area has declined for 3
26        of the last 5 calendar years prior to the year in which

 

 

HB2808- 38 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        the redevelopment project area is designated or is
2        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
3        balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5
4        calendar years for which information is available or is
5        increasing at an annual rate that is less than the
6        Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published
7        by the United States Department of Labor or successor
8        agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years prior to the
9        year in which the redevelopment project area is
10        designated.
11        (3) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment
12    project area is impaired by one of the following factors
13    that (i) is present, with that presence documented, to a
14    meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably
15    find that the factor is clearly present within the intent
16    of the Act and (ii) is reasonably distributed throughout
17    the vacant part of the redevelopment project area to which
18    it pertains:
19            (A) The area consists of one or more unused
20        quarries, mines, or strip mine ponds.
21            (B) The area consists of unused rail yards, rail
22        tracks, or railroad rights-of-way.
23            (C) The area, prior to its designation, is subject
24        to (i) chronic flooding that adversely impacts on real
25        property in the area as certified by a registered
26        professional engineer or appropriate regulatory agency

 

 

HB2808- 39 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        or (ii) surface water that discharges from all or a
2        part of the area and contributes to flooding within the
3        same watershed, but only if the redevelopment project
4        provides for facilities or improvements to contribute
5        to the alleviation of all or part of the flooding.
6            (D) The area consists of an unused or illegal
7        disposal site containing earth, stone, building
8        debris, or similar materials that were removed from
9        construction, demolition, excavation, or dredge sites.
10            (E) Prior to November 1, 1999, the area is not less
11        than 50 nor more than 100 acres and 75% of which is
12        vacant (notwithstanding that the area has been used for
13        commercial agricultural purposes within 5 years prior
14        to the designation of the redevelopment project area),
15        and the area meets at least one of the factors itemized
16        in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the area has been
17        designated as a town or village center by ordinance or
18        comprehensive plan adopted prior to January 1, 1982,
19        and the area has not been developed for that designated
20        purpose.
21            (F) The area qualified as a blighted improved area
22        immediately prior to becoming vacant, unless there has
23        been substantial private investment in the immediately
24        surrounding area.
25    (b) For any redevelopment project area that has been
26designated pursuant to this Section by an ordinance adopted

 

 

HB2808- 40 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public Act
291-478), "conservation area" shall have the meaning set forth
3in this Section prior to that date.
4    On and after November 1, 1999, "conservation area" means
5any improved area within the boundaries of a redevelopment
6project area located within the territorial limits of the
7municipality in which 50% or more of the structures in the area
8have an age of 35 years or more. Such an area is not yet a
9blighted area but because of a combination of 3 or more of the
10following factors is detrimental to the public safety, health,
11morals or welfare and such an area may become a blighted area:
12        (1) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair or
13    neglect of necessary repairs to the primary structural
14    components of buildings or improvements in such a
15    combination that a documented building condition analysis
16    determines that major repair is required or the defects are
17    so serious and so extensive that the buildings must be
18    removed.
19        (2) Obsolescence. The condition or process of falling
20    into disuse. Structures have become ill-suited for the
21    original use.
22        (3) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, defects
23    including, but not limited to, major defects in the
24    secondary building components such as doors, windows,
25    porches, gutters and downspouts, and fascia. With respect
26    to surface improvements, that the condition of roadways,

 

 

HB2808- 41 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    alleys, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, off-street parking, and
2    surface storage areas evidence deterioration, including,
3    but not limited to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes,
4    depressions, loose paving material, and weeds protruding
5    through paved surfaces.
6        (4) Presence of structures below minimum code
7    standards. All structures that do not meet the standards of
8    zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and other
9    governmental codes applicable to property, but not
10    including housing and property maintenance codes.
11        (5) Illegal use of individual structures. The use of
12    structures in violation of applicable federal, State, or
13    local laws, exclusive of those applicable to the presence
14    of structures below minimum code standards.
15        (6) Excessive vacancies. The presence of buildings
16    that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that represent an
17    adverse influence on the area because of the frequency,
18    extent, or duration of the vacancies.
19        (7) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary
20    facilities. The absence of adequate ventilation for light
21    or air circulation in spaces or rooms without windows, or
22    that require the removal of dust, odor, gas, smoke, or
23    other noxious airborne materials. Inadequate natural light
24    and ventilation means the absence or inadequacy of
25    skylights or windows for interior spaces or rooms and
26    improper window sizes and amounts by room area to window

 

 

HB2808- 42 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    area ratios. Inadequate sanitary facilities refers to the
2    absence or inadequacy of garbage storage and enclosure,
3    bathroom facilities, hot water and kitchens, and
4    structural inadequacies preventing ingress and egress to
5    and from all rooms and units within a building.
6        (8) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead
7    utilities such as storm sewers and storm drainage, sanitary
8    sewers, water lines, and gas, telephone, and electrical
9    services that are shown to be inadequate. Inadequate
10    utilities are those that are: (i) of insufficient capacity
11    to serve the uses in the redevelopment project area, (ii)
12    deteriorated, antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or
13    (iii) lacking within the redevelopment project area.
14        (9) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of
15    structures and community facilities. The over-intensive
16    use of property and the crowding of buildings and accessory
17    facilities onto a site. Examples of problem conditions
18    warranting the designation of an area as one exhibiting
19    excessive land coverage are: the presence of buildings
20    either improperly situated on parcels or located on parcels
21    of inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day
22    standards of development for health and safety and the
23    presence of multiple buildings on a single parcel. For
24    there to be a finding of excessive land coverage, these
25    parcels must exhibit one or more of the following
26    conditions: insufficient provision for light and air

 

 

HB2808- 43 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    within or around buildings, increased threat of spread of
2    fire due to the close proximity of buildings, lack of
3    adequate or proper access to a public right-of-way, lack of
4    reasonably required off-street parking, or inadequate
5    provision for loading and service.
6        (10) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence of
7    incompatible land-use relationships, buildings occupied by
8    inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses considered to be
9    noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for the surrounding
10    area.
11        (11) Lack of community planning. The proposed
12    redevelopment project area was developed prior to or
13    without the benefit or guidance of a community plan. This
14    means that the development occurred prior to the adoption
15    by the municipality of a comprehensive or other community
16    plan or that the plan was not followed at the time of the
17    area's development. This factor must be documented by
18    evidence of adverse or incompatible land-use
19    relationships, inadequate street layout, improper
20    subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and size to meet
21    contemporary development standards, or other evidence
22    demonstrating an absence of effective community planning.
23        (12) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental
24    Protection Agency or United States Environmental
25    Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
26    conducted by an independent consultant recognized as

 

 

HB2808- 44 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    having expertise in environmental remediation has
2    determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous waste,
3    hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks
4    required by State or federal law, provided that the
5    remediation costs constitute a material impediment to the
6    development or redevelopment of the redevelopment project
7    area.
8        (13) The total equalized assessed value of the proposed
9    redevelopment project area has declined for 3 of the last 5
10    calendar years for which information is available or is
11    increasing at an annual rate that is less than the balance
12    of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 calendar years for
13    which information is available or is increasing at an
14    annual rate that is less than the Consumer Price Index for
15    All Urban Consumers published by the United States
16    Department of Labor or successor agency for 3 of the last 5
17    calendar years for which information is available.
18    (c) "Industrial park" means an area in a blighted or
19conservation area suitable for use by any manufacturing,
20industrial, research or transportation enterprise, of
21facilities to include but not be limited to factories, mills,
22processing plants, assembly plants, packing plants,
23fabricating plants, industrial distribution centers,
24warehouses, repair overhaul or service facilities, freight
25terminals, research facilities, test facilities or railroad
26facilities.

 

 

HB2808- 45 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (d) "Industrial park conservation area" means an area
2within the boundaries of a redevelopment project area located
3within the territorial limits of a municipality that is a labor
4surplus municipality or within 1 1/2 miles of the territorial
5limits of a municipality that is a labor surplus municipality
6if the area is annexed to the municipality; which area is zoned
7as industrial no later than at the time the municipality by
8ordinance designates the redevelopment project area, and which
9area includes both vacant land suitable for use as an
10industrial park and a blighted area or conservation area
11contiguous to such vacant land.
12    (e) "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in
13which, at any time during the 6 months before the municipality
14by ordinance designates an industrial park conservation area,
15the unemployment rate was over 6% and was also 100% or more of
16the national average unemployment rate for that same time as
17published in the United States Department of Labor Bureau of
18Labor Statistics publication entitled "The Employment
19Situation" or its successor publication. For the purpose of
20this subsection, if unemployment rate statistics for the
21municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in the
22municipality shall be deemed to be the same as the unemployment
23rate in the principal county in which the municipality is
24located.
25    (f) "Municipality" shall mean a city, village,
26incorporated town, or a township that is located in the

 

 

HB2808- 46 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1unincorporated portion of a county with 3 million or more
2inhabitants, if the county adopted an ordinance that approved
3the township's redevelopment plan.
4    (g) "Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount of taxes
5paid under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act,
6Service Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, the
7Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and the Municipal
8Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
9transactions at places located in a State Sales Tax Boundary
10during the calendar year 1985.
11    (g-1) "Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount
12of taxes paid under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax
13Act, Service Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, the
14Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and the Municipal
15Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
16transactions at places located within the State Sales Tax
17Boundary revised pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8a(9) of this Act.
18    (h) "Municipal Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal
19to the increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid to a
20municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising from
21sales by retailers and servicemen within the redevelopment
22project area or State Sales Tax Boundary, as the case may be,
23for as long as the redevelopment project area or State Sales
24Tax Boundary, as the case may be, exist over and above the
25aggregate amount of taxes as certified by the Illinois
26Department of Revenue and paid under the Municipal Retailers'

 

 

HB2808- 47 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service Occupation Tax Act
2by retailers and servicemen, on transactions at places of
3business located in the redevelopment project area or State
4Sales Tax Boundary, as the case may be, during the base year
5which shall be the calendar year immediately prior to the year
6in which the municipality adopted tax increment allocation
7financing. For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of
8such taxes for base years occurring prior to 1985, the
9Department of Revenue shall determine the Initial Sales Tax
10Amounts for such taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to
114% of the aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the
12base year is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction
13of 12%. The amount so determined shall be known as the
14"Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts". For purposes of
15determining the Municipal Sales Tax Increment, the Department
16of Revenue shall for each period subtract from the amount paid
17to the municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising
18from sales by retailers and servicemen on transactions located
19in the redevelopment project area or the State Sales Tax
20Boundary, as the case may be, the certified Initial Sales Tax
21Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
22Initial Sales Tax Amounts for the Municipal Retailers'
23Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service Occupation Tax
24Act. For the State Fiscal Year 1989, this calculation shall be
25made by utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax
26amounts received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this

 

 

HB2808- 48 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1calculation shall be made by utilizing the period from January
21, 1988, until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts
3received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the
4Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
5Occupation Tax Act, which shall have deducted therefrom
6nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the
7Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
8Tax Amounts as appropriate. For the State Fiscal Year 1991,
9this calculation shall be made by utilizing the period from
10October 1, 1988, to June 30, 1989, to determine the tax amounts
11received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the
12Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
13Occupation Tax Act which shall have deducted therefrom
14nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts,
15Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
16Tax Amounts as appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year
17thereafter, the applicable period shall be the 12 months
18beginning July 1 and ending June 30 to determine the tax
19amounts received which shall have deducted therefrom the
20certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales
21Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts, as the
22case may be.
23    (i) "Net State Sales Tax Increment" means the sum of the
24following: (a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Sales Tax
25Increment annually generated within a State Sales Tax Boundary;
26(b) 60% of the amount in excess of $100,000 but not exceeding

 

 

HB2808- 49 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1$500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually generated within
2a State Sales Tax Boundary; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
3excess of $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually
4generated within a State Sales Tax Boundary. If, however, a
5municipality established a tax increment financing district in
6a county with a population in excess of 3,000,000 before
7January 1, 1986, and the municipality entered into a contract
8or issued bonds after January 1, 1986, but before December 31,
91986, to finance redevelopment project costs within a State
10Sales Tax Boundary, then the Net State Sales Tax Increment
11means, for the fiscal years beginning July 1, 1990, and July 1,
121991, 100% of the State Sales Tax Increment annually generated
13within a State Sales Tax Boundary; and notwithstanding any
14other provision of this Act, for those fiscal years the
15Department of Revenue shall distribute to those municipalities
16100% of their Net State Sales Tax Increment before any
17distribution to any other municipality and regardless of
18whether or not those other municipalities will receive 100% of
19their Net State Sales Tax Increment. For Fiscal Year 1999, and
20every year thereafter until the year 2007, for any municipality
21that has not entered into a contract or has not issued bonds
22prior to June 1, 1988 to finance redevelopment project costs
23within a State Sales Tax Boundary, the Net State Sales Tax
24Increment shall be calculated as follows: By multiplying the
25Net State Sales Tax Increment by 90% in the State Fiscal Year
261999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% in the State

 

 

HB2808- 50 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002; 50% in the
2State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year 2004; 30%
3in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State Fiscal Year
42006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No payment shall
5be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and thereafter.
6    Municipalities that issued bonds in connection with a
7redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within
8the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991, or that
9entered into contracts in connection with a redevelopment
10project in a redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988,
11shall continue to receive their proportional share of the
12Illinois Tax Increment Fund distribution until the date on
13which the redevelopment project is completed or terminated. If,
14however, a municipality that issued bonds in connection with a
15redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within
16the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991 retires the
17bonds prior to June 30, 2007 or a municipality that entered
18into contracts in connection with a redevelopment project in a
19redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988 completes the
20contracts prior to June 30, 2007, then so long as the
21redevelopment project is not completed or is not terminated,
22the Net State Sales Tax Increment shall be calculated,
23beginning on the date on which the bonds are retired or the
24contracts are completed, as follows: By multiplying the Net
25State Sales Tax Increment by 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002;
2650% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year

 

 

HB2808- 51 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

12004; 30% in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State
2Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No
3payment shall be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and
4thereafter. Refunding of any bonds issued prior to July 29,
51991, shall not alter the Net State Sales Tax Increment.
6    (j) "State Utility Tax Increment Amount" means an amount
7equal to the aggregate increase in State electric and gas tax
8charges imposed on owners and tenants, other than residential
9customers, of properties located within the redevelopment
10project area under Section 9-222 of the Public Utilities Act,
11over and above the aggregate of such charges as certified by
12the Department of Revenue and paid by owners and tenants, other
13than residential customers, of properties within the
14redevelopment project area during the base year, which shall be
15the calendar year immediately prior to the year of the adoption
16of the ordinance authorizing tax increment allocation
17financing.
18    (k) "Net State Utility Tax Increment" means the sum of the
19following: (a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Utility Tax
20Increment annually generated by a redevelopment project area;
21(b) 60% of the amount in excess of $100,000 but not exceeding
22$500,000 of the State Utility Tax Increment annually generated
23by a redevelopment project area; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
24excess of $500,000 of State Utility Tax Increment annually
25generated by a redevelopment project area. For the State Fiscal
26Year 1999, and every year thereafter until the year 2007, for

 

 

HB2808- 52 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1any municipality that has not entered into a contract or has
2not issued bonds prior to June 1, 1988 to finance redevelopment
3project costs within a redevelopment project area, the Net
4State Utility Tax Increment shall be calculated as follows: By
5multiplying the Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in the
6State Fiscal Year 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70%
7in the State Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year
82002; 50% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State
9Fiscal Year 2004; 30% in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the
10State Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007.
11No payment shall be made for the State Fiscal Year 2008 and
12thereafter.
13    Municipalities that issue bonds in connection with the
14redevelopment project during the period from June 1, 1988 until
153 years after the effective date of this Amendatory Act of 1988
16shall receive the Net State Utility Tax Increment, subject to
17appropriation, for 15 State Fiscal Years after the issuance of
18such bonds. For the 16th through the 20th State Fiscal Years
19after issuance of the bonds, the Net State Utility Tax
20Increment shall be calculated as follows: By multiplying the
21Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in year 16; 80% in year
2217; 70% in year 18; 60% in year 19; and 50% in year 20.
23Refunding of any bonds issued prior to June 1, 1988, shall not
24alter the revised Net State Utility Tax Increment payments set
25forth above.
26    (l) "Obligations" mean bonds, loans, debentures, notes,

 

 

HB2808- 53 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1special certificates or other evidence of indebtedness issued
2by the municipality to carry out a redevelopment project or to
3refund outstanding obligations.
4    (m) "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax
5revenues from real property in a redevelopment project area
6derived from real property that has been acquired by a
7municipality which according to the redevelopment project or
8plan is to be used for a private use which taxing districts
9would have received had a municipality not acquired the real
10property and adopted tax increment allocation financing and
11which would result from levies made after the time of the
12adoption of tax increment allocation financing to the time the
13current equalized value of real property in the redevelopment
14project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of real
15property in said area.
16    (n) "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program
17of the municipality for development or redevelopment intended
18by the payment of redevelopment project costs to reduce or
19eliminate those conditions the existence of which qualified the
20redevelopment project area as a "blighted area" or
21"conservation area" or combination thereof or "industrial park
22conservation area," and thereby to enhance the tax bases of the
23taxing districts which extend into the redevelopment project
24area, provided that, with respect to redevelopment project
25areas described in subsections (p-1) and (p-2), "redevelopment
26plan" means the comprehensive program of the affected

 

 

HB2808- 54 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1municipality for the development of qualifying transit
2facilities. On and after November 1, 1999 (the effective date
3of Public Act 91-478), no redevelopment plan may be approved or
4amended that includes the development of vacant land (i) with a
5golf course and related clubhouse and other facilities or (ii)
6designated by federal, State, county, or municipal government
7as public land for outdoor recreational activities or for
8nature preserves and used for that purpose within 5 years prior
9to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. For the purpose of
10this subsection, "recreational activities" is limited to mean
11camping and hunting. Each redevelopment plan shall set forth in
12writing the program to be undertaken to accomplish the
13objectives and shall include but not be limited to:
14        (A) an itemized list of estimated redevelopment
15    project costs;
16        (B) evidence indicating that the redevelopment project
17    area on the whole has not been subject to growth and
18    development through investment by private enterprise,
19    provided that such evidence shall not be required for any
20    redevelopment project area located within a transit
21    facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
22    11-74.4-3.3;
23        (C) an assessment of any financial impact of the
24    redevelopment project area on or any increased demand for
25    services from any taxing district affected by the plan and
26    any program to address such financial impact or increased

 

 

HB2808- 55 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    demand;
2        (D) the sources of funds to pay costs;
3        (E) the nature and term of the obligations to be
4    issued;
5        (F) the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the
6    redevelopment project area;
7        (G) an estimate as to the equalized assessed valuation
8    after redevelopment and the general land uses to apply in
9    the redevelopment project area;
10        (H) a commitment to fair employment practices and an
11    affirmative action plan;
12        (I) if it concerns an industrial park conservation
13    area, the plan shall also include a general description of
14    any proposed developer, user and tenant of any property, a
15    description of the type, structure and general character of
16    the facilities to be developed, a description of the type,
17    class and number of new employees to be employed in the
18    operation of the facilities to be developed; and
19        (J) if property is to be annexed to the municipality,
20    the plan shall include the terms of the annexation
21    agreement.
22    The provisions of items (B) and (C) of this subsection (n)
23shall not apply to a municipality that before March 14, 1994
24(the effective date of Public Act 88-537) had fixed, either by
25its corporate authorities or by a commission designated under
26subsection (k) of Section 11-74.4-4, a time and place for a

 

 

HB2808- 56 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1public hearing as required by subsection (a) of Section
211-74.4-5. No redevelopment plan shall be adopted unless a
3municipality complies with all of the following requirements:
4        (1) The municipality finds that the redevelopment
5    project area on the whole has not been subject to growth
6    and development through investment by private enterprise
7    and would not reasonably be anticipated to be developed
8    without the adoption of the redevelopment plan, provided,
9    however, that such a finding shall not be required with
10    respect to any redevelopment project area located within a
11    transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
12    Section 11-74.4-3.3.
13        (2) The municipality finds that the redevelopment plan
14    and project conform to the comprehensive plan for the
15    development of the municipality as a whole, or, for
16    municipalities with a population of 100,000 or more,
17    regardless of when the redevelopment plan and project was
18    adopted, the redevelopment plan and project either: (i)
19    conforms to the strategic economic development or
20    redevelopment plan issued by the designated planning
21    authority of the municipality, or (ii) includes land uses
22    that have been approved by the planning commission of the
23    municipality.
24        (3) The redevelopment plan establishes the estimated
25    dates of completion of the redevelopment project and
26    retirement of obligations issued to finance redevelopment

 

 

HB2808- 57 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    project costs. Those dates may not be later than the dates
2    set forth under Section 11-74.4-3.5.
3        A municipality may by municipal ordinance amend an
4    existing redevelopment plan to conform to this paragraph
5    (3) as amended by Public Act 91-478, which municipal
6    ordinance may be adopted without further hearing or notice
7    and without complying with the procedures provided in this
8    Act pertaining to an amendment to or the initial approval
9    of a redevelopment plan and project and designation of a
10    redevelopment project area.
11        (3.5) The municipality finds, in the case of an
12    industrial park conservation area, also that the
13    municipality is a labor surplus municipality and that the
14    implementation of the redevelopment plan will reduce
15    unemployment, create new jobs and by the provision of new
16    facilities enhance the tax base of the taxing districts
17    that extend into the redevelopment project area.
18        (4) If any incremental revenues are being utilized
19    under Section 8(a)(1) or 8(a)(2) of this Act in
20    redevelopment project areas approved by ordinance after
21    January 1, 1986, the municipality finds: (a) that the
22    redevelopment project area would not reasonably be
23    developed without the use of such incremental revenues, and
24    (b) that such incremental revenues will be exclusively
25    utilized for the development of the redevelopment project
26    area.

 

 

HB2808- 58 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (5) If: (a) the redevelopment plan will not result in
2    displacement of residents from 10 or more inhabited
3    residential units, and the municipality certifies in the
4    plan that such displacement will not result from the plan;
5    or (b) the redevelopment plan is for a redevelopment
6    project area located within a transit facility improvement
7    area established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3, and the
8    applicable project is subject to the process for evaluation
9    of environmental effects under the National Environmental
10    Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. § 4321 et seq., then a
11    housing impact study need not be performed. If, however,
12    the redevelopment plan would result in the displacement of
13    residents from 10 or more inhabited residential units, or
14    if the redevelopment project area contains 75 or more
15    inhabited residential units and no certification is made,
16    then the municipality shall prepare, as part of the
17    separate feasibility report required by subsection (a) of
18    Section 11-74.4-5, a housing impact study.
19        Part I of the housing impact study shall include (i)
20    data as to whether the residential units are single family
21    or multi-family units, (ii) the number and type of rooms
22    within the units, if that information is available, (iii)
23    whether the units are inhabited or uninhabited, as
24    determined not less than 45 days before the date that the
25    ordinance or resolution required by subsection (a) of
26    Section 11-74.4-5 is passed, and (iv) data as to the racial

 

 

HB2808- 59 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited
2    residential units. The data requirement as to the racial
3    and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited
4    residential units shall be deemed to be fully satisfied by
5    data from the most recent federal census.
6        Part II of the housing impact study shall identify the
7    inhabited residential units in the proposed redevelopment
8    project area that are to be or may be removed. If inhabited
9    residential units are to be removed, then the housing
10    impact study shall identify (i) the number and location of
11    those units that will or may be removed, (ii) the
12    municipality's plans for relocation assistance for those
13    residents in the proposed redevelopment project area whose
14    residences are to be removed, (iii) the availability of
15    replacement housing for those residents whose residences
16    are to be removed, and shall identify the type, location,
17    and cost of the housing, and (iv) the type and extent of
18    relocation assistance to be provided.
19        (6) On and after November 1, 1999, the housing impact
20    study required by paragraph (5) shall be incorporated in
21    the redevelopment plan for the redevelopment project area.
22        (7) On and after November 1, 1999, no redevelopment
23    plan shall be adopted, nor an existing plan amended, nor
24    shall residential housing that is occupied by households of
25    low-income and very low-income persons in currently
26    existing redevelopment project areas be removed after

 

 

HB2808- 60 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    November 1, 1999 unless the redevelopment plan provides,
2    with respect to inhabited housing units that are to be
3    removed for households of low-income and very low-income
4    persons, affordable housing and relocation assistance not
5    less than that which would be provided under the federal
6    Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property
7    Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 and the regulations under
8    that Act, including the eligibility criteria. Affordable
9    housing may be either existing or newly constructed
10    housing. For purposes of this paragraph (7), "low-income
11    households", "very low-income households", and "affordable
12    housing" have the meanings set forth in the Illinois
13    Affordable Housing Act. The municipality shall make a good
14    faith effort to ensure that this affordable housing is
15    located in or near the redevelopment project area within
16    the municipality.
17        (8) On and after November 1, 1999, if, after the
18    adoption of the redevelopment plan for the redevelopment
19    project area, any municipality desires to amend its
20    redevelopment plan to remove more inhabited residential
21    units than specified in its original redevelopment plan,
22    that change shall be made in accordance with the procedures
23    in subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-5.
24        (9) For redevelopment project areas designated prior
25    to November 1, 1999, the redevelopment plan may be amended
26    without further joint review board meeting or hearing,

 

 

HB2808- 61 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    provided that the municipality shall give notice of any
2    such changes by mail to each affected taxing district and
3    registrant on the interested party registry, to authorize
4    the municipality to expend tax increment revenues for
5    redevelopment project costs defined by paragraphs (5) and
6    (7.5), subparagraphs (E) and (F) of paragraph (11), and
7    paragraph (11.5) of subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3, so
8    long as the changes do not increase the total estimated
9    redevelopment project costs set out in the redevelopment
10    plan by more than 5% after adjustment for inflation from
11    the date the plan was adopted.
12    (o) "Redevelopment project" means any public and private
13development project in furtherance of the objectives of a
14redevelopment plan. On and after November 1, 1999 (the
15effective date of Public Act 91-478), no redevelopment plan may
16be approved or amended that includes the development of vacant
17land (i) with a golf course and related clubhouse and other
18facilities or (ii) designated by federal, State, county, or
19municipal government as public land for outdoor recreational
20activities or for nature preserves and used for that purpose
21within 5 years prior to the adoption of the redevelopment plan.
22For the purpose of this subsection, "recreational activities"
23is limited to mean camping and hunting.
24    (p) "Redevelopment project area" means an area designated
25by the municipality, which is not less in the aggregate than 1
261/2 acres and in respect to which the municipality has made a

 

 

HB2808- 62 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1finding that there exist conditions which cause the area to be
2classified as an industrial park conservation area or a
3blighted area or a conservation area, or a combination of both
4blighted areas and conservation areas.
5    (p-1) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the
6contrary, on and after August 25, 2009 (the effective date of
7Public Act 96-680), a redevelopment project area may include
8areas within a one-half mile radius of an existing or proposed
9Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit Access
10Route (STAR Line) station without a finding that the area is
11classified as an industrial park conservation area, a blighted
12area, a conservation area, or a combination thereof, but only
13if the municipality receives unanimous consent from the joint
14review board created to review the proposed redevelopment
15project area.
16    (p-2) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the
17contrary, on and after the effective date of this amendatory
18Act of the 99th General Assembly, a redevelopment project area
19may include areas within a transit facility improvement area
20that has been established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3
21without a finding that the area is classified as an industrial
22park conservation area, a blighted area, a conservation area,
23or any combination thereof.
24    (q) "Redevelopment project costs", except for
25redevelopment project areas created pursuant to subsection
26subsections (p-1) or (p-2), means and includes the sum total of

 

 

HB2808- 63 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1all reasonable or necessary costs incurred or estimated to be
2incurred, and any such costs incidental to a redevelopment plan
3and a redevelopment project. Such costs include, without
4limitation, the following:
5        (1) Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans,
6    and specifications, implementation and administration of
7    the redevelopment plan including but not limited to staff
8    and professional service costs for architectural,
9    engineering, legal, financial, planning or other services,
10    provided however that no charges for professional services
11    may be based on a percentage of the tax increment
12    collected; except that on and after November 1, 1999 (the
13    effective date of Public Act 91-478), no contracts for
14    professional services, excluding architectural and
15    engineering services, may be entered into if the terms of
16    the contract extend beyond a period of 3 years. In
17    addition, "redevelopment project costs" shall not include
18    lobbying expenses. After consultation with the
19    municipality, each tax increment consultant or advisor to a
20    municipality that plans to designate or has designated a
21    redevelopment project area shall inform the municipality
22    in writing of any contracts that the consultant or advisor
23    has entered into with entities or individuals that have
24    received, or are receiving, payments financed by tax
25    increment revenues produced by the redevelopment project
26    area with respect to which the consultant or advisor has

 

 

HB2808- 64 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    performed, or will be performing, service for the
2    municipality. This requirement shall be satisfied by the
3    consultant or advisor before the commencement of services
4    for the municipality and thereafter whenever any other
5    contracts with those individuals or entities are executed
6    by the consultant or advisor;
7        (1.5) After July 1, 1999, annual administrative costs
8    shall not include general overhead or administrative costs
9    of the municipality that would still have been incurred by
10    the municipality if the municipality had not designated a
11    redevelopment project area or approved a redevelopment
12    plan;
13        (1.6) The cost of marketing sites within the
14    redevelopment project area to prospective businesses,
15    developers, and investors;
16        (2) Property assembly costs, including but not limited
17    to acquisition of land and other property, real or
18    personal, or rights or interests therein, demolition of
19    buildings, site preparation, site improvements that serve
20    as an engineered barrier addressing ground level or below
21    ground environmental contamination, including, but not
22    limited to parking lots and other concrete or asphalt
23    barriers, and the clearing and grading of land;
24        (3) Costs of rehabilitation, reconstruction or repair
25    or remodeling of existing public or private buildings,
26    fixtures, and leasehold improvements; and the cost of

 

 

HB2808- 65 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    replacing an existing public building if pursuant to the
2    implementation of a redevelopment project the existing
3    public building is to be demolished to use the site for
4    private investment or devoted to a different use requiring
5    private investment; including any direct or indirect costs
6    relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction
7    elements or construction elements with an equivalent
8    certification;
9        (4) Costs of the construction of public works or
10    improvements, including any direct or indirect costs
11    relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction
12    elements or construction elements with an equivalent
13    certification, except that on and after November 1, 1999,
14    redevelopment project costs shall not include the cost of
15    constructing a new municipal public building principally
16    used to provide offices, storage space, or conference
17    facilities or vehicle storage, maintenance, or repair for
18    administrative, public safety, or public works personnel
19    and that is not intended to replace an existing public
20    building as provided under paragraph (3) of subsection (q)
21    of Section 11-74.4-3 unless either (i) the construction of
22    the new municipal building implements a redevelopment
23    project that was included in a redevelopment plan that was
24    adopted by the municipality prior to November 1, 1999, (ii)
25    the municipality makes a reasonable determination in the
26    redevelopment plan, supported by information that provides

 

 

HB2808- 66 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    the basis for that determination, that the new municipal
2    building is required to meet an increase in the need for
3    public safety purposes anticipated to result from the
4    implementation of the redevelopment plan, or (iii) the new
5    municipal public building is for the storage, maintenance,
6    or repair of transit vehicles and is located in a transit
7    facility improvement area that has been established
8    pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3;
9        (5) Costs of job training and retraining projects,
10    including the cost of "welfare to work" programs
11    implemented by businesses located within the redevelopment
12    project area;
13        (6) Financing costs, including but not limited to all
14    necessary and incidental expenses related to the issuance
15    of obligations and which may include payment of interest on
16    any obligations issued hereunder including interest
17    accruing during the estimated period of construction of any
18    redevelopment project for which such obligations are
19    issued and for not exceeding 36 months thereafter and
20    including reasonable reserves related thereto;
21        (7) To the extent the municipality by written agreement
22    accepts and approves the same, all or a portion of a taxing
23    district's capital costs resulting from the redevelopment
24    project necessarily incurred or to be incurred within a
25    taxing district in furtherance of the objectives of the
26    redevelopment plan and project; .

 

 

HB2808- 67 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (7.5) For redevelopment project areas designated (or
2    redevelopment project areas amended to add or increase the
3    number of tax-increment-financing assisted housing units)
4    on or after November 1, 1999, an elementary, secondary, or
5    unit school district's increased costs attributable to
6    assisted housing units located within the redevelopment
7    project area for which the developer or redeveloper
8    receives financial assistance through an agreement with
9    the municipality or because the municipality incurs the
10    cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within the
11    boundaries of the assisted housing sites necessary for the
12    completion of that housing as authorized by this Act, and
13    which costs shall be paid by the municipality from the
14    Special Tax Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue
15    is received as a result of the assisted housing units and
16    shall be calculated annually as follows:
17            (A) for foundation districts, excluding any school
18        district in a municipality with a population in excess
19        of 1,000,000, by multiplying the district's increase
20        in attendance resulting from the net increase in new
21        students enrolled in that school district who reside in
22        housing units within the redevelopment project area
23        that have received financial assistance through an
24        agreement with the municipality or because the
25        municipality incurs the cost of necessary
26        infrastructure improvements within the boundaries of

 

 

HB2808- 68 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        the housing sites necessary for the completion of that
2        housing as authorized by this Act since the designation
3        of the redevelopment project area by the most recently
4        available per capita tuition cost as defined in Section
5        10-20.12a of the School Code less any increase in
6        general State aid as defined in Section 18-8.05 of the
7        School Code or evidence-based funding as defined in
8        Section 18-8.15 of the School Code attributable to
9        these added new students subject to the following
10        annual limitations:
11                (i) for unit school districts with a district
12            average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge of less
13            than $5,900, no more than 25% of the total amount
14            of property tax increment revenue produced by
15            those housing units that have received tax
16            increment finance assistance under this Act;
17                (ii) for elementary school districts with a
18            district average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge
19            of less than $5,900, no more than 17% of the total
20            amount of property tax increment revenue produced
21            by those housing units that have received tax
22            increment finance assistance under this Act; and
23                (iii) for secondary school districts with a
24            district average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge
25            of less than $5,900, no more than 8% of the total
26            amount of property tax increment revenue produced

 

 

HB2808- 69 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            by those housing units that have received tax
2            increment finance assistance under this Act.
3            (B) For alternate method districts, flat grant
4        districts, and foundation districts with a district
5        average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge equal to or
6        more than $5,900, excluding any school district with a
7        population in excess of 1,000,000, by multiplying the
8        district's increase in attendance resulting from the
9        net increase in new students enrolled in that school
10        district who reside in housing units within the
11        redevelopment project area that have received
12        financial assistance through an agreement with the
13        municipality or because the municipality incurs the
14        cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
15        the boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the
16        completion of that housing as authorized by this Act
17        since the designation of the redevelopment project
18        area by the most recently available per capita tuition
19        cost as defined in Section 10-20.12a of the School Code
20        less any increase in general state aid as defined in
21        Section 18-8.05 of the School Code or evidence-based
22        funding as defined in Section 18-8.15 of the School
23        Code attributable to these added new students subject
24        to the following annual limitations:
25                (i) for unit school districts, no more than 40%
26            of the total amount of property tax increment

 

 

HB2808- 70 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            revenue produced by those housing units that have
2            received tax increment finance assistance under
3            this Act;
4                (ii) for elementary school districts, no more
5            than 27% of the total amount of property tax
6            increment revenue produced by those housing units
7            that have received tax increment finance
8            assistance under this Act; and
9                (iii) for secondary school districts, no more
10            than 13% of the total amount of property tax
11            increment revenue produced by those housing units
12            that have received tax increment finance
13            assistance under this Act.
14            (C) For any school district in a municipality with
15        a population in excess of 1,000,000, the following
16        restrictions shall apply to the reimbursement of
17        increased costs under this paragraph (7.5):
18                (i) no increased costs shall be reimbursed
19            unless the school district certifies that each of
20            the schools affected by the assisted housing
21            project is at or over its student capacity;
22                (ii) the amount reimbursable shall be reduced
23            by the value of any land donated to the school
24            district by the municipality or developer, and by
25            the value of any physical improvements made to the
26            schools by the municipality or developer; and

 

 

HB2808- 71 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1                (iii) the amount reimbursed may not affect
2            amounts otherwise obligated by the terms of any
3            bonds, notes, or other funding instruments, or the
4            terms of any redevelopment agreement.
5        Any school district seeking payment under this
6        paragraph (7.5) shall, after July 1 and before
7        September 30 of each year, provide the municipality
8        with reasonable evidence to support its claim for
9        reimbursement before the municipality shall be
10        required to approve or make the payment to the school
11        district. If the school district fails to provide the
12        information during this period in any year, it shall
13        forfeit any claim to reimbursement for that year.
14        School districts may adopt a resolution waiving the
15        right to all or a portion of the reimbursement
16        otherwise required by this paragraph (7.5). By
17        acceptance of this reimbursement the school district
18        waives the right to directly or indirectly set aside,
19        modify, or contest in any manner the establishment of
20        the redevelopment project area or projects;
21        (7.7) For redevelopment project areas designated (or
22    redevelopment project areas amended to add or increase the
23    number of tax-increment-financing assisted housing units)
24    on or after January 1, 2005 (the effective date of Public
25    Act 93-961), a public library district's increased costs
26    attributable to assisted housing units located within the

 

 

HB2808- 72 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    redevelopment project area for which the developer or
2    redeveloper receives financial assistance through an
3    agreement with the municipality or because the
4    municipality incurs the cost of necessary infrastructure
5    improvements within the boundaries of the assisted housing
6    sites necessary for the completion of that housing as
7    authorized by this Act shall be paid to the library
8    district by the municipality from the Special Tax
9    Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue is received
10    as a result of the assisted housing units. This paragraph
11    (7.7) applies only if (i) the library district is located
12    in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension
13    Limitation Law or (ii) the library district is not located
14    in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension
15    Limitation Law but the district is prohibited by any other
16    law from increasing its tax levy rate without a prior voter
17    referendum.
18        The amount paid to a library district under this
19    paragraph (7.7) shall be calculated by multiplying (i) the
20    net increase in the number of persons eligible to obtain a
21    library card in that district who reside in housing units
22    within the redevelopment project area that have received
23    financial assistance through an agreement with the
24    municipality or because the municipality incurs the cost of
25    necessary infrastructure improvements within the
26    boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the

 

 

HB2808- 73 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    completion of that housing as authorized by this Act since
2    the designation of the redevelopment project area by (ii)
3    the per-patron cost of providing library services so long
4    as it does not exceed $120. The per-patron cost shall be
5    the Total Operating Expenditures Per Capita for the library
6    in the previous fiscal year. The municipality may deduct
7    from the amount that it must pay to a library district
8    under this paragraph any amount that it has voluntarily
9    paid to the library district from the tax increment
10    revenue. The amount paid to a library district under this
11    paragraph (7.7) shall be no more than 2% of the amount
12    produced by the assisted housing units and deposited into
13    the Special Tax Allocation Fund.
14        A library district is not eligible for any payment
15    under this paragraph (7.7) unless the library district has
16    experienced an increase in the number of patrons from the
17    municipality that created the tax-increment-financing
18    district since the designation of the redevelopment
19    project area.
20        Any library district seeking payment under this
21    paragraph (7.7) shall, after July 1 and before September 30
22    of each year, provide the municipality with convincing
23    evidence to support its claim for reimbursement before the
24    municipality shall be required to approve or make the
25    payment to the library district. If the library district
26    fails to provide the information during this period in any

 

 

HB2808- 74 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    year, it shall forfeit any claim to reimbursement for that
2    year. Library districts may adopt a resolution waiving the
3    right to all or a portion of the reimbursement otherwise
4    required by this paragraph (7.7). By acceptance of such
5    reimbursement, the library district shall forfeit any
6    right to directly or indirectly set aside, modify, or
7    contest in any manner whatsoever the establishment of the
8    redevelopment project area or projects;
9        (8) Relocation costs to the extent that a municipality
10    determines that relocation costs shall be paid or is
11    required to make payment of relocation costs by federal or
12    State law or in order to satisfy subparagraph (7) of
13    subsection (n);
14        (9) Payment in lieu of taxes;
15        (10) Costs of job training, retraining, advanced
16    vocational education or career education, including but
17    not limited to courses in occupational, semi-technical or
18    technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
19    by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs
20    (i) are related to the establishment and maintenance of
21    additional job training, advanced vocational education or
22    career education programs for persons employed or to be
23    employed by employers located in a redevelopment project
24    area; and (ii) when incurred by a taxing district or taxing
25    districts other than the municipality, are set forth in a
26    written agreement by or among the municipality and the

 

 

HB2808- 75 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    taxing district or taxing districts, which agreement
2    describes the program to be undertaken, including but not
3    limited to the number of employees to be trained, a
4    description of the training and services to be provided,
5    the number and type of positions available or to be
6    available, itemized costs of the program and sources of
7    funds to pay for the same, and the term of the agreement.
8    Such costs include, specifically, the payment by community
9    college districts of costs pursuant to Sections 3-37, 3-38,
10    3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act and by
11    school districts of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20a
12    and 10-23.3a of the The School Code;
13        (11) Interest cost incurred by a redeveloper related to
14    the construction, renovation or rehabilitation of a
15    redevelopment project provided that:
16            (A) such costs are to be paid directly from the
17        special tax allocation fund established pursuant to
18        this Act;
19            (B) such payments in any one year may not exceed
20        30% of the annual interest costs incurred by the
21        redeveloper with regard to the redevelopment project
22        during that year;
23            (C) if there are not sufficient funds available in
24        the special tax allocation fund to make the payment
25        pursuant to this paragraph (11) then the amounts so due
26        shall accrue and be payable when sufficient funds are

 

 

HB2808- 76 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        available in the special tax allocation fund;
2            (D) the total of such interest payments paid
3        pursuant to this Act may not exceed 30% of the total
4        (i) cost paid or incurred by the redeveloper for the
5        redevelopment project plus (ii) redevelopment project
6        costs excluding any property assembly costs and any
7        relocation costs incurred by a municipality pursuant
8        to this Act; and
9            (E) the cost limits set forth in subparagraphs (B)
10        and (D) of paragraph (11) shall be modified for the
11        financing of rehabilitated or new housing units for
12        low-income households and very low-income households,
13        as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable
14        Housing Act. The percentage of 75% shall be substituted
15        for 30% in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of paragraph (11);
16        and .
17            (F) instead Instead of the eligible costs provided
18        by subparagraphs (B) and (D) of paragraph (11), as
19        modified by this subparagraph, and notwithstanding any
20        other provisions of this Act to the contrary, the
21        municipality may pay from tax increment revenues up to
22        50% of the cost of construction of new housing units to
23        be occupied by low-income households and very
24        low-income households as defined in Section 3 of the
25        Illinois Affordable Housing Act. The cost of
26        construction of those units may be derived from the

 

 

HB2808- 77 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        proceeds of bonds issued by the municipality under this
2        Act or other constitutional or statutory authority or
3        from other sources of municipal revenue that may be
4        reimbursed from tax increment revenues or the proceeds
5        of bonds issued to finance the construction of that
6        housing.
7            The eligible costs provided under this
8        subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11) shall be an eligible
9        cost for the construction, renovation, and
10        rehabilitation of all low and very low-income housing
11        units, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois
12        Affordable Housing Act, within the redevelopment
13        project area. If the low and very low-income units are
14        part of a residential redevelopment project that
15        includes units not affordable to low and very
16        low-income households, only the low and very
17        low-income units shall be eligible for benefits under
18        this subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11). The standards
19        for maintaining the occupancy by low-income households
20        and very low-income households, as defined in Section 3
21        of the Illinois Affordable Housing Act, of those units
22        constructed with eligible costs made available under
23        the provisions of this subparagraph (F) of paragraph
24        (11) shall be established by guidelines adopted by the
25        municipality. The responsibility for annually
26        documenting the initial occupancy of the units by

 

 

HB2808- 78 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        low-income households and very low-income households,
2        as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable
3        Housing Act, shall be that of the then current owner of
4        the property. For ownership units, the guidelines will
5        provide, at a minimum, for a reasonable recapture of
6        funds, or other appropriate methods designed to
7        preserve the original affordability of the ownership
8        units. For rental units, the guidelines will provide,
9        at a minimum, for the affordability of rent to low and
10        very low-income households. As units become available,
11        they shall be rented to income-eligible tenants. The
12        municipality may modify these guidelines from time to
13        time; the guidelines, however, shall be in effect for
14        as long as tax increment revenue is being used to pay
15        for costs associated with the units or for the
16        retirement of bonds issued to finance the units or for
17        the life of the redevelopment project area, whichever
18        is later; .
19        (11.5) If the redevelopment project area is located
20    within a municipality with a population of more than
21    100,000, the cost of day care services for children of
22    employees from low-income families working for businesses
23    located within the redevelopment project area and all or a
24    portion of the cost of operation of day care centers
25    established by redevelopment project area businesses to
26    serve employees from low-income families working in

 

 

HB2808- 79 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    businesses located in the redevelopment project area. For
2    the purposes of this paragraph, "low-income families"
3    means families whose annual income does not exceed 80% of
4    the municipal, county, or regional median income, adjusted
5    for family size, as the annual income and municipal,
6    county, or regional median income are determined from time
7    to time by the United States Department of Housing and
8    Urban Development.
9    (12) Unless explicitly stated herein the cost of
10construction of new privately-owned buildings shall not be an
11eligible redevelopment project cost.
12    (13) After November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public
13Act 91-478), none of the redevelopment project costs enumerated
14in this subsection shall be eligible redevelopment project
15costs if those costs would provide direct financial support to
16a retail entity initiating operations in the redevelopment
17project area while terminating operations at another Illinois
18location within 10 miles of the redevelopment project area but
19outside the boundaries of the redevelopment project area
20municipality. For purposes of this paragraph, termination
21means a closing of a retail operation that is directly related
22to the opening of the same operation or like retail entity
23owned or operated by more than 50% of the original ownership in
24a redevelopment project area, but it does not mean closing an
25operation for reasons beyond the control of the retail entity,
26as documented by the retail entity, subject to a reasonable

 

 

HB2808- 80 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1finding by the municipality that the current location contained
2inadequate space, had become economically obsolete, or was no
3longer a viable location for the retailer or serviceman.
4    (14) No cost shall be a redevelopment project cost in a
5redevelopment project area if used to demolish, remove, or
6substantially modify a historic resource, after August 26, 2008
7(the effective date of Public Act 95-934), unless no prudent
8and feasible alternative exists. "Historic resource" for the
9purpose of this paragraph item (14) means (i) a place or
10structure that is included or eligible for inclusion on the
11National Register of Historic Places or (ii) a contributing
12structure in a district on the National Register of Historic
13Places. This paragraph item (14) does not apply to a place or
14structure for which demolition, removal, or modification is
15subject to review by the preservation agency of a Certified
16Local Government designated as such by the National Park
17Service of the United States Department of the Interior.
18    If a special service area has been established pursuant to
19the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special Service Area Tax
20Law, then any tax increment revenues derived from the tax
21imposed pursuant to the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special
22Service Area Tax Law may be used within the redevelopment
23project area for the purposes permitted by that Act or Law as
24well as the purposes permitted by this Act.
25    (q-1) For redevelopment project areas created pursuant to
26subsection (p-1), redevelopment project costs are limited to

 

 

HB2808- 81 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1those costs in paragraph (q) that are related to the existing
2or proposed Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit
3Access Route (STAR Line) station.
4    (q-2) For a redevelopment project area located within a
5transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
6Section 11-74.4-3.3, redevelopment project costs means those
7costs described in subsection (q) that are related to the
8construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, remodeling, or
9repair of any existing or proposed transit facility.
10    (r) "State Sales Tax Boundary" means the redevelopment
11project area or the amended redevelopment project area
12boundaries which are determined pursuant to subsection (9) of
13Section 11-74.4-8a of this Act. The Department of Revenue shall
14certify pursuant to subsection (9) of Section 11-74.4-8a the
15appropriate boundaries eligible for the determination of State
16Sales Tax Increment.
17    (s) "State Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal to
18the increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid by retailers
19and servicemen, other than retailers and servicemen subject to
20the Public Utilities Act, on transactions at places of business
21located within a State Sales Tax Boundary pursuant to the
22Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act, the Service Use
23Tax Act, and the Service Occupation Tax Act, except such
24portion of such increase that is paid into the State and Local
25Sales Tax Reform Fund, the Local Government Distributive Fund,
26the Local Government Tax Fund and the County and Mass Transit

 

 

HB2808- 82 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1District Fund, for as long as State participation exists, over
2and above the Initial Sales Tax Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales
3Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts for such
4taxes as certified by the Department of Revenue and paid under
5those Acts by retailers and servicemen on transactions at
6places of business located within the State Sales Tax Boundary
7during the base year which shall be the calendar year
8immediately prior to the year in which the municipality adopted
9tax increment allocation financing, less 3.0% of such amounts
10generated under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act
11and Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act,
12which sum shall be appropriated to the Department of Revenue to
13cover its costs of administering and enforcing this Section.
14For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of such taxes
15for base years occurring prior to 1985, the Department of
16Revenue shall compute the Initial Sales Tax Amount for such
17taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to 4% of the
18aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the base year
19is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction of 12%.
20The amount so determined shall be known as the "Adjusted
21Initial Sales Tax Amount". For purposes of determining the
22State Sales Tax Increment the Department of Revenue shall for
23each period subtract from the tax amounts received from
24retailers and servicemen on transactions located in the State
25Sales Tax Boundary, the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts,
26Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or Revised Initial Sales Tax

 

 

HB2808- 83 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Amounts for the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
2the Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act. For
3the State Fiscal Year 1989 this calculation shall be made by
4utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax amounts
5received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this calculation
6shall be made by utilizing the period from January 1, 1988,
7until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts received
8from retailers and servicemen, which shall have deducted
9therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax
10Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
11Initial Sales Tax Amounts as appropriate. For the State Fiscal
12Year 1991, this calculation shall be made by utilizing the
13period from October 1, 1988, until June 30, 1989, to determine
14the tax amounts received from retailers and servicemen, which
15shall have deducted therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified
16Initial State Sales Tax Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
17Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts as
18appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year thereafter, the
19applicable period shall be the 12 months beginning July 1 and
20ending on June 30, to determine the tax amounts received which
21shall have deducted therefrom the certified Initial Sales Tax
22Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised
23Initial Sales Tax Amounts. Municipalities intending to receive
24a distribution of State Sales Tax Increment must report a list
25of retailers to the Department of Revenue by October 31, 1988
26and by July 31, of each year thereafter.

 

 

HB2808- 84 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (t) "Taxing districts" means counties, townships, cities
2and incorporated towns and villages, school, road, park,
3sanitary, mosquito abatement, forest preserve, public health,
4fire protection, river conservancy, tuberculosis sanitarium
5and any other municipal corporations or districts with the
6power to levy taxes.
7    (u) "Taxing districts' capital costs" means those costs of
8taxing districts for capital improvements that are found by the
9municipal corporate authorities to be necessary and directly
10result from the redevelopment project.
11    (v) As used in subsection (a) of Section 11-74.4-3 of this
12Act, "vacant land" means any parcel or combination of parcels
13of real property without industrial, commercial, and
14residential buildings which has not been used for commercial
15agricultural purposes within 5 years prior to the designation
16of the redevelopment project area, unless the parcel is
17included in an industrial park conservation area or the parcel
18has been subdivided; provided that if the parcel was part of a
19larger tract that has been divided into 3 or more smaller
20tracts that were accepted for recording during the period from
211950 to 1990, then the parcel shall be deemed to have been
22subdivided, and all proceedings and actions of the municipality
23taken in that connection with respect to any previously
24approved or designated redevelopment project area or amended
25redevelopment project area are hereby validated and hereby
26declared to be legally sufficient for all purposes of this Act.

 

 

HB2808- 85 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1For purposes of this Section and only for land subject to the
2subdivision requirements of the Plat Act, land is subdivided
3when the original plat of the proposed Redevelopment Project
4Area or relevant portion thereof has been properly certified,
5acknowledged, approved, and recorded or filed in accordance
6with the Plat Act and a preliminary plat, if any, for any
7subsequent phases of the proposed Redevelopment Project Area or
8relevant portion thereof has been properly approved and filed
9in accordance with the applicable ordinance of the
10municipality.
11    (w) "Annual Total Increment" means the sum of each
12municipality's annual Net Sales Tax Increment and each
13municipality's annual Net Utility Tax Increment. The ratio of
14the Annual Total Increment of each municipality to the Annual
15Total Increment for all municipalities, as most recently
16calculated by the Department, shall determine the proportional
17shares of the Illinois Tax Increment Fund to be distributed to
18each municipality.
19    (x) "LEED certified" means any certification level of
20construction elements by a qualified Leadership in Energy and
21Environmental Design Accredited Professional as determined by
22the U.S. Green Building Council.
23    (y) "Green Globes certified" means any certification level
24of construction elements by a qualified Green Globes
25Professional as determined by the Green Building Initiative.
26(Source: P.A. 99-792, eff. 8-12-16; revised 10-31-16.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 86 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8)   (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8)
2    Sec. 11-74.4-8. Tax increment allocation financing. A
3municipality may not adopt tax increment financing in a
4redevelopment project area after the effective date of this
5amendatory Act of 1997 that will encompass an area that is
6currently included in an enterprise zone created under the
7Illinois Enterprise Zone Act unless that municipality,
8pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act,
9amends the enterprise zone designating ordinance to limit the
10eligibility for tax abatements as provided in Section 5.4.1 of
11the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act. A municipality, at the time a
12redevelopment project area is designated, may adopt tax
13increment allocation financing by passing an ordinance
14providing that the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
15levies upon taxable real property in such redevelopment project
16area by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner
17provided in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 each year after
18the effective date of the ordinance until redevelopment project
19costs and all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
20project costs incurred under this Division have been paid shall
21be divided as follows, provided, however, that with respect to
22any redevelopment project area located within a transit
23facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
2411-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or
25more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon

 

 

HB2808- 87 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1taxable real property in such redevelopment project area shall
2be allocated as specifically provided in this Section:
3        (a) That portion of taxes levied upon each taxable lot,
4    block, tract or parcel of real property which is
5    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
6    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each such
7    taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
8    redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when
9    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
10    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
11    required by law in the absence of the adoption of tax
12    increment allocation financing.
13        (b) Except from a tax levied by a township to retire
14    bonds issued to satisfy court-ordered damages, that
15    portion, if any, of such taxes which is attributable to the
16    increase in the current equalized assessed valuation of
17    each taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property
18    in the redevelopment project area over and above the
19    initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
20    project area shall be allocated to and when collected shall
21    be paid to the municipal treasurer who shall deposit said
22    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation
23    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
24    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
25    the payment thereof. In any county with a population of
26    3,000,000 or more that has adopted a procedure for

 

 

HB2808- 88 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    collecting taxes that provides for one or more of the
2    installments of the taxes to be billed and collected on an
3    estimated basis, the municipal treasurer shall be paid for
4    deposit in the special tax allocation fund of the
5    municipality, from the taxes collected from estimated
6    bills issued for property in the redevelopment project
7    area, the difference between the amount actually collected
8    from each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
9    property within the redevelopment project area and an
10    amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes
11    were last extended against the taxable lot, block, track,
12    or parcel of real property in the manner provided in
13    subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 by the initial
14    equalized assessed value of the property divided by the
15    number of installments in which real estate taxes are
16    billed and collected within the county; provided that the
17    payments on or before December 31, 1999 to a municipal
18    treasurer shall be made only if each of the following
19    conditions are met:
20        (1) The total equalized assessed value of the
21        redevelopment project area as last determined was not
22        less than 175% of the total initial equalized assessed
23        value.
24        (2) Not more than 50% of the total equalized assessed
25        value of the redevelopment project area as last
26        determined is attributable to a piece of property

 

 

HB2808- 89 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        assigned a single real estate index number.
2        (3) The municipal clerk has certified to the county
3        clerk that the municipality has issued its obligations
4        to which there has been pledged the incremental
5        property taxes of the redevelopment project area or
6        taxes levied and collected on any or all property in
7        the municipality or the full faith and credit of the
8        municipality to pay or secure payment for all or a
9        portion of the redevelopment project costs. The
10        certification shall be filed annually no later than
11        September 1 for the estimated taxes to be distributed
12        in the following year; however, for the year 1992 the
13        certification shall be made at any time on or before
14        March 31, 1992.
15        (4) The municipality has not requested that the total
16        initial equalized assessed value of real property be
17        adjusted as provided in subsection (b) of Section
18        11-74.4-9.
19        The conditions of paragraphs (1) through (4) do not
20    apply after December 31, 1999 to payments to a municipal
21    treasurer made by a county with 3,000,000 or more
22    inhabitants that has adopted an estimated billing
23    procedure for collecting taxes. If a county that has
24    adopted the estimated billing procedure makes an erroneous
25    overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal treasurer, then
26    the county may seek a refund of that overpayment. The

 

 

HB2808- 90 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    county shall send the municipal treasurer a notice of
2    liability for the overpayment on or before the mailing date
3    of the next real estate tax bill within the county. The
4    refund shall be limited to the amount of the overpayment.
5        It is the intent of this Division that after the
6    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1988 a
7    municipality's own ad valorem tax arising from levies on
8    taxable real property be included in the determination of
9    incremental revenue in the manner provided in paragraph (c)
10    of Section 11-74.4-9. If the municipality does not extend
11    such a tax, it shall annually deposit in the municipality's
12    Special Tax Increment Fund an amount equal to 10% of the
13    total contributions to the fund from all other taxing
14    districts in that year. The annual 10% deposit required by
15    this paragraph shall be limited to the actual amount of
16    municipally produced incremental tax revenues available to
17    the municipality from taxpayers located in the
18    redevelopment project area in that year if: (a) the plan
19    for the area restricts the use of the property primarily to
20    industrial purposes, (b) the municipality establishing the
21    redevelopment project area is a home-rule community with a
22    1990 population of between 25,000 and 50,000, (c) the
23    municipality is wholly located within a county with a 1990
24    population of over 750,000 and (d) the redevelopment
25    project area was established by the municipality prior to
26    June 1, 1990. This payment shall be in lieu of a

 

 

HB2808- 91 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    contribution of ad valorem taxes on real property. If no
2    such payment is made, any redevelopment project area of the
3    municipality shall be dissolved.
4        If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
5    financing by ordinance and the County Clerk thereafter
6    certifies the "total initial equalized assessed value as
7    adjusted" of the taxable real property within such
8    redevelopment project area in the manner provided in
9    paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.4-9, each year after the
10    date of the certification of the total initial equalized
11    assessed value as adjusted until redevelopment project
12    costs and all municipal obligations financing
13    redevelopment project costs have been paid the ad valorem
14    taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable
15    real property in such redevelopment project area by taxing
16    districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided
17    in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 shall be divided as
18    follows, provided, however, that with respect to any
19    redevelopment project area located within a transit
20    facility improvement area established pursuant to Section
21    11-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of
22    1,000,000 or more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from
23    the levies upon the taxable real property in such
24    redevelopment project area shall be allocated as
25    specifically provided in this Section:
26        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable

 

 

HB2808- 92 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        lot, block, tract or parcel of real property which is
2        attributable to the lower of the current equalized
3        assessed value or "current equalized assessed value as
4        adjusted" or the initial equalized assessed value of
5        each such taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
6        property existing at the time tax increment financing
7        was adopted, minus the total current homestead
8        exemptions under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code in
9        the redevelopment project area shall be allocated to
10        and when collected shall be paid by the county
11        collector to the respective affected taxing districts
12        in the manner required by law in the absence of the
13        adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
14        (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is
15        attributable to the increase in the current equalized
16        assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract,
17        or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project
18        area, over and above the initial equalized assessed
19        value of each property existing at the time tax
20        increment financing was adopted, minus the total
21        current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece
22        of property provided by Article 15 of the Property Tax
23        Code in the redevelopment project area, shall be
24        allocated to and when collected shall be paid to the
25        municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said taxes into
26        a special fund called the special tax allocation fund

 

 

HB2808- 93 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        of the municipality for the purpose of paying
2        redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred
3        in the payment thereof.
4        The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds
5    in and to be deposited in the special tax allocation fund
6    for the payment of such costs and obligations. No part of
7    the current equalized assessed valuation of each property
8    in the redevelopment project area attributable to any
9    increase above the total initial equalized assessed value,
10    or the total initial equalized assessed value as adjusted,
11    of such properties shall be used in calculating the general
12    State school aid formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of
13    the School Code, or the evidence-based funding formula,
14    provided for in Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until
15    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid
16    as provided for in this Section.
17        Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of
18    financing redevelopment project costs, such municipality
19    may provide by ordinance for the appointment of a trustee,
20    which may be any trust company within the State, and for
21    the establishment of such funds or accounts to be
22    maintained by such trustee as the municipality shall deem
23    necessary to provide for the security and payment of the
24    bonds. If such municipality provides for the appointment of
25    a trustee, such trustee shall be considered the assignee of
26    any payments assigned by the municipality pursuant to such

 

 

HB2808- 94 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    ordinance and this Section. Any amounts paid to such
2    trustee as assignee shall be deposited in the funds or
3    accounts established pursuant to such trust agreement, and
4    shall be held by such trustee in trust for the benefit of
5    the holders of the bonds, and such holders shall have a
6    lien on and a security interest in such funds or accounts
7    so long as the bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon
8    retirement of the bonds, the trustee shall pay over any
9    excess amounts held to the municipality for deposit in the
10    special tax allocation fund.
11        When such redevelopment projects costs, including
12    without limitation all municipal obligations financing
13    redevelopment project costs incurred under this Division,
14    have been paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the
15    special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
16    paid by the municipal treasurer to the Department of
17    Revenue, the municipality and the county collector; first
18    to the Department of Revenue and the municipality in direct
19    proportion to the tax incremental revenue received from the
20    State and the municipality, but not to exceed the total
21    incremental revenue received from the State or the
22    municipality less any annual surplus distribution of
23    incremental revenue previously made; with any remaining
24    funds to be paid to the County Collector who shall
25    immediately thereafter pay said funds to the taxing
26    districts in the redevelopment project area in the same

 

 

HB2808- 95 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    manner and proportion as the most recent distribution by
2    the county collector to the affected districts of real
3    property taxes from real property in the redevelopment
4    project area.
5        Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs,
6    the retirement of obligations, the distribution of any
7    excess monies pursuant to this Section, and final closing
8    of the books and records of the redevelopment project area,
9    the municipality shall adopt an ordinance dissolving the
10    special tax allocation fund for the redevelopment project
11    area and terminating the designation of the redevelopment
12    project area as a redevelopment project area. Title to real
13    or personal property and public improvements acquired by or
14    for the municipality as a result of the redevelopment
15    project and plan shall vest in the municipality when
16    acquired and shall continue to be held by the municipality
17    after the redevelopment project area has been terminated.
18    Municipalities shall notify affected taxing districts
19    prior to November 1 if the redevelopment project area is to
20    be terminated by December 31 of that same year. If a
21    municipality extends estimated dates of completion of a
22    redevelopment project and retirement of obligations to
23    finance a redevelopment project, as allowed by this
24    amendatory Act of 1993, that extension shall not extend the
25    property tax increment allocation financing authorized by
26    this Section. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts

 

 

HB2808- 96 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and
2    distributed in the manner applicable in the absence of the
3    adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
4        If a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or
5    more has adopted by ordinance tax increment allocation
6    financing for a redevelopment project area located in a
7    transit facility improvement area established pursuant to
8    Section 11-74.4-3.3, for each year after the effective date
9    of the ordinance until redevelopment project costs and all
10    municipal obligations financing redevelopment project
11    costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising
12    from the levies upon the taxable real property in that
13    redevelopment project area by taxing districts and tax
14    rates determined in the manner provided in paragraph (c) of
15    Section 11-74.4-9 shall be divided as follows:
16            (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each
17        taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property
18        which is attributable to the lower of (i) the current
19        equalized assessed value or "current equalized
20        assessed value as adjusted" or (ii) the initial
21        equalized assessed value of each such taxable lot,
22        block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at
23        the time tax increment financing was adopted, minus the
24        total current homestead exemptions under Article 15 of
25        the Property Tax Code in the redevelopment project area
26        shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid

 

 

HB2808- 97 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        by the county collector to the respective affected
2        taxing districts in the manner required by law in the
3        absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation
4        financing.
5            (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is
6        attributable to the increase in the current equalized
7        assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract,
8        or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project
9        area, over and above the initial equalized assessed
10        value of each property existing at the time tax
11        increment financing was adopted, minus the total
12        current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece
13        of property provided by Article 15 of the Property Tax
14        Code in the redevelopment project area, shall be
15        allocated to and when collected shall be paid by the
16        county collector as follows:
17                (A) First, that portion which would be payable
18            to a school district whose boundaries are
19            coterminous with such municipality in the absence
20            of the adoption of tax increment allocation
21            financing, shall be paid to such school district in
22            the manner required by law in the absence of the
23            adoption of tax increment allocation financing;
24            then
25                (B) 80% of the remaining portion shall be paid
26            to the municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said

 

 

HB2808- 98 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            taxes into a special fund called the special tax
2            allocation fund of the municipality for the
3            purpose of paying redevelopment project costs and
4            obligations incurred in the payment thereof; and
5            then
6                (C) 20% of the remaining portion shall be paid
7            to the respective affected taxing districts, other
8            than the school district described in clause (a)
9            above, in the manner required by law in the absence
10            of the adoption of tax increment allocation
11            financing.
12    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
13property in such redevelopment project areas from being
14assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
15owners of such property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as
16required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
17Constitution.
18(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-792, eff. 8-12-16.)
 
19    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-35)
20    Sec. 11-74.6-35. Ordinance for tax increment allocation
21financing.
22    (a) A municipality, at the time a redevelopment project
23area is designated, may adopt tax increment allocation
24financing by passing an ordinance providing that the ad valorem
25taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon taxable real

 

 

HB2808- 99 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1property within the redevelopment project area by taxing
2districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided in
3subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 each year after the
4effective date of the ordinance until redevelopment project
5costs and all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
6project costs incurred under this Act have been paid shall be
7divided as follows:
8        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
9    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property that is
10    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
11    value or the initial equalized assessed value or the
12    updated initial equalized assessed value of each taxable
13    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
14    redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when
15    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
16    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
17    required by law without regard to the adoption of tax
18    increment allocation financing.
19        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is
20    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
21    assessed value of each taxable lot, block, tract or parcel
22    of real property in the redevelopment project area, over
23    and above the initial equalized assessed value or the
24    updated initial equalized assessed value of each property
25    in the project area, shall be allocated to and when
26    collected shall be paid by the county collector to the

 

 

HB2808- 100 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    municipal treasurer who shall deposit that portion of those
2    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation
3    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
4    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
5    the payment of those costs and obligations. In any county
6    with a population of 3,000,000 or more that has adopted a
7    procedure for collecting taxes that provides for one or
8    more of the installments of the taxes to be billed and
9    collected on an estimated basis, the municipal treasurer
10    shall be paid for deposit in the special tax allocation
11    fund of the municipality, from the taxes collected from
12    estimated bills issued for property in the redevelopment
13    project area, the difference between the amount actually
14    collected from each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of
15    real property within the redevelopment project area and an
16    amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes
17    were last extended against the taxable lot, block, track,
18    or parcel of real property in the manner provided in
19    subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 by the initial
20    equalized assessed value or the updated initial equalized
21    assessed value of the property divided by the number of
22    installments in which real estate taxes are billed and
23    collected within the county, provided that the payments on
24    or before December 31, 1999 to a municipal treasurer shall
25    be made only if each of the following conditions are met:
26            (A) The total equalized assessed value of the

 

 

HB2808- 101 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        redevelopment project area as last determined was not
2        less than 175% of the total initial equalized assessed
3        value.
4            (B) Not more than 50% of the total equalized
5        assessed value of the redevelopment project area as
6        last determined is attributable to a piece of property
7        assigned a single real estate index number.
8            (C) The municipal clerk has certified to the county
9        clerk that the municipality has issued its obligations
10        to which there has been pledged the incremental
11        property taxes of the redevelopment project area or
12        taxes levied and collected on any or all property in
13        the municipality or the full faith and credit of the
14        municipality to pay or secure payment for all or a
15        portion of the redevelopment project costs. The
16        certification shall be filed annually no later than
17        September 1 for the estimated taxes to be distributed
18        in the following year.
19    The conditions of paragraphs (A) through (C) do not apply
20after December 31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
21made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that has
22adopted an estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes. If
23a county that has adopted the estimated billing procedure makes
24an erroneous overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
25treasurer, then the county may seek a refund of that
26overpayment. The county shall send the municipal treasurer a

 

 

HB2808- 102 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1notice of liability for the overpayment on or before the
2mailing date of the next real estate tax bill within the
3county. The refund shall be limited to the amount of the
4overpayment.
5    (b) It is the intent of this Act that a municipality's own
6ad valorem tax arising from levies on taxable real property be
7included in the determination of incremental revenue in the
8manner provided in paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.6-40.
9    (c) If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
10financing for a redevelopment project area by ordinance and the
11county clerk thereafter certifies the total initial equalized
12assessed value or the total updated initial equalized assessed
13value of the taxable real property within such redevelopment
14project area in the manner provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
15Section 11-74.6-40, each year after the date of the
16certification of the total initial equalized assessed value or
17the total updated initial equalized assessed value until
18redevelopment project costs and all municipal obligations
19financing redevelopment project costs have been paid, the ad
20valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable
21real property in the redevelopment project area by taxing
22districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided in
23paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 shall be divided as
24follows:
25        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
26    lot, block, tract or parcel of real property that is

 

 

HB2808- 103 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
2    value or the initial equalized assessed value, or the
3    updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel if
4    the updated initial equalized assessed value of that parcel
5    has been certified in accordance with Section 11-74.6-40,
6    whichever has been most recently certified, of each taxable
7    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at
8    the time tax increment allocation financing was adopted in
9    the redevelopment project area, shall be allocated to and
10    when collected shall be paid by the county collector to the
11    respective affected taxing districts in the manner
12    required by law without regard to the adoption of tax
13    increment allocation financing.
14        (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is
15    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
16    assessed value of each taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel
17    of real property in the redevelopment project area, over
18    and above the initial equalized assessed value of each
19    property existing at the time tax increment allocation
20    financing was adopted in the redevelopment project area, or
21    the updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel
22    if the updated initial equalized assessed value of that
23    parcel has been certified in accordance with Section
24    11-74.6-40, shall be allocated to and when collected shall
25    be paid to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those
26    taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation

 

 

HB2808- 104 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    fund of the municipality for the purpose of paying
2    redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in
3    the payment thereof.
4    (d) The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds
5in and to be deposited in the special tax allocation fund for
6the payment of redevelopment project costs and obligations. No
7part of the current equalized assessed value of each property
8in the redevelopment project area attributable to any increase
9above the total initial equalized assessed value or the total
10initial updated equalized assessed value of the property, shall
11be used in calculating the general General State aid formula
12School Aid Formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School
13Code, or the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in
14Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until all redevelopment
15project costs have been paid as provided for in this Section.
16    Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of
17financing redevelopment project costs, that municipality may
18provide by ordinance for the appointment of a trustee, which
19may be any trust company within the State, and for the
20establishment of any funds or accounts to be maintained by that
21trustee, as the municipality deems necessary to provide for the
22security and payment of the bonds. If the municipality provides
23for the appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be
24considered the assignee of any payments assigned by the
25municipality under that ordinance and this Section. Any amounts
26paid to the trustee as assignee shall be deposited into the

 

 

HB2808- 105 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1funds or accounts established under the trust agreement, and
2shall be held by the trustee in trust for the benefit of the
3holders of the bonds. The holders of those bonds shall have a
4lien on and a security interest in those funds or accounts
5while the bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement
6of the bonds, the trustee shall pay over any excess amounts
7held to the municipality for deposit in the special tax
8allocation fund.
9    When the redevelopment projects costs, including without
10limitation all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
11project costs incurred under this Law, have been paid, all
12surplus funds then remaining in the special tax allocation fund
13shall be distributed by being paid by the municipal treasurer
14to the municipality and the county collector; first to the
15municipality in direct proportion to the tax incremental
16revenue received from the municipality, but not to exceed the
17total incremental revenue received from the municipality,
18minus any annual surplus distribution of incremental revenue
19previously made. Any remaining funds shall be paid to the
20county collector who shall immediately distribute that payment
21to the taxing districts in the redevelopment project area in
22the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
23by the county collector to the affected districts of real
24property taxes from real property situated in the redevelopment
25project area.
26    Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs,

 

 

HB2808- 106 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1retirement of obligations and the distribution of any excess
2moneys under this Section, the municipality shall adopt an
3ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
4redevelopment project area and terminating the designation of
5the redevelopment project area as a redevelopment project area.
6Thereafter the tax levies of taxing districts shall be
7extended, collected and distributed in the same manner
8applicable before the adoption of tax increment allocation
9financing. Municipality shall notify affected taxing districts
10prior to November if the redevelopment project area is to be
11terminated by December 31 of that same year.
12    Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
13property in a redevelopment project area from being assessed as
14provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving owners of
15that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as required
16by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois Constitution.
17(Source: P.A. 91-474, eff. 11-1-99.)
 
18    Section 40. The Economic Development Project Area Tax
19Increment Allocation Act of 1995 is amended by changing Section
2050 as follows:
 
21    (65 ILCS 110/50)
22    Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
23    (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial
24equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within

 

 

HB2808- 107 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1an economic development project area in the manner provided in
2Section 45, each year after the date of the certification by
3the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed
4value", until economic development project costs and all
5municipal obligations financing economic development project
6costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising
7from the levies upon the taxable real property in the economic
8development project area by taxing districts and tax rates
9determined in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section
1045 shall be divided as follows:
11        (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
12    lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is
13    attributable to the lower of the current equalized assessed
14    value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
15    taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property
16    existing at the time tax increment financing was adopted
17    shall be allocated to (and when collected shall be paid by
18    the county collector to) the respective affected taxing
19    districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
20    the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
21        (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is
22    attributable to the increase in the current equalized
23    assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, or
24    parcel of real property in the economic development project
25    area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value
26    of each property existing at the time tax increment

 

 

HB2808- 108 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
2    collected shall be paid to) the municipal treasurer, who
3    shall deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the
4    special tax allocation fund of the municipality) for the
5    purpose of paying economic development project costs and
6    obligations incurred in the payment of those costs.
7    (b) The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax
8increment allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to
9be deposited into the special tax allocation fund for the
10payment of obligations issued under this Act and for the
11payment of economic development project costs. No part of the
12current equalized assessed valuation of each property in the
13economic development project area attributable to any increase
14above the total initial equalized assessed value of those
15properties shall be used in calculating the general State
16school aid formula under Section 18-8 of the School Code or the
17evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the
18School Code, until all economic development projects costs have
19been paid as provided for in this Section.
20    (c) When the economic development projects costs,
21including without limitation all municipal obligations
22financing economic development project costs incurred under
23this Act, have been paid, all surplus monies then remaining in
24the special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
25paid by the municipal treasurer to the county collector, who
26shall immediately pay the monies to the taxing districts having

 

 

HB2808- 109 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1taxable property in the economic development project area in
2the same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution
3by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
4property taxes from real property in the economic development
5project area.
6    (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project
7costs, retirement of obligations, and distribution of any
8excess monies under this Section and not later than 23 years
9from the date of the adoption of the ordinance establishing the
10economic development project area, the municipality shall
11adopt an ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund
12for the economic development project area and terminating the
13designation of the economic development project area as an
14economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the
15taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied,
16collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the
17absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
18    (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving
19property in the economic development project areas from being
20assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
21owners or lessees of that property from paying a uniform rate
22of taxes as required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois
23Constitution.
24(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
 
25    Section 45. The School Code is amended by changing Sections

 

 

HB2808- 110 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

11A-8, 1B-5, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-8, 1C-1, 1C-2, 1D-1, 1E-20, 1F-20,
21F-62, 1H-20, 1H-70, 2-3.33, 2-3.51.5, 2-3.66, 2-3.66b,
32-3.84, 2-3.109a, 3-14.21, 7-14A, 10-19, 10-22.5a, 10-22.20,
410-29, 11E-135, 13A-8, 13B-20.20, 13B-45, 13B-50, 13B-50.10,
513B-50.15, 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, 14C-1, 14C-12, 17-1,
617-1.2, 17-1.5, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-4.3, 18-8.05, 18-8.10,
718-9, 18-12, 26-16, 27-8.1, 27A-9, 27A-11, 29-5, 34-2.3, 34-18,
834-18.30, and 34-43.1 and by adding Sections 17-3.6 and 18-8.15
9as follows:
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/1A-8)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8)
11    Sec. 1A-8. Powers of the Board in Assisting Districts
12Deemed in Financial Difficulties. To promote the financial
13integrity of school districts, the State Board of Education
14shall be provided the necessary powers to promote sound
15financial management and continue operation of the public
16schools.
17    (a) The State Superintendent of Education may require a
18school district, including any district subject to Article 34A
19of this Code, to share financial information relevant to a
20proper investigation of the district's financial condition and
21the delivery of appropriate State financial, technical, and
22consulting services to the district if the district (i) has
23been designated, through the State Board of Education's School
24District Financial Profile System, as on financial warning or
25financial watch status, (ii) has failed to file an annual

 

 

HB2808- 111 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1financial report, annual budget, deficit reduction plan, or
2other financial information as required by law, (iii) has been
3identified, through the district's annual audit or other
4financial and management information, as in serious financial
5difficulty in the current or next school year, or (iv) is
6determined to be likely to fail to fully meet any regularly
7scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due or any debt
8service payments when due or both. In addition to financial,
9technical, and consulting services provided by the State Board
10of Education, at the request of a school district, the State
11Superintendent may provide for an independent financial
12consultant to assist the district review its financial
13condition and options.
14    (b) The State Board of Education, after proper
15investigation of a district's financial condition, may certify
16that a district, including any district subject to Article 34A,
17is in financial difficulty when any of the following conditions
18occur:
19        (1) The district has issued school or teacher orders
20    for wages as permitted in Sections 8-16, 32-7.2 and 34-76
21    of this Code.
22        (2) The district has issued tax anticipation warrants
23    or tax anticipation notes in anticipation of a second
24    year's taxes when warrants or notes in anticipation of
25    current year taxes are still outstanding, as authorized by
26    Sections 17-16, 34-23, 34-59 and 34-63 of this Code, or has

 

 

HB2808- 112 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    issued short-term debt against 2 future revenue sources,
2    such as, but not limited to, tax anticipation warrants and
3    general State aid or evidence-based funding Aid
4    certificates or tax anticipation warrants and revenue
5    anticipation notes.
6        (3) The district has for 2 consecutive years shown an
7    excess of expenditures and other financing uses over
8    revenues and other financing sources and beginning fund
9    balances on its annual financial report for the aggregate
10    totals of the Educational, Operations and Maintenance,
11    Transportation, and Working Cash Funds.
12        (4) The district refuses to provide financial
13    information or cooperate with the State Superintendent in
14    an investigation of the district's financial condition.
15        (5) The district is likely to fail to fully meet any
16    regularly scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due
17    or any debt service payments when due or both.
18    No school district shall be certified by the State Board of
19Education to be in financial difficulty solely by reason of any
20of the above circumstances arising as a result of (i) the
21failure of the county to make any distribution of property tax
22money due the district at the time such distribution is due or
23(ii) the failure of this State to make timely payments of
24general State aid, evidence-based funding, or any of the
25mandated categoricals; or if the district clearly demonstrates
26to the satisfaction of the State Board of Education at the time

 

 

HB2808- 113 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of its determination that such condition no longer exists. If
2the State Board of Education certifies that a district in a
3city with 500,000 inhabitants or more is in financial
4difficulty, the State Board shall so notify the Governor and
5the Mayor of the city in which the district is located. The
6State Board of Education may require school districts certified
7in financial difficulty, except those districts subject to
8Article 34A, to develop, adopt and submit a financial plan
9within 45 days after certification of financial difficulty. The
10financial plan shall be developed according to guidelines
11presented to the district by the State Board of Education
12within 14 days of certification. Such guidelines shall address
13the specific nature of each district's financial difficulties.
14Any proposed budget of the district shall be consistent with
15the financial plan submitted to and approved by the State Board
16of Education.
17    A district certified to be in financial difficulty, other
18than a district subject to Article 34A, shall report to the
19State Board of Education at such times and in such manner as
20the State Board may direct, concerning the district's
21compliance with each financial plan. The State Board may review
22the district's operations, obtain budgetary data and financial
23statements, require the district to produce reports, and have
24access to any other information in the possession of the
25district that it deems relevant. The State Board may issue
26recommendations or directives within its powers to the district

 

 

HB2808- 114 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to assist in compliance with the financial plan. The district
2shall produce such budgetary data, financial statements,
3reports and other information and comply with such directives.
4If the State Board of Education determines that a district has
5failed to comply with its financial plan, the State Board of
6Education may rescind approval of the plan and appoint a
7Financial Oversight Panel for the district as provided in
8Section 1B-4. This action shall be taken only after the
9district has been given notice and an opportunity to appear
10before the State Board of Education to discuss its failure to
11comply with its financial plan.
12    No bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax anticipation
13warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or
14sold by a school district or be legally binding upon or
15enforceable against a local board of education of a district
16certified to be in financial difficulty unless and until the
17financial plan required under this Section has been approved by
18the State Board of Education.
19    Any financial profile compiled and distributed by the State
20Board of Education in Fiscal Year 2009 or any fiscal year
21thereafter shall incorporate such adjustments as may be needed
22in the profile scores to reflect the financial effects of the
23inability or refusal of the State of Illinois to make timely
24disbursements of any general State aid, evidence-based
25funding, or mandated categorical aid payments due school
26districts or to fully reimburse school districts for mandated

 

 

HB2808- 115 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1categorical programs pursuant to reimbursement formulas
2provided in this School Code.
3(Source: P.A. 96-668, eff. 8-25-09; 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10;
497-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
5    (105 ILCS 5/1B-5)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-5)
6    Sec. 1B-5. When a petition for emergency financial
7assistance for a school district is allowed by the State Board
8under Section 1B-4, the State Superintendent shall within 10
9days thereafter appoint 3 members to serve at the State
10Superintendent's pleasure on a Financial Oversight Panel for
11the district. The State Superintendent shall designate one of
12the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairman. In the event
13of vacancy or resignation the State Superintendent shall
14appoint a successor within 10 days of receiving notice thereof.
15    Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
16basis of their experience and education in financial
17management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
18in education finance. A member of the Panel may not be a board
19member or employee of the district for which the Panel is
20constituted, nor may a member have a direct financial interest
21in that district.
22    Panel members shall serve without compensation, but may be
23reimbursed for travel and other necessary expenses incurred in
24the performance of their official duties by the State Board.
25The amount reimbursed Panel members for their expenses shall be

 

 

HB2808- 116 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1charged to the school district as part of any emergency
2financial assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms
3and conditions for repayment of such assistance or shall be
4deducted from the district's general State aid or
5evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8.
6    The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the call of
7the Chairman. The Panel may elect such other officers as it
8deems appropriate. The Panel shall prescribe the times and
9places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and
10special meetings may be called, and shall comply with the Open
11Meetings Act.
12    Two members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum, and the
13affirmative vote of 2 members shall be necessary for any
14decision or action to be taken by the Panel.
15    The Panel and the State Superintendent shall cooperate with
16each other in the exercise of their respective powers. The
17Panel shall report not later than September 1 annually to the
18State Board and the State Superintendent with respect to its
19activities and the condition of the school district for the
20previous fiscal year.
21    Any Financial Oversight Panel established under this
22Article shall remain in existence for not less than 3 years nor
23more than 10 years from the date the State Board grants the
24petition under Section 1B-4. If after 3 years the school
25district has repaid all of its obligations resulting from
26emergency State financial assistance provided under this

 

 

HB2808- 117 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Article and has improved its financial situation, the board of
2education may, not more frequently than once in any 12 month
3period, petition the State Board to dissolve the Financial
4Oversight Panel, terminate the oversight responsibility, and
5remove the district's certification under Section 1A-8 as a
6district in financial difficulty. In acting on such a petition
7the State Board shall give additional weight to the
8recommendations of the State Superintendent and the Financial
9Oversight Panel.
10(Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
 
11    (105 ILCS 5/1B-6)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
12    Sec. 1B-6. General powers. The purpose of the Financial
13Oversight Panel shall be to exercise financial control over the
14board of education, and, when approved by the State Board and
15the State Superintendent of Education, to furnish financial
16assistance so that the board can provide public education
17within the board's jurisdiction while permitting the board to
18meet its obligations to its creditors and the holders of its
19notes and bonds. Except as expressly limited by this Article,
20the Panel shall have all powers necessary to meet its
21responsibilities and to carry out its purposes and the purposes
22of this Article, including, but not limited to, the following
23powers:
24    (a) to sue and be sued;
25    (b) to provide for its organization and internal

 

 

HB2808- 118 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1management;
2    (c) to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as the
3chief executive officer of the Panel. The Financial
4Administrator may be an individual, partnership, corporation,
5including an accounting firm, or other entity determined by the
6Panel to be qualified to serve; and to appoint other officers,
7agents, and employees of the Panel, define their duties and
8qualifications and fix their compensation and employee
9benefits;
10    (d) to approve the local board of education appointments to
11the positions of treasurer in a Class I county school unit and
12in each school district which forms a part of a Class II county
13school unit but which no longer is subject to the jurisdiction
14and authority of a township treasurer or trustees of schools of
15a township because the district has withdrawn from the
16jurisdiction and authority of the township treasurer and the
17trustees of schools of the township or because those offices
18have been abolished as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of
19Section 5-1, and chief school business official, if such
20official is not the superintendent of the district. Either the
21board or the Panel may remove such treasurer or chief school
22business official;
23    (e) to approve any and all bonds, notes, teachers orders,
24tax anticipation warrants, and other evidences of indebtedness
25prior to issuance or sale by the school district; and
26notwithstanding any other provision of The School Code, as now

 

 

HB2808- 119 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax
2anticipation warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall
3be issued or sold by the school district or be legally binding
4upon or enforceable against the local board of education unless
5and until the approval of the Panel has been received;
6    (f) to approve all property tax levies of the school
7district and require adjustments thereto as the Panel deems
8necessary or advisable;
9    (g) to require and approve a school district financial
10plan;
11    (h) to approve and require revisions of the school district
12budget;
13    (i) to approve all contracts and other obligations as the
14Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
15    (j) to authorize emergency State financial assistance,
16including requirements regarding the terms and conditions of
17repayment of such assistance, and to require the board of
18education to levy a separate local property tax, subject to the
19limitations of Section 1B-8, sufficient to repay such
20assistance consistent with the terms and conditions of
21repayment and the district's approved financial plan and
22budget;
23    (k) to request the regional superintendent to make
24appointments to fill all vacancies on the local school board as
25provided in Section 10-10;
26    (l) to recommend dissolution or reorganization of the

 

 

HB2808- 120 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1school district to the General Assembly if in the Panel's
2judgment the circumstances so require;
3    (m) to direct a phased reduction in the oversight
4responsibilities of the Financial Administrator and of the
5Panel as the circumstances permit;
6    (n) to determine the amount of emergency State financial
7assistance to be made available to the school district, and to
8establish an operating budget for the Panel to be supported by
9funds available from such assistance, with the assistance and
10the budget required to be approved by the State Superintendent;
11    (o) to procure insurance against any loss in such amounts
12and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
13    (p) to engage the services of consultants for rendering
14professional and technical assistance and advice on matters
15within the Panel's power;
16    (q) to contract for and to accept any gifts, grants or
17loans of funds or property or financial or other aid in any
18form from the federal government, State government, unit of
19local government, school district or any agency or
20instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or public
21source, and to comply with the terms and conditions thereof;
22    (r) to pay the expenses of its operations based on the
23Panel's budget as approved by the State Superintendent from
24emergency financial assistance funds available to the district
25or from deductions from the district's general State aid or
26evidence-based funding;

 

 

HB2808- 121 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (s) to do any and all things necessary or convenient to
2carry out its purposes and exercise the powers given to the
3Panel by this Article; and
4    (t) to recommend the creation of a school finance authority
5pursuant to Article 1F of this Code.
6(Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-855, eff. 12-6-02.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/1B-7)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-7)
8    Sec. 1B-7. Financial Administrator; Powers and Duties. The
9Financial Administrator appointed by the Financial Oversight
10Panel shall serve as the Panel's chief executive officer. The
11Financial Administrator shall exercise the powers and duties
12required by the Panel, including but not limited to the
13following:
14    (a) to provide guidance and recommendations to the local
15board and officials of the school district in developing the
16district's financial plan and budget prior to board action;
17    (b) to direct the local board to reorganize its financial
18accounts, budgetary systems, and internal accounting and
19financial controls, in whatever manner the Panel deems
20appropriate to achieve greater financial responsibility and to
21reduce financial inefficiency, and to provide technical
22assistance to aid the district in accomplishing the
23reorganization;
24    (c) to make recommendations to the Financial Oversight
25Panel concerning the school district's financial plan and

 

 

HB2808- 122 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1budget, and all other matters within the scope of the Panel's
2authority;
3    (d) to prepare and recommend to the Panel a proposal for
4emergency State financial assistance for the district,
5including recommended terms and conditions of repayment, and an
6operations budget for the Panel to be funded from the emergency
7assistance or from deductions from the district's general State
8aid or evidence-based funding;
9    (e) to require the local board to prepare and submit
10preliminary staffing and budgetary analyses annually prior to
11February 1 in such manner and form as the Financial
12Administrator shall prescribe; and
13    (f) subject to the direction of the Panel, to do all other
14things necessary or convenient to carry out its purposes and
15exercise the powers given to the Panel under this Article.
16(Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/1B-8)  (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
18    Sec. 1B-8. There is created in the State Treasury a special
19fund to be known as the School District Emergency Financial
20Assistance Fund (the "Fund"). The School District Emergency
21Financial Assistance Fund shall consist of appropriations,
22loan repayments, grants from the federal government, and
23donations from any public or private source. Moneys in the Fund
24may be appropriated only to the Illinois Finance Authority and
25the State Board for those purposes authorized under this

 

 

HB2808- 123 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Article and Articles 1F and 1H of this Code. The appropriation
2may be allocated and expended by the State Board for
3contractual services to provide technical assistance or
4consultation to school districts to assess their financial
5condition and to Financial Oversight Panels that petition for
6emergency financial assistance grants. The Illinois Finance
7Authority may provide loans to school districts which are the
8subject of an approved petition for emergency financial
9assistance under Section 1B-4, 1F-62, or 1H-65 of this Code.
10Neither the State Board of Education nor the Illinois Finance
11Authority may collect any fees for providing these services.
12    From the amount allocated to each such school district
13under this Article the State Board shall identify a sum
14sufficient to cover all approved costs of the Financial
15Oversight Panel established for the respective school
16district. If the State Board and State Superintendent of
17Education have not approved emergency financial assistance in
18conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight
19Panel, the Panel's approved costs shall be paid from deductions
20from the district's general State aid or evidence-based
21funding.
22    The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and file with the
23State Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
24assistance for the school district and for its operations
25budget. No expenditures from the Fund shall be authorized by
26the State Superintendent until he or she has approved the

 

 

HB2808- 124 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1request of the Panel, either as submitted or in such lesser
2amount determined by the State Superintendent.
3    The maximum amount of an emergency financial assistance
4loan which may be allocated to any school district under this
5Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
6Panel, shall not exceed $4,000 times the number of pupils
7enrolled in the school district during the school year ending
8June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State Board of the
9petition for emergency financial assistance, as certified to
10the local board and the Panel by the State Superintendent. An
11emergency financial assistance grant shall not exceed $1,000
12times the number of such pupils. A district may receive both a
13loan and a grant.
14    The payment of an emergency State financial assistance
15grant or loan shall be subject to appropriation by the General
16Assembly. Payment of the emergency State financial assistance
17loan is subject to the applicable provisions of the Illinois
18Finance Authority Act. Emergency State financial assistance
19allocated and paid to a school district under this Article may
20be applied to any fund or funds from which the local board of
21education of that district is authorized to make expenditures
22by law.
23    Any emergency financial assistance grant proposed by the
24Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the State
25Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
26year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or declining

 

 

HB2808- 125 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1amounts over a period of years not to exceed the period of the
2Panel's existence. An emergency financial assistance loan
3proposed by the Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the
4Illinois Finance Authority may be paid in its entirety during
5the initial year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or
6declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed the
7period of the Panel's existence. All loans made by the Illinois
8Finance Authority for a school district shall be required to be
9repaid, with simple interest over the term of the loan at a
10rate equal to 50% of the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury
11(CMT) yield as last published by the Board of Governors of the
12Federal Reserve System before the date on which the district's
13loan is approved by the Illinois Finance Authority, not later
14than the date the Financial Oversight Panel ceases to exist.
15The Panel shall establish and the Illinois Finance Authority
16shall approve the terms and conditions, including the schedule,
17of repayments. The schedule shall provide for repayments
18commencing July 1 of each year or upon each fiscal year's
19receipt of moneys from a tax levy for emergency financial
20assistance. Repayment shall be incorporated into the annual
21budget of the school district and may be made from any fund or
22funds of the district in which there are moneys available. An
23emergency financial assistance loan to the Panel or district
24shall not be considered part of the calculation of a district's
25debt for purposes of the limitation specified in Section 19-1
26of this Code. Default on repayment is subject to the Illinois

 

 

HB2808- 126 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid as provided
2herein they shall not be made available to the local board for
3further use as emergency financial assistance under this
4Article at any time thereafter. All repayments required to be
5made by a school district shall be received by the State Board
6and deposited in the School District Emergency Financial
7Assistance Fund.
8    In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment
9obligation of the school district the Panel shall annually
10determine whether a separate local property tax levy is
11required. The board of any school district with a tax rate for
12educational purposes for the prior year of less than 120% of
13the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized by Section
1417-2 shall provide for a separate tax levy for emergency
15financial assistance repayment purposes. Such tax levy shall
16not be subject to referendum approval. The amount of the levy
17shall be equal to the amount necessary to meet the annual
18repayment obligations of the district as established by the
19Panel, or 20% of the amount levied for educational purposes for
20the prior year, whichever is less. However, no district shall
21be required to levy the tax if the district's operating tax
22rate as determined under Section 18-8, or 18-8.05, or 18-8.15
23exceeds 200% of the district's tax rate for educational
24purposes for the prior year.
25(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 127 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/1C-1)
2    Sec. 1C-1. Purpose. The purpose of this Article is to
3permit greater flexibility and efficiency in the distribution
4and use of certain State funds available to local education
5agencies for the improvement of the quality of educational
6services pursuant to locally established priorities.
7    Through fiscal year 2017, this This Article does not apply
8to school districts having a population in excess of 500,000
9inhabitants.
10(Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95;
1189-397, eff. 8-20-95; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96.)
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
13    Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
14    (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter,
15the State Board of Education shall award to school districts
16block grants as described in subsection (c). The State Board of
17Education may adopt rules and regulations necessary to
18implement this Section. In accordance with Section 2-3.32, all
19state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore, block
20grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded
21to the appropriate fund code.
22    (b) (Blank).
23    (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be
24created by combining the following programs: Preschool
25Education, Parental Training and Prevention Initiative. These

 

 

HB2808- 128 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
2entities on a competitive basis, except that the State Board of
3Education shall award to a school district having a population
4exceeding 500,000 inhabitants 37% of the funds in each fiscal
5year. Not less than 14% of the Early Childhood Education Block
6Grant allocation of funds shall be used to fund programs for
7children ages 0-3. Beginning in Fiscal Year 2016, at least 25%
8of any additional Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding
9over and above the previous fiscal year's allocation shall be
10used to fund programs for children ages 0-3. Once the
11percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding
12allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 reaches 20% of the
13overall Early Childhood Education Block Grant allocation for a
14full fiscal year, thereafter in subsequent fiscal years the
15percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding
16allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 each fiscal year
17shall remain at least 20% of the overall Early Childhood
18Education Block Grant allocation. However, if, in a given
19fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the Early Childhood
20Education Block Grant is insufficient to increase the
21percentage of the grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3
22without reducing the amount of the grant for existing providers
23of preschool education programs, then the percentage of the
24grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 may be held steady
25instead of increased.
26(Source: P.A. 98-645, eff. 7-1-14; 99-589, eff. 7-21-16.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 129 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/1D-1)
2    Sec. 1D-1. Block grant funding.
3    (a) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each
4fiscal year thereafter, the State Board of Education shall
5award to a school district having a population exceeding
6500,000 inhabitants a general education block grant and an
7educational services block grant, determined as provided in
8this Section, in lieu of distributing to the district separate
9State funding for the programs described in subsections (b) and
10(c). The provisions of this Section, however, do not apply to
11any federal funds that the district is entitled to receive. In
12accordance with Section 2-3.32, all block grants are subject to
13an audit. Therefore, block grant receipts and block grant
14expenditures shall be recorded to the appropriate fund code for
15the designated block grant.
16    (b) The general education block grant shall include the
17following programs: REI Initiative, Summer Bridges, Preschool
18At Risk, K-6 Comprehensive Arts, School Improvement Support,
19Urban Education, Scientific Literacy, Substance Abuse
20Prevention, Second Language Planning, Staff Development,
21Outcomes and Assessment, K-6 Reading Improvement, 7-12
22Continued Reading Improvement, Truants' Optional Education,
23Hispanic Programs, Agriculture Education, Parental Education,
24Prevention Initiative, Report Cards, and Criminal Background
25Investigations. Notwithstanding any other provision of law,

 

 

HB2808- 130 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1all amounts paid under the general education block grant from
2State appropriations to a school district in a city having a
3population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants shall be appropriated
4and expended by the board of that district for any of the
5programs included in the block grant or any of the board's
6lawful purposes.
7    (c) The educational services block grant shall include the
8following programs: Regular and Vocational Transportation,
9State Lunch and Free Breakfast Program, Special Education
10(Personnel, Transportation, Orphanage, Private Tuition),
11funding for children requiring special education services,
12Summer School, Educational Service Centers, and
13Administrator's Academy. This subsection (c) does not relieve
14the district of its obligation to provide the services required
15under a program that is included within the educational
16services block grant. It is the intention of the General
17Assembly in enacting the provisions of this subsection (c) to
18relieve the district of the administrative burdens that impede
19efficiency and accompany single-program funding. The General
20Assembly encourages the board to pursue mandate waivers
21pursuant to Section 2-3.25g.
22    The funding program included in the educational services
23block grant for funding for children requiring special
24education services in each fiscal year shall be treated in that
25fiscal year as a payment to the school district in respect of
26services provided or costs incurred in the prior fiscal year,

 

 

HB2808- 131 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1calculated in each case as provided in this Section. Nothing in
2this Section shall change the nature of payments for any
3program that, apart from this Section, would be or, prior to
4adoption or amendment of this Section, was on the basis of a
5payment in a fiscal year in respect of services provided or
6costs incurred in the prior fiscal year, calculated in each
7case as provided in this Section.
8    (d) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each
9fiscal year thereafter, the amount of the district's block
10grants shall be determined as follows: (i) with respect to each
11program that is included within each block grant, the district
12shall receive an amount equal to the same percentage of the
13current fiscal year appropriation made for that program as the
14percentage of the appropriation received by the district from
15the 1995 fiscal year appropriation made for that program, and
16(ii) the total amount that is due the district under the block
17grant shall be the aggregate of the amounts that the district
18is entitled to receive for the fiscal year with respect to each
19program that is included within the block grant that the State
20Board of Education shall award the district under this Section
21for that fiscal year. In the case of the Summer Bridges
22program, the amount of the district's block grant shall be
23equal to 44% of the amount of the current fiscal year
24appropriation made for that program.
25    (e) The district is not required to file any application or
26other claim in order to receive the block grants to which it is

 

 

HB2808- 132 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1entitled under this Section. The State Board of Education shall
2make payments to the district of amounts due under the
3district's block grants on a schedule determined by the State
4Board of Education.
5    (f) A school district to which this Section applies shall
6report to the State Board of Education on its use of the block
7grants in such form and detail as the State Board of Education
8may specify. In addition, the report must include the following
9description for the district, which must also be reported to
10the General Assembly: block grant allocation and expenditures
11by program; population and service levels by program; and
12administrative expenditures by program. The State Board of
13Education shall ensure that the reporting requirements for the
14district are the same as for all other school districts in this
15State.
16    (g) Through fiscal year 2017, this This paragraph provides
17for the treatment of block grants under Article 1C for purposes
18of calculating the amount of block grants for a district under
19this Section. Those block grants under Article 1C are, for this
20purpose, treated as included in the amount of appropriation for
21the various programs set forth in paragraph (b) above. The
22appropriation in each current fiscal year for each block grant
23under Article 1C shall be treated for these purposes as
24appropriations for the individual program included in that
25block grant. The proportion of each block grant so allocated to
26each such program included in it shall be the proportion which

 

 

HB2808- 133 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the appropriation for that program was of all appropriations
2for such purposes now in that block grant, in fiscal 1995.
3    Payments to the school district under this Section with
4respect to each program for which payments to school districts
5generally, as of the date of this amendatory Act of the 92nd
6General Assembly, are on a reimbursement basis shall continue
7to be made to the district on a reimbursement basis, pursuant
8to the provisions of this Code governing those programs.
9    (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
10district receiving a block grant under this Section may
11classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a
12particular fiscal year from any block grant authorized under
13this Code or from general State aid pursuant to Section 18-8.05
14of this Code (other than supplemental general State aid) as
15funds received in connection with any funding program for which
16it is entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal
17year (including, without limitation, any funding program
18referred to in subsection (c) of this Section), regardless of
19the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
20classify more funds as funds received in connection with the
21funding program than the district is entitled to receive in
22that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a
23district must be made by a resolution of its board of
24education. The resolution must identify the amount of any block
25grant or general State aid to be classified under this
26subsection (h) and must specify the funding program to which

 

 

HB2808- 134 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the funds are to be treated as received in connection
2therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
3classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of
4the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
5Education. The resolution shall still take effect even though a
6copy of the resolution has not been sent to the State
7Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No
8classification under this subsection (h) by a district shall
9affect the total amount or timing of money the district is
10entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under
11this subsection (h) by a district shall in any way relieve the
12district from or affect any requirements that otherwise would
13apply with respect to the block grant as provided in this
14Section, including any accounting of funds by source, reporting
15expenditures by original source and purpose, reporting
16requirements, or requirements of provision of services.
17(Source: P.A. 97-238, eff. 8-2-11; 97-324, eff. 8-12-11;
1897-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/1E-20)
20    (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with
21105 ILCS 5/1E-165)
22    Sec. 1E-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
23    (a) When a petition for a School Finance Authority is
24allowed by the State Board under Section 1E-15 of this Code,
25the State Superintendent shall within 10 days thereafter

 

 

HB2808- 135 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1appoint 5 members to serve on a School Finance Authority for
2the district. Of the initial members, 2 shall be appointed to
3serve a term of 2 years and 3 shall be appointed to serve a term
4of 3 years. Thereafter, each member shall serve for a term of 3
5years and until his or her successor has been appointed. The
6State Superintendent shall designate one of the members of the
7Authority to serve as its Chairperson. In the event of vacancy
8or resignation, the State Superintendent shall, within 10 days
9after receiving notice, appoint a successor to serve out that
10member's term. The State Superintendent may remove a member for
11incompetence, malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just
12cause.
13    Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the
14basis of their experience and education in financial
15management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
16in education finance. Two members of the Authority shall be
17residents of the school district that the Authority serves. A
18member of the Authority may not be a member of the district's
19school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
20have a direct financial interest in the district.
21    Authority members shall serve without compensation, but
22may be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other
23necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their
24official duties. Unless paid from bonds issued under Section
251E-65 of this Code, the amount reimbursed members for their
26expenses shall be charged to the school district as part of any

 

 

HB2808- 136 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a part of
2the terms and conditions for repayment of the assistance or
3shall be deducted from the district's general State aid or
4evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this
5Code.
6    The Authority may elect such officers as it deems
7appropriate.
8    (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the
9call of the Chairperson. The Authority shall prescribe the
10times and places for its meetings and the manner in which
11regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply
12with the Open Meetings Act.
13    Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
14When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a
15quorum being present, a majority of the votes of the members
16voting on the measure shall determine the outcome.
17(Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02.)
 
18    (105 ILCS 5/1F-20)
19(This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105
20ILCS 5/1F-165)
21    Sec. 1F-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
22    (a) Upon establishment of a School Finance Authority under
23Section 1F-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall
24within 15 days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on a
25School Finance Authority for the district. Of the initial

 

 

HB2808- 137 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1members, 2 shall be appointed to serve a term of 2 years and 3
2shall be appointed to serve a term of 3 years. Thereafter, each
3member shall serve for a term of 3 years and until his or her
4successor has been appointed. The State Superintendent shall
5designate one of the members of the Authority to serve as its
6Chairperson. In the event of vacancy or resignation, the State
7Superintendent shall, within 10 days after receiving notice,
8appoint a successor to serve out that member's term. The State
9Superintendent may remove a member for incompetence,
10malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just cause.
11    Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the
12basis of their experience and education in financial
13management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
14in education finance. Two members of the Authority shall be
15residents of the school district that the Authority serves. A
16member of the Authority may not be a member of the district's
17school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
18have a direct financial interest in the district.
19    Authority members shall be paid a stipend approved by the
20State Superintendent of not more than $100 per meeting and may
21be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other necessary
22expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
23Unless paid from bonds issued under Section 1F-65 of this Code,
24the amount reimbursed members for their expenses shall be
25charged to the school district as part of any emergency
26financial assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms

 

 

HB2808- 138 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1and conditions for repayment of the assistance or shall be
2deducted from the district's general State aid or
3evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this
4Code.
5    The Authority may elect such officers as it deems
6appropriate.
7    (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the
8call of the Chairperson. The Authority shall prescribe the
9times and places for its meetings and the manner in which
10regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply
11with the Open Meetings Act.
12    Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
13When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a
14quorum being present, a majority of the votes of the members
15voting on the measure shall determine the outcome.
16(Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/1F-62)
18(This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105
19ILCS 5/1F-165)
20    Sec. 1F-62. School District Emergency Financial Assistance
21Fund; grants and loans.
22    (a) Moneys in the School District Emergency Financial
23Assistance Fund established under Section 1B-8 of this Code may
24be allocated and expended by the State Board as grants to
25provide technical and consulting services to school districts

 

 

HB2808- 139 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to assess their financial condition and by the Illinois Finance
2Authority for emergency financial assistance loans to a School
3Finance Authority that petitions for emergency financial
4assistance. An emergency financial assistance loan to a School
5Finance Authority or borrowing from sources other than the
6State shall not be considered as part of the calculation of a
7district's debt for purposes of the limitation specified in
8Section 19-1 of this Code. From the amount allocated to each
9School Finance Authority, the State Board shall identify a sum
10sufficient to cover all approved costs of the School Finance
11Authority. If the State Board and State Superintendent have not
12approved emergency financial assistance in conjunction with
13the appointment of a School Finance Authority, the Authority's
14approved costs shall be paid from deductions from the
15district's general State aid or evidence-based funding.
16    The School Finance Authority may prepare and file with the
17State Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
18assistance for the school district and for its operations
19budget. No expenditures shall be authorized by the State
20Superintendent until he or she has approved the proposal of the
21School Finance Authority, either as submitted or in such lesser
22amount determined by the State Superintendent.
23    (b) The amount of an emergency financial assistance loan
24that may be allocated to a School Finance Authority under this
25Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
26School Finance Authority, and borrowing from sources other than

 

 

HB2808- 140 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the State shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $4,000 times the
2number of pupils enrolled in the district during the school
3year ending June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State
4Board of the petition for emergency financial assistance, as
5certified to the school board and the School Finance Authority
6by the State Superintendent. However, this limitation does not
7apply to borrowing by the district secured by amounts levied by
8the district prior to establishment of the School Finance
9Authority. An emergency financial assistance grant shall not
10exceed $1,000 times the number of such pupils. A district may
11receive both a loan and a grant.
12    (c) The payment of a State emergency financial assistance
13grant or loan shall be subject to appropriation by the General
14Assembly. State emergency financial assistance allocated and
15paid to a School Finance Authority under this Article may be
16applied to any fund or funds from which the School Finance
17Authority is authorized to make expenditures by law.
18    (d) Any State emergency financial assistance proposed by
19the School Finance Authority and approved by the State
20Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
21year of the School Finance Authority's existence or spread in
22equal or declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed
23the period of the School Finance Authority's existence. The
24State Superintendent shall not approve any loan to the School
25Finance Authority unless the School Finance Authority has been
26unable to borrow sufficient funds to operate the district.

 

 

HB2808- 141 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    All loan payments made from the School District Emergency
2Financial Assistance Fund to a School Finance Authority shall
3be required to be repaid not later than the date the School
4Finance Authority ceases to exist, with simple interest over
5the term of the loan at a rate equal to 50% of the one-year
6Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT) yield as last published by the
7Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System before the
8date on which the School Finance Authority's loan is approved
9by the State Board.
10    The School Finance Authority shall establish and the
11Illinois Finance Authority shall approve the terms and
12conditions of the loan, including the schedule of repayments.
13The schedule shall provide for repayments commencing July 1 of
14each year or upon each fiscal year's receipt of moneys from a
15tax levy for emergency financial assistance. Repayment shall be
16incorporated into the annual budget of the district and may be
17made from any fund or funds of the district in which there are
18moneys available. Default on repayment is subject to the
19Illinois Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid as
20provided in this Section, they shall not be made available to
21the School Finance Authority for further use as emergency
22financial assistance under this Article at any time thereafter.
23All repayments required to be made by a School Finance
24Authority shall be received by the State Board and deposited in
25the School District Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
26    In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment

 

 

HB2808- 142 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1obligation of the School Finance Authority, the School Finance
2Authority shall annually determine whether a separate local
3property tax levy is required to meet that obligation. The
4School Finance Authority shall provide for a separate tax levy
5for emergency financial assistance repayment purposes. This
6tax levy shall not be subject to referendum approval. The
7amount of the levy shall not exceed the amount necessary to
8meet the annual emergency financial repayment obligations of
9the district, including principal and interest, as established
10by the School Finance Authority.
11(Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06.)
 
12    (105 ILCS 5/1H-20)
13    Sec. 1H-20. Members of Panel; meetings.
14    (a) Upon establishment of a Financial Oversight Panel under
15Section 1H-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall
16within 15 working days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on
17a Financial Oversight Panel for the district. Members appointed
18to the Panel shall serve at the pleasure of the State
19Superintendent. The State Superintendent shall designate one
20of the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairperson. In the
21event of vacancy or resignation, the State Superintendent
22shall, within 10 days after receiving notice, appoint a
23successor to serve out that member's term.
24    (b) Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
25basis of their experience and education in financial

 

 

HB2808- 143 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable
2in education finance. Two members of the Panel shall be
3residents of the school district that the Panel serves. A
4member of the Panel may not be a member of the district's
5school board or an employee of the district nor may a member
6have a direct financial interest in the district.
7    (c) Panel members may be reimbursed by the State Board for
8travel and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance
9of their official duties. The amount reimbursed members for
10their expenses shall be charged to the school district as part
11of any emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a
12part of the terms and conditions for repayment of the
13assistance or shall be deducted from the district's general
14State aid or evidence-based funding as provided in Section
151H-65 of this Code.
16    (d) With the exception of the chairperson, who shall be
17designated as provided in subsection (a) of this Section, the
18Panel may elect such officers as it deems appropriate.
19    (e) The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the
20call of the Chairperson. The Panel shall prescribe the times
21and places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and
22special meetings may be called and shall comply with the Open
23Meetings Act. The Panel shall also comply with the Freedom of
24Information Act.
25    (f) Three members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum. A
26majority of members present is required to pass a measure.

 

 

HB2808- 144 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
2    (105 ILCS 5/1H-70)
3    Sec. 1H-70. Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation
4notes, revenue anticipation certificates or notes, general
5State aid or evidence-based funding anticipation certificates,
6and lines of credit. With the approval of the State
7Superintendent and provided that the district is unable to
8secure short-term financing after 3 attempts, a Panel shall
9have the same power as a district to do the following:
10        (1) issue tax anticipation warrants under the
11    provisions of Section 17-16 of this Code against taxes
12    levied by either the school board or the Panel pursuant to
13    Section 1H-25 of this Code;
14        (2) issue tax anticipation notes under the provisions
15    of the Tax Anticipation Note Act against taxes levied by
16    either the school board or the Panel pursuant to Section
17    1H-25 of this Code;
18        (3) issue revenue anticipation certificates or notes
19    under the provisions of the Revenue Anticipation Act;
20        (4) issue general State aid or evidence-based funding
21    anticipation certificates under the provisions of Section
22    18-18 of this Code; and
23        (5) establish and utilize lines of credit under the
24    provisions of Section 17-17 of this Code.
25    Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation notes, revenue

 

 

HB2808- 145 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1anticipation certificates or notes, general State aid or
2evidence-based funding anticipation certificates, and lines of
3credit are considered borrowing from sources other than the
4State and are subject to Section 1H-65 of this Code.
5(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.33)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.33)
7    Sec. 2-3.33. Recomputation of claims. To recompute within
83 years from the final date for filing of a claim any claim for
9general State aid reimbursement to any school district and one
10year from the final date for filing of a claim for
11evidence-based funding if the claim has been found to be
12incorrect and to adjust subsequent claims accordingly, and to
13recompute and adjust any such claims within 6 years from the
14final date for filing when there has been an adverse court or
15administrative agency decision on the merits affecting the tax
16revenues of the school district. However, no such adjustment
17shall be made regarding equalized assessed valuation unless the
18district's equalized assessed valuation is changed by greater
19than $250,000 or 2%. Any adjustments for claims recomputed for
20the 2016-2017 school year and prior school years shall be
21applied to the apportionment of evidence-based funding in
22Section 18-8.15 of this Code beginning in the 2017-2018 school
23year and thereafter. However, the recomputation of a claim for
24evidence-based funding for a school district shall not require
25the recomputation of claims for all districts, and the State

 

 

HB2808- 146 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Board of Education shall only make recomputations of
2evidence-based funding for those districts where an adjustment
3is required.
4    Except in the case of an adverse court or administrative
5agency decision, no recomputation of a State aid claim shall be
6made pursuant to this Section as a result of a reduction in the
7assessed valuation of a school district from the assessed
8valuation of the district reported to the State Board of
9Education by the Department of Revenue under Section 18-8.05 or
1018-8.15 of this Code unless the requirements of Section 16-15
11of the Property Tax Code and Section 2-3.84 of this Code are
12complied with in all respects.
13    This paragraph applies to all requests for recomputation of
14a general State aid or evidence-based funding claim received
15after June 30, 2003. In recomputing a general State aid or
16evidence-based funding claim that was originally calculated
17using an extension limitation equalized assessed valuation
18under paragraph (3) of subsection (G) of Section 18-8.05 of
19this Code or Section 18-8.15 of this Code, a qualifying
20reduction in equalized assessed valuation shall be deducted
21from the extension limitation equalized assessed valuation
22that was used in calculating the original claim.
23    From the total amount of general State aid or
24evidence-based funding to be provided to districts,
25adjustments as a result of recomputation under this Section
26together with adjustments under Section 2-3.84 must not exceed

 

 

HB2808- 147 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1$25 million, in the aggregate for all districts under both
2Sections combined, of the general State aid or evidence-based
3funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary, amounts
4shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to
5prorate claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each
6prorated claim that is approved but not paid in the current
7fiscal year may be resubmitted as a valid claim in the
8following fiscal year.
9(Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)
11    Sec. 2-3.51.5. School Safety and Educational Improvement
12Block Grant Program. To improve the level of education and
13safety of students from kindergarten through grade 12 in school
14districts and State-recognized, non-public schools. The State
15Board of Education is authorized to fund a School Safety and
16Educational Improvement Block Grant Program.
17    (1) For school districts, the program shall provide funding
18for school safety, textbooks and software, electronic
19textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to gain
20access to and use electronic textbooks, teacher training and
21curriculum development, school improvements, school report
22cards under Section 10-17a, and criminal history records checks
23under Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5. For State-recognized,
24non-public schools, the program shall provide funding for
25secular textbooks and software, criminal history records

 

 

HB2808- 148 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1checks, and health and safety mandates to the extent that the
2funds are expended for purely secular purposes. A school
3district or laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8, or
418-8.05, or 18-8.15 is not required to file an application in
5order to receive the categorical funding to which it is
6entitled under this Section. Funds for the School Safety and
7Educational Improvement Block Grant Program shall be
8distributed to school districts and laboratory schools based on
9the prior year's best 3 months average daily attendance. Funds
10for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant
11Program shall be distributed to State-recognized, non-public
12schools based on the average daily attendance figure for the
13previous school year provided to the State Board of Education.
14The State Board of Education shall develop an application that
15requires State-recognized, non-public schools to submit
16average daily attendance figures. A State-recognized,
17non-public school must submit the application and average daily
18attendance figure prior to receiving funds under this Section.
19The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
20regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.
21    (2) Distribution of moneys to school districts and
22State-recognized, non-public schools shall be made in 2
23semi-annual installments, one payment on or before October 30,
24and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal year.
25    (3) Grants under the School Safety and Educational
26Improvement Block Grant Program shall be awarded provided there

 

 

HB2808- 149 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels for
2each district shall be prorated according to the amount of the
3appropriation.
4    (4) The provisions of this Section are in the public
5interest, are for the public benefit, and serve secular public
6purposes.
7(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.66)
9    Sec. 2-3.66. Truants' alternative and optional education
10programs. To establish projects to offer modified
11instructional programs or other services designed to prevent
12students from dropping out of school, including programs
13pursuant to Section 2-3.41, and to serve as a part time or full
14time option in lieu of regular school attendance and to award
15grants to local school districts, educational service regions
16or community college districts from appropriated funds to
17assist districts in establishing such projects. The education
18agency may operate its own program or enter into a contract
19with another not-for-profit entity to implement the program.
20The projects shall allow dropouts, up to and including age 21,
21potential dropouts, including truants, uninvolved, unmotivated
22and disaffected students, as defined by State Board of
23Education rules and regulations, to enroll, as an alternative
24to regular school attendance, in an optional education program
25which may be established by school board policy and is in

 

 

HB2808- 150 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of Education.
2Truants' Alternative and Optional Education programs funded
3pursuant to this Section shall be planned by a student, the
4student's parents or legal guardians, unless the student is 18
5years or older, and school officials and shall culminate in an
6individualized optional education plan. Such plan shall focus
7on academic or vocational skills, or both, and may include, but
8not be limited to, evening school, summer school, community
9college courses, adult education, preparation courses for high
10school equivalency testing, vocational training, work
11experience, programs to enhance self concept and parenting
12courses. School districts which are awarded grants pursuant to
13this Section shall be authorized to provide day care services
14to children of students who are eligible and desire to enroll
15in programs established and funded under this Section, but only
16if and to the extent that such day care is necessary to enable
17those eligible students to attend and participate in the
18programs and courses which are conducted pursuant to this
19Section. School districts and regional offices of education may
20claim general State aid under Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based
21funding under Section 18-8.15 for students enrolled in truants'
22alternative and optional education programs, provided that
23such students are receiving services that are supplemental to a
24program leading to a high school diploma and are otherwise
25eligible to be claimed for general State aid under Section
2618-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15, as

 

 

HB2808- 151 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1applicable.
2(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66b)
4    Sec. 2-3.66b. IHOPE Program.
5    (a) There is established the Illinois Hope and Opportunity
6Pathways through Education (IHOPE) Program. The State Board of
7Education shall implement and administer the IHOPE Program. The
8goal of the IHOPE Program is to develop a comprehensive system
9in this State to re-enroll significant numbers of high school
10dropouts in programs that will enable them to earn their high
11school diploma.
12    (b) The IHOPE Program shall award grants, subject to
13appropriation for this purpose, to educational service regions
14and a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code
15from appropriated funds to assist in establishing
16instructional programs and other services designed to
17re-enroll high school dropouts. From any funds appropriated for
18the IHOPE Program, the State Board of Education may use up to
195% for administrative costs, including the performance of a
20program evaluation and the hiring of staff to implement and
21administer the program.
22    The IHOPE Program shall provide incentive grant funds for
23regional offices of education and a school district organized
24under Article 34 of this Code to develop partnerships with
25school districts, public community colleges, and community

 

 

HB2808- 152 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1groups to build comprehensive plans to re-enroll high school
2dropouts in their regions or districts.
3    Programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall allow high
4school dropouts, up to and including age 21 notwithstanding
5Section 26-2 of this Code, to re-enroll in an educational
6program in conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of
7Education. Programs may include without limitation
8comprehensive year-round programming, evening school, summer
9school, community college courses, adult education, vocational
10training, work experience, programs to enhance self-concept,
11and parenting courses. Any student in the IHOPE Program who
12wishes to earn a high school diploma must meet the
13prerequisites to receiving a high school diploma specified in
14Section 27-22 of this Code and any other graduation
15requirements of the student's district of residence. Any
16student who successfully completes the requirements for his or
17her graduation shall receive a diploma identifying the student
18as graduating from his or her district of residence.
19    (c) In order to be eligible for funding under the IHOPE
20Program, an interested regional office of education or a school
21district organized under Article 34 of this Code shall develop
22an IHOPE Plan to be approved by the State Board of Education.
23The State Board of Education shall develop rules for the IHOPE
24Program that shall set forth the requirements for the
25development of the IHOPE Plan. Each Plan shall involve school
26districts, public community colleges, and key community

 

 

HB2808- 153 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1programs that work with high school dropouts located in an
2educational service region or the City of Chicago before the
3Plan is sent to the State Board for approval. No funds may be
4distributed to a regional office of education or a school
5district organized under Article 34 of this Code until the
6State Board has approved the Plan.
7    (d) A regional office of education or a school district
8organized under Article 34 of this Code may operate its own
9program funded by the IHOPE Program or enter into a contract
10with other not-for-profit entities, including school
11districts, public community colleges, and not-for-profit
12community-based organizations, to operate a program.
13    A regional office of education or a school district
14organized under Article 34 of this Code that receives an IHOPE
15grant from the State Board of Education may provide funds under
16a sub-grant, as specified in the IHOPE Plan, to other
17not-for-profit entities to provide services according to the
18IHOPE Plan that was developed. These other entities may include
19school districts, public community colleges, or not-for-profit
20community-based organizations or a cooperative partnership
21among these entities.
22    (e) In order to distribute funding based upon the need to
23ensure delivery of programs that will have the greatest impact,
24IHOPE Program funding must be distributed based upon the
25proportion of dropouts in the educational service region or
26school district, in the case of a school district organized

 

 

HB2808- 154 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under Article 34 of this Code, to the total number of dropouts
2in this State. This formula shall employ the dropout data
3provided by school districts to the State Board of Education.
4    A regional office of education or a school district
5organized under Article 34 of this Code may claim State aid
6under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code for students
7enrolled in a program funded by the IHOPE Program, provided
8that the State Board of Education has approved the IHOPE Plan
9and that these students are receiving services that are meeting
10the requirements of Section 27-22 of this Code for receipt of a
11high school diploma and are otherwise eligible to be claimed
12for general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
13evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code,
14including provisions related to the minimum number of days of
15pupil attendance pursuant to Section 10-19 of this Code and the
16minimum number of daily hours of school work and any exceptions
17thereto as defined by the State Board of Education in rules.
18    (f) IHOPE categories of programming may include the
19following:
20        (1) Full-time programs that are comprehensive,
21    year-round programs.
22        (2) Part-time programs combining work and study
23    scheduled at various times that are flexible to the needs
24    of students.
25        (3) Online programs and courses in which students take
26    courses and complete on-site, supervised tests that

 

 

HB2808- 155 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    measure the student's mastery of a specific course needed
2    for graduation. Students may take courses online and earn
3    credit or students may prepare to take supervised tests for
4    specific courses for credit leading to receipt of a high
5    school diploma.
6        (4) Dual enrollment in which students attend high
7    school classes in combination with community college
8    classes or students attend community college classes while
9    simultaneously earning high school credit and eventually a
10    high school diploma.
11    (g) In order to have successful comprehensive programs
12re-enrolling and graduating low-skilled high school dropouts,
13programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall include all of
14the following components:
15        (1) Small programs (70 to 100 students) at a separate
16    school site with a distinct identity. Programs may be
17    larger with specific need and justification, keeping in
18    mind that it is crucial to keep programs small to be
19    effective.
20        (2) Specific performance-based goals and outcomes and
21    measures of enrollment, attendance, skills, credits,
22    graduation, and the transition to college, training, and
23    employment.
24        (3) Strong, experienced leadership and teaching staff
25    who are provided with ongoing professional development.
26        (4) Voluntary enrollment.

 

 

HB2808- 156 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (5) High standards for student learning, integrating
2    work experience, and education, including during the
3    school year and after school, and summer school programs
4    that link internships, work, and learning.
5        (6) Comprehensive programs providing extensive support
6    services.
7        (7) Small teams of students supported by full-time paid
8    mentors who work to retain and help those students
9    graduate.
10        (8) A comprehensive technology learning center with
11    Internet access and broad-based curriculum focusing on
12    academic and career subject areas.
13        (9) Learning opportunities that incorporate action
14    into study.
15    (h) Programs funded through the IHOPE Program must report
16data to the State Board of Education as requested. This
17information shall include, but is not limited to, student
18enrollment figures, attendance information, course completion
19data, graduation information, and post-graduation information,
20as available.
21    (i) Rules must be developed by the State Board of Education
22to set forth the fund distribution process to regional offices
23of education and a school district organized under Article 34
24of this Code, the planning and the conditions upon which an
25IHOPE Plan would be approved by State Board, and other rules to
26develop the IHOPE Program.

 

 

HB2808- 157 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(Source: P.A. 96-106, eff. 7-30-09.)
 
2    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.84)  (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.84)
3    Sec. 2-3.84. In calculating the amount of State aid to be
4apportioned to the various school districts in this State, the
5State Board of Education shall incorporate and deduct the total
6aggregate adjustments to assessments made by the State Property
7Tax Appeal Board or Cook County Board of Appeals, as reported
8pursuant to Section 16-15 of the Property Tax Code or Section
9129.1 of the Revenue Act of 1939 by the Department of Revenue,
10from the equalized assessed valuation that is otherwise to be
11utilized in the initial calculation.
12    From the total amount of general State aid or
13evidence-based funding to be provided to districts,
14adjustments under this Section together with adjustments as a
15result of recomputation under Section 2-3.33 must not exceed
16$25 million, in the aggregate for all districts under both
17Sections combined, of the general State aid or evidence-based
18funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary, amounts
19shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to
20prorate claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each
21prorated claim that is approved but not paid in the current
22fiscal year may be resubmitted as a valid claim in the
23following fiscal year.
24(Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 158 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/2-3.109a)
2    Sec. 2-3.109a. Laboratory schools grant eligibility. A
3laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 may
4apply for and be eligible to receive, subject to the same
5restrictions applicable to school districts, any grant
6administered by the State Board of Education that is available
7for school districts.
8(Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/3-14.21)  (from Ch. 122, par. 3-14.21)
10    Sec. 3-14.21. Inspection of schools.
11    (a) The regional superintendent shall inspect and survey
12all public schools under his or her supervision and notify the
13board of education, or the trustees of schools in a district
14with trustees, in writing before July 30, whether or not the
15several schools in their district have been kept as required by
16law, using forms provided by the State Board of Education which
17are based on the Health/Life Safety Code for Public Schools
18adopted under Section 2-3.12. The regional superintendent
19shall report his or her findings to the State Board of
20Education on forms provided by the State Board of Education.
21    (b) If the regional superintendent determines that a school
22board has failed in a timely manner to correct urgent items
23identified in a previous life-safety report completed under
24Section 2-3.12 or as otherwise previously ordered by the
25regional superintendent, the regional superintendent shall

 

 

HB2808- 159 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1order the school board to adopt and submit to the regional
2superintendent a plan for the immediate correction of the
3building violations. This plan shall be adopted following a
4public hearing that is conducted by the school board on the
5violations and the plan and that is preceded by at least 7
6days' prior notice of the hearing published in a newspaper of
7general circulation within the school district. If the regional
8superintendent determines in the next annual inspection that
9the plan has not been completed and that the violations have
10not been corrected, the regional superintendent shall submit a
11report to the State Board of Education with a recommendation
12that the State Board withhold from payments of general State
13aid or evidence-based funding due to the district an amount
14necessary to correct the outstanding violations. The State
15Board, upon notice to the school board and to the regional
16superintendent, shall consider the report at a meeting of the
17State Board, and may order that a sufficient amount of general
18State aid or evidence-based funding be withheld from payments
19due to the district to correct the violations. This amount
20shall be paid to the regional superintendent who shall contract
21on behalf of the school board for the correction of the
22outstanding violations.
23    (c) The Office of the State Fire Marshal or a qualified
24fire official, as defined in Section 2-3.12 of this Code, to
25whom the State Fire Marshal has delegated his or her authority
26shall conduct an annual fire safety inspection of each school

 

 

HB2808- 160 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1building in this State. The State Fire Marshal or the fire
2official shall coordinate its inspections with the regional
3superintendent. The inspection shall be based on the fire
4safety code authorized in Section 2-3.12 of this Code. Any
5violations shall be reported in writing to the regional
6superintendent and shall reference the specific code sections
7where a discrepancy has been identified within 15 days after
8the inspection has been conducted. The regional superintendent
9shall address those violations that are not corrected in a
10timely manner pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. The
11inspection must be at no cost to the school district.
12    (d) If a municipality or, in the case of an unincorporated
13area, a county or, if applicable, a fire protection district
14wishes to perform new construction inspections under the
15jurisdiction of a regional superintendent, then the entity must
16register this wish with the regional superintendent. These
17inspections must be based on the building code authorized in
18Section 2-3.12 of this Code. The inspections must be at no cost
19to the school district.
20(Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/7-14A)  (from Ch. 122, par. 7-14A)
22    Sec. 7-14A. Annexation compensation. There shall be no
23accounting made after a mere change in boundaries when no new
24district is created, except that those districts whose
25enrollment increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing

 

 

HB2808- 161 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1territory detached from another district pursuant to this
2Article are eligible for supplementary State aid payments in
3accordance with Section 11E-135 of this Code. Eligible annexing
4districts shall apply to the State Board of Education for
5supplementary State aid payments by submitting enrollment
6figures for the year immediately preceding and the year
7immediately following the effective date of the boundary change
8for both the district gaining territory and the district losing
9territory. Copies of any intergovernmental agreements between
10the district gaining territory and the district losing
11territory detailing any transfer of fund balances and staff
12must also be submitted. In all instances of changes in
13boundaries, the district losing territory shall not count the
14average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory
15during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary
16change in its claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or
1718-8.15 of this Code for the school year following the
18effective date of the change in boundaries and the district
19receiving the territory shall count the average daily
20attendance of pupils living in the territory during the year
21preceding the effective date of the boundary change in its
22claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of
23this Code for the school year following the effective date of
24the change in boundaries. The changes to this Section made by
25this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended
26to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking

 

 

HB2808- 162 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1effect on or after July 1, 2004.
2(Source: P.A. 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/10-19)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
4    Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs.
5Each school board shall annually prepare a calendar for the
6school term, specifying the opening and closing dates and
7providing a minimum term of at least 185 days to insure 176
8days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section
918-8.05 or 18-8.15, except that for the 1980-1981 school year
10only 175 days of actual pupil attendance shall be required
11because of the closing of schools pursuant to Section 24-2 on
12January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the President of that
13day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans
14who had been held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for
15teachers' institutes but not used as such or used as parental
16institutes as provided in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the
17minimum term by the school days not so used. Except as provided
18in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend the school term
19beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
20necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In
21case of such necessary extension school employees shall be paid
22for such additional time on the basis of their regular
23contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier
24than that set on the annual calendar when the schools of the
25district have provided the minimum number of computable days

 

 

HB2808- 163 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under this Section. Nothing in this Section prevents the board
2from employing superintendents of schools, principals and
3other nonteaching personnel for a period of 12 months, or in
4the case of superintendents for a period in accordance with
5Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from employing other
6personnel before or after the regular school term with payment
7of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
8during the school term.
9    A school board may make such changes in its calendar for
10the school term as may be required by any changes in the legal
11school holidays prescribed in Section 24-2. A school board may
12make changes in its calendar for the school term as may be
13necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers' institute
14days as parental institute days as provided in Section
1510-22.18d.
16    The calendar for the school term and any changes must be
17submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of
18schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
19    With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and
20subject to review by the State Board of Education every 3
21years, any school board may, by resolution of its board and in
22agreement with affected exclusive collective bargaining
23agents, establish experimental educational programs, including
24but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized
25under Section 10-20.56 of this Code, self-directed learning, or
26outside of formal class periods, which programs when so

 

 

HB2808- 164 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
2this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil
3attendance and with the other requirements of this Act as
4respects courses of instruction.
5(Source: P.A. 98-756, eff. 7-16-14; 99-194, eff. 7-30-15.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.5a)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.5a)
7    Sec. 10-22.5a. Attendance by dependents of United States
8military personnel, foreign exchange students, and certain
9nonresident pupils.
10    (a) To enter into written agreements with cultural exchange
11organizations, or with nationally recognized eleemosynary
12institutions that promote excellence in the arts, mathematics,
13or science. The written agreements may provide for tuition free
14attendance at the local district school by foreign exchange
15students, or by nonresident pupils of eleemosynary
16institutions. The local board of education, as part of the
17agreement, may require that the cultural exchange program or
18the eleemosynary institutions provide services to the district
19in exchange for the waiver of nonresident tuition.
20    To enter into written agreements with adjacent school
21districts to provide for tuition free attendance by a student
22of the adjacent district when requested for the student's
23health and safety by the student or parent and both districts
24determine that the student's health or safety will be served by
25such attendance. Districts shall not be required to enter into

 

 

HB2808- 165 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1such agreements nor be required to alter existing
2transportation services due to the attendance of such
3non-resident pupils.
4    (a-5) If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of United
5States military personnel is housed in temporary housing
6located outside of a school district, but will be living within
7the district within 60 days after the time of initial
8enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to
9the requirements of this subsection (a-5), and must not be
10charged tuition. Any United States military personnel
11attempting to enroll a dependent under this subsection (a-5)
12shall provide proof that the dependent will be living within
13the district within 60 days after the time of initial
14enrollment. Proof of residency may include, but is not limited
15to, postmarked mail addressed to the military personnel and
16sent to an address located within the district, a lease
17agreement for occupancy of a residence located within the
18district, or proof of ownership of a residence located within
19the district.
20    (b) Nonresident pupils and foreign exchange students
21attending school on a tuition free basis under such agreements
22and nonresident dependents of United States military personnel
23attending school on a tuition free basis may be counted for the
24purposes of determining the apportionment of State aid provided
25under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. No organization
26or institution participating in agreements authorized under

 

 

HB2808- 166 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1this Section may exclude any individual for participation in
2its program on account of the person's race, color, sex,
3religion or nationality.
4(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)
 
5    (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20)  (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
6    Sec. 10-22.20. Classes for adults and youths whose
7schooling has been interrupted; conditions for State
8reimbursement; use of child care facilities.
9    (a) To establish special classes for the instruction (1) of
10persons of age 21 years or over and (2) of persons less than
11age 21 and not otherwise in attendance in public school, for
12the purpose of providing adults in the community and youths
13whose schooling has been interrupted with such additional basic
14education, vocational skill training, and other instruction as
15may be necessary to increase their qualifications for
16employment or other means of self-support and their ability to
17meet their responsibilities as citizens, including courses of
18instruction regularly accepted for graduation from elementary
19or high schools and for Americanization and high school
20equivalency testing review classes.
21    The board shall pay the necessary expenses of such classes
22out of school funds of the district, including costs of student
23transportation and such facilities or provision for child-care
24as may be necessary in the judgment of the board to permit
25maximum utilization of the courses by students with children,

 

 

HB2808- 167 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1and other special needs of the students directly related to
2such instruction. The expenses thus incurred shall be subject
3to State reimbursement, as provided in this Section. The board
4may make a tuition charge for persons taking instruction who
5are not subject to State reimbursement, such tuition charge not
6to exceed the per capita cost of such classes.
7    The cost of such instruction, including the additional
8expenses herein authorized, incurred for recipients of
9financial aid under the Illinois Public Aid Code, or for
10persons for whom education and training aid has been authorized
11under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall be assumed in its
12entirety from funds appropriated by the State to the Illinois
13Community College Board.
14    (b) The Illinois Community College Board shall establish
15the standards for the courses of instruction reimbursed under
16this Section. The Illinois Community College Board shall
17supervise the administration of the programs. The Illinois
18Community College Board shall determine the cost of instruction
19in accordance with standards established by the Illinois
20Community College Board, including therein other incidental
21costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
22State reimbursement in accordance with the provisions of this
23Section. In the approval of programs and the determination of
24the cost of instruction, the Illinois Community College Board
25shall provide for the maximum utilization of federal funds for
26such programs. The Illinois Community College Board shall also

 

 

HB2808- 168 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1provide for:
2        (1) the development of an index of need for program
3    planning and for area funding allocations, as defined by
4    the Illinois Community College Board;
5        (2) the method for calculating hours of instruction, as
6    defined by the Illinois Community College Board, claimable
7    for reimbursement and a method to phase in the calculation
8    and for adjusting the calculations in cases where the
9    services of a program are interrupted due to circumstances
10    beyond the control of the program provider;
11        (3) a plan for the reallocation of funds to increase
12    the amount allocated for grants based upon program
13    performance as set forth in subsection (d) below; and
14        (4) the development of standards for determining
15    grants based upon performance as set forth in subsection
16    (d) below and a plan for the phased-in implementation of
17    those standards.
18    For instruction provided by school districts and community
19college districts beginning July 1, 1996 and thereafter,
20reimbursement provided by the Illinois Community College Board
21for classes authorized by this Section shall be provided from
22funds appropriated for the reimbursement criteria set forth in
23subsection (c) below.
24    (c) Upon the annual approval of the Illinois Community
25College Board, reimbursement shall be first provided for
26transportation, child care services, and other special needs of

 

 

HB2808- 169 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the students directly related to instruction and then from the
2funds remaining an amount equal to the product of the total
3credit hours or units of instruction approved by the Illinois
4Community College Board, multiplied by the following:
5        (1) For adult basic education, the maximum
6    reimbursement per credit hour or per unit of instruction
7    shall be equal to (i) through fiscal year 2017, the general
8    state aid per pupil foundation level established in
9    subsection (B) of Section 18-8.05, divided by 60, or (ii)
10    in fiscal year 2018 and thereafter, the prior fiscal year
11    reimbursement level multiplied by the Consumer Price Index
12    for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
13    United States Department of Labor;
14        (2) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per
15    unit of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall be
16    weighted for students enrolled in classes defined as
17    vocational skills and approved by the Illinois Community
18    College Board by 1.25;
19        (3) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per
20    unit of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall be
21    multiplied by .90 for students enrolled in classes defined
22    as adult secondary education programs and approved by the
23    Illinois Community College Board;
24        (4) (Blank); and
25        (5) Funding for program years after 1999-2000 shall be
26    determined by the Illinois Community College Board.

 

 

HB2808- 170 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (d) Upon its annual approval, the Illinois Community
2College Board shall provide grants to eligible programs for
3supplemental activities to improve or expand services under the
4Adult Education Act. Eligible programs shall be determined
5based upon performance outcomes of students in the programs as
6set by the Illinois Community College Board.
7    (e) Reimbursement under this Section shall not exceed the
8actual costs of the approved program.
9    If the amount appropriated to the Illinois Community
10College Board for reimbursement under this Section is less than
11the amount required under this Act, the apportionment shall be
12proportionately reduced.
13    School districts and community college districts may
14assess students up to $3.00 per credit hour, for classes other
15than Adult Basic Education level programs, if needed to meet
16program costs.
17    (f) An education plan shall be established for each adult
18or youth whose schooling has been interrupted and who is
19participating in the instructional programs provided under
20this Section.
21    Each school board and community college shall keep an
22accurate and detailed account of the students assigned to and
23receiving instruction under this Section who are subject to
24State reimbursement and shall submit reports of services
25provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required by the
26Illinois Community College Board.

 

 

HB2808- 171 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    For classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour or
2unit of instruction is equal to 15 hours of direct instruction
3for students enrolled in approved adult education programs at
4midterm and making satisfactory progress, in accordance with
5standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
6    (g) Upon proof submitted to the Illinois Department of
7Human Services of the payment of all claims submitted under
8this Section, that Department shall apply for federal funds
9made available therefor and any federal funds so received shall
10be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury.
11    School districts or community colleges providing classes
12under this Section shall submit applications to the Illinois
13Community College Board for preapproval in accordance with the
14standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
15Payments shall be made by the Illinois Community College Board
16based upon approved programs. Interim expenditure reports may
17be required by the Illinois Community College Board. Final
18claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional
19superintendents for transmittal to the Illinois Community
20College Board. Final adjusted payments shall be made by
21September 30.
22    If a school district or community college district fails to
23provide, or is providing unsatisfactory or insufficient
24classes under this Section, the Illinois Community College
25Board may enter into agreements with public or private
26educational or other agencies other than the public schools for

 

 

HB2808- 172 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the establishment of such classes.
2    (h) If a school district or community college district
3establishes child-care facilities for the children of
4participants in classes established under this Section, it may
5extend the use of these facilities to students who have
6obtained employment and to other persons in the community whose
7children require care and supervision while the parent or other
8person in charge of the children is employed or otherwise
9absent from the home during all or part of the day. It may make
10the facilities available before and after as well as during
11regular school hours to school age and preschool age children
12who may benefit thereby, including children who require care
13and supervision pending the return of their parent or other
14person in charge of their care from employment or other
15activity requiring absence from the home.
16    The Illinois Community College Board shall pay to the board
17the cost of care in the facilities for any child who is a
18recipient of financial aid under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
19    The board may charge for care of children for whom it
20cannot make claim under the provisions of this Section. The
21charge shall not exceed per capita cost, and to the extent
22feasible, shall be fixed at a level which will permit
23utilization by employed parents of low or moderate income. It
24may also permit any other State or local governmental agency or
25private agency providing care for children to purchase care.
26    After July 1, 1970 when the provisions of Section 10-20.20

 

 

HB2808- 173 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1become operative in the district, children in a child-care
2facility shall be transferred to the kindergarten established
3under that Section for such portion of the day as may be
4required for the kindergarten program, and only the prorated
5costs of care and training provided in the Center for the
6remaining period shall be charged to the Illinois Department of
7Human Services or other persons or agencies paying for such
8care.
9    (i) The provisions of this Section shall also apply to
10school districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
11    (j) In addition to claiming reimbursement under this
12Section, a school district may claim general State aid under
13Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section
1418-8.15 for any student under age 21 who is enrolled in courses
15accepted for graduation from elementary or high school and who
16otherwise meets the requirements of Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15,
17as applicable.
18(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/10-29)
20    Sec. 10-29. Remote educational programs.
21    (a) For purposes of this Section, "remote educational
22program" means an educational program delivered to students in
23the home or other location outside of a school building that
24meets all of the following criteria:
25        (1) A student may participate in the program only after

 

 

HB2808- 174 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    the school district, pursuant to adopted school board
2    policy, and a person authorized to enroll the student under
3    Section 10-20.12b of this Code determine that a remote
4    educational program will best serve the student's
5    individual learning needs. The adopted school board policy
6    shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:
7            (A) Criteria for determining that a remote
8        educational program will best serve a student's
9        individual learning needs. The criteria must include
10        consideration of, at a minimum, a student's prior
11        attendance, disciplinary record, and academic history.
12            (B) Any limitations on the number of students or
13        grade levels that may participate in a remote
14        educational program.
15            (C) A description of the process that the school
16        district will use to approve participation in the
17        remote educational program. The process must include
18        without limitation a requirement that, for any student
19        who qualifies to receive services pursuant to the
20        federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
21        Improvement Act of 2004, the student's participation
22        in a remote educational program receive prior approval
23        from the student's individualized education program
24        team.
25            (D) A description of the process the school
26        district will use to develop and approve a written

 

 

HB2808- 175 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        remote educational plan that meets the requirements of
2        subdivision (5) of this subsection (a).
3            (E) A description of the system the school district
4        will establish to calculate the number of clock hours a
5        student is participating in instruction in accordance
6        with the remote educational program.
7            (F) A description of the process for renewing a
8        remote educational program at the expiration of its
9        term.
10            (G) Such other terms and provisions as the school
11        district deems necessary to provide for the
12        establishment and delivery of a remote educational
13        program.
14        (2) The school district has determined that the remote
15    educational program's curriculum is aligned to State
16    learning standards and that the program offers instruction
17    and educational experiences consistent with those given to
18    students at the same grade level in the district.
19        (3) The remote educational program is delivered by
20    instructors that meet the following qualifications:
21            (A) they are certificated under Article 21 of this
22        Code;
23            (B) they meet applicable highly qualified criteria
24        under the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001; and
25            (C) they have responsibility for all of the
26        following elements of the program: planning

 

 

HB2808- 176 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        instruction, diagnosing learning needs, prescribing
2        content delivery through class activities, assessing
3        learning, reporting outcomes to administrators and
4        parents and guardians, and evaluating the effects of
5        instruction.
6        (4) During the period of time from and including the
7    opening date to the closing date of the regular school term
8    of the school district established pursuant to Section
9    10-19 of this Code, participation in a remote educational
10    program may be claimed for general State aid purposes under
11    Section 18-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding
12    purposes under Section 18-8.15 of this Code on any calendar
13    day, notwithstanding whether the day is a day of pupil
14    attendance or institute day on the school district's
15    calendar or any other provision of law restricting
16    instruction on that day. If the district holds year-round
17    classes in some buildings, the district shall classify each
18    student's participation in a remote educational program as
19    either on a year-round or a non-year-round schedule for
20    purposes of claiming general State aid or evidence-based
21    funding. Outside of the regular school term of the
22    district, the remote educational program may be offered as
23    part of any summer school program authorized by this Code.
24        (5) Each student participating in a remote educational
25    program must have a written remote educational plan that
26    has been approved by the school district and a person

 

 

HB2808- 177 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    authorized to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of
2    this Code. The school district and a person authorized to
3    enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code
4    must approve any amendment to a remote educational plan.
5    The remote educational plan must include, but is not
6    limited to, all of the following:
7            (A) Specific achievement goals for the student
8        aligned to State learning standards.
9            (B) A description of all assessments that will be
10        used to measure student progress, which description
11        shall indicate the assessments that will be
12        administered at an attendance center within the school
13        district.
14            (C) A description of the progress reports that will
15        be provided to the school district and the person or
16        persons authorized to enroll the student under Section
17        10-20.12b of this Code.
18            (D) Expectations, processes, and schedules for
19        interaction between a teacher and student.
20            (E) A description of the specific responsibilities
21        of the student's family and the school district with
22        respect to equipment, materials, phone and Internet
23        service, and any other requirements applicable to the
24        home or other location outside of a school building
25        necessary for the delivery of the remote educational
26        program.

 

 

HB2808- 178 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            (F) If applicable, a description of how the remote
2        educational program will be delivered in a manner
3        consistent with the student's individualized education
4        program required by Section 614(d) of the federal
5        Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement
6        Act of 2004 or plan to ensure compliance with Section
7        504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
8            (G) A description of the procedures and
9        opportunities for participation in academic and
10        extra-curricular activities and programs within the
11        school district.
12            (H) The identification of a parent, guardian, or
13        other responsible adult who will provide direct
14        supervision of the program. The plan must include an
15        acknowledgment by the parent, guardian, or other
16        responsible adult that he or she may engage only in
17        non-teaching duties not requiring instructional
18        judgment or the evaluation of a student. The plan shall
19        designate the parent, guardian, or other responsible
20        adult as non-teaching personnel or volunteer personnel
21        under subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 of this Code.
22            (I) The identification of a school district
23        administrator who will oversee the remote educational
24        program on behalf of the school district and who may be
25        contacted by the student's parents with respect to any
26        issues or concerns with the program.

 

 

HB2808- 179 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1            (J) The term of the student's participation in the
2        remote educational program, which may not extend for
3        longer than 12 months, unless the term is renewed by
4        the district in accordance with subdivision (7) of this
5        subsection (a).
6            (K) A description of the specific location or
7        locations in which the program will be delivered. If
8        the remote educational program is to be delivered to a
9        student in any location other than the student's home,
10        the plan must include a written determination by the
11        school district that the location will provide a
12        learning environment appropriate for the delivery of
13        the program. The location or locations in which the
14        program will be delivered shall be deemed a long
15        distance teaching reception area under subsection (a)
16        of Section 10-22.34 of this Code.
17            (L) Certification by the school district that the
18        plan meets all other requirements of this Section.
19        (6) Students participating in a remote educational
20    program must be enrolled in a school district attendance
21    center pursuant to the school district's enrollment policy
22    or policies. A student participating in a remote
23    educational program must be tested as part of all
24    assessments administered by the school district pursuant
25    to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code at the attendance center
26    in which the student is enrolled and in accordance with the

 

 

HB2808- 180 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    attendance center's assessment policies and schedule. The
2    student must be included within all accountability
3    determinations for the school district and attendance
4    center under State and federal law.
5        (7) The term of a student's participation in a remote
6    educational program may not extend for longer than 12
7    months, unless the term is renewed by the school district.
8    The district may only renew a student's participation in a
9    remote educational program following an evaluation of the
10    student's progress in the program, a determination that the
11    student's continuation in the program will best serve the
12    student's individual learning needs, and an amendment to
13    the student's written remote educational plan addressing
14    any changes for the upcoming term of the program.
15    For purposes of this Section, a remote educational program
16does not include instruction delivered to students through an
17e-learning program approved under Section 10-20.56 of this
18Code.
19    (b) A school district may, by resolution of its school
20board, establish a remote educational program.
21    (c) Clock hours of instruction by students in a remote
22educational program meeting the requirements of this Section
23may be claimed by the school district and shall be counted as
24school work for general State aid purposes in accordance with
25and subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.05 of this Code
26or evidence-based funding purposes in accordance with and

 

 

HB2808- 181 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.15 of this Code.
2    (d) The impact of remote educational programs on wages,
3hours, and terms and conditions of employment of educational
4employees within the school district shall be subject to local
5collective bargaining agreements.
6    (e) The use of a home or other location outside of a school
7building for a remote educational program shall not cause the
8home or other location to be deemed a public school facility.
9    (f) A remote educational program may be used, but is not
10required, for instruction delivered to a student in the home or
11other location outside of a school building that is not claimed
12for general State aid purposes under Section 18-8.05 of this
13Code or evidence-based funding purposes under Section 18-8.15
14of this Code.
15    (g) School districts that, pursuant to this Section, adopt
16a policy for a remote educational program must submit to the
17State Board of Education a copy of the policy and any
18amendments thereto, as well as data on student participation in
19a format specified by the State Board of Education. The State
20Board of Education may perform or contract with an outside
21entity to perform an evaluation of remote educational programs
22in this State.
23    (h) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules
24necessary to ensure compliance by remote educational programs
25with the requirements of this Section and other applicable
26legal requirements.

 

 

HB2808- 182 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-193, eff. 7-30-15;
299-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/11E-135)
4    Sec. 11E-135. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under
5this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of
6the territory of one or more entire other school districts in
7accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments
8shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes:
9    (a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in
10Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined
11in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of
12existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State
13aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the
14evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of
15this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the new
16district and for the previously existing districts for which
17property is totally included within the new district. If the
18computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
19is greater, a supplementary payment equal to the difference
20shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the new
21district.
22    (2) For a school district that annexes all of the territory
23of one or more entire other school districts as defined in
24Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the
25change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes

 

 

HB2808- 183 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of
2this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State
3aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the
4evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of
5this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the annexing
6district as constituted after the annexation and for the
7annexing and each annexed district as constituted prior to the
8annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the annexing
9and annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation is
10greater, then a supplementary payment equal to the difference
11shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the
12annexing school district as constituted upon the annexation.
13    (3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of the
14territory of one or more entire other school districts, as
15defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during
16which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
17becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section
187-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental
19general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code
20or the evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15
21of this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for each
22annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
23each annexing and annexed district as constituted prior to the
24annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid and
25supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding, as
26applicable, as so computed for the annexing districts as

 

 

HB2808- 184 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1constituted after the annexation is less than the aggregate of
2the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or
3evidence-based funding, as applicable, as so computed for the
4annexing and annexed districts, as constituted prior to the
5annexation, then a supplementary payment equal to the
6difference shall be made and allocated between or among the
7annexing districts, as constituted upon the annexation, for the
8first 4 years of their existence. The total difference payment
9shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts in
10the same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
11annexed district or districts that is annexed to each annexing
12district bears to the total pupil enrollment from the entire
13annexed district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is
14determined for the school year last ending prior to the date
15when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
16becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total
17difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to
18the annexing districts shall be computed by the State Board of
19Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that
20shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms
21that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional
22superintendent of schools for each educational service region
23in which the annexing and annexed districts are located.
24    (4) For a school district conversion, as defined in Section
2511E-15 of this Code, or a multi-unit conversion, as defined in
26subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if in their

 

 

HB2808- 185 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1first year of existence the newly created elementary districts
2and the newly created high school district, from a school
3district conversion, or the newly created elementary district
4or districts and newly created combined high school - unit
5district, from a multi-unit conversion, qualify for less
6general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
7evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code than
8would have been payable under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, as
9applicable, for that same year to the previously existing
10districts, then a supplementary payment equal to that
11difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of
12the newly created districts. The aggregate amount of each
13supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly
14created districts in the proportion that the deemed pupil
15enrollment in each district during its first year of existence
16bears to the actual aggregate pupil enrollment in all of the
17districts during their first year of existence. For purposes of
18each allocation:
19        (A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly created
20    high school district from a school district conversion
21    shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for
22    its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25;
23        (B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly created
24    elementary district from a school district conversion
25    shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for
26    its first year of existence reduced by an amount equal to

 

 

HB2808- 186 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    the product obtained when the amount by which the newly
2    created high school district's deemed pupil enrollment
3    exceeds its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of
4    existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
5    which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly created
6    elementary district for its first year of existence and the
7    denominator of which is the actual aggregate pupil
8    enrollment of all of the newly created elementary districts
9    for their first year of existence;
10        (C) the deemed high school pupil enrollment of the
11    newly created combined high school - unit district from a
12    multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to its
13    actual grades 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first
14    year of existence multiplied by 1.25; and
15        (D) the deemed elementary pupil enrollment of each
16    newly created district from a multi-unit conversion shall
17    be an amount equal to each district's actual grade K
18    through 8 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence,
19    reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the
20    amount by which the newly created combined high school -
21    unit district's deemed high school pupil enrollment
22    exceeds its actual grade 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for
23    its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction,
24    the numerator of which is the actual grade K through 8
25    pupil enrollment of each newly created district for its
26    first year of existence and the denominator of which is the

 

 

HB2808- 187 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    actual aggregate grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of all
2    such newly created districts for their first year of
3    existence.
4     The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment under
5this subdivision (4) and the amount thereof to be allocated to
6the newly created districts shall be computed by the State
7Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other
8data, which shall be certified to the State Board of Education,
9on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the
10regional superintendent of schools for each educational
11service region in which the newly created districts are
12located.
13    (5) For a partial elementary unit district, as defined in
14subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if, in
15the first year of existence, the newly created partial
16elementary unit district qualifies for less general State aid
17and supplemental general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
18this Code or less evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15
19of this Code, as applicable, than would have been payable under
20those Sections that Section for that same year to the
21previously existing districts that formed the partial
22elementary unit district, then a supplementary payment equal to
23that difference shall be made to the partial elementary unit
24district for the first 4 years of existence of that newly
25created district.
26    (6) For an elementary opt-in, as described in subsection

 

 

HB2808- 188 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the general State aid or
2evidence-based funding difference shall be computed in
3accordance with paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) as if the
4elementary opt-in was included in an optional elementary unit
5district at the optional elementary unit district's original
6effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is
7less than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection
8(a) at the optional elementary unit district's original
9effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the
10calculation in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated
11in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the optional
12elementary unit district's original effective date, then the
13excess must be paid as follows:
14        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
15    one year after the effective date for the optional
16    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
17    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
18    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
19    elementary opt-in.
20        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
21    2 years after the effective date for the optional
22    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
23    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
24    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
25    elementary opt-in.
26        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is

 

 

HB2808- 189 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    3 years after the effective date for the optional
2    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
3    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
4    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
5    elementary opt-in.
6        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
7    4 years after the effective date for the optional
8    elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess
9    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
10    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
11    elementary opt-in.
12        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
13    5 years after the effective date for the optional
14    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
15    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
16    to the elementary opt-in.
17    (6.5) For a school district that annexes territory detached
18from another school district whereby the enrollment of the
19annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
20annexation, for the first year during which the change of
21boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective
22for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code,
23the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or
24evidence-based funding, as applicable, calculated under this
25Section shall be computed for the district gaining territory
26and the district losing territory as constituted after the

 

 

HB2808- 190 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1annexation and for the same districts as constituted prior to
2the annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid
3and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding,
4as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining
5territory and the district losing territory as constituted
6after the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general
7State aid and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based
8funding, as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining
9territory and the district losing territory as constituted
10prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment shall be
11made to the annexing district for the first 4 years of
12existence after the annexation, equal to the difference
13multiplied by the ratio of student enrollment in the territory
14detached to the total student enrollment in the district losing
15territory for the year prior to the effective date of the
16annexation. The amount of the total difference and the
17proportion paid to the annexing district shall be computed by
18the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment
19and other data that must be submitted to the State Board of
20Education in accordance with Section 7-14A of this Code. The
21changes to this Section made by Public Act 95-707 are intended
22to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking
23effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are
24eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are
25effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008
26(the effective date of Public Act 95-707), the first required

 

 

HB2808- 191 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1yearly payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the
2fiscal year of January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
3Act 95-707). Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid
4in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under
5this paragraph (6.5) is complete.
6    (7) Claims for financial assistance under this subsection
7(a) may not be recomputed except as expressly provided under
8Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
9    (8) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
10(a) must be treated as separate from all other payments made
11pursuant to Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
12    (b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district,
13as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district,
14as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall
15be made to determine the difference between the salaries
16effective in each of the previously existing districts on June
1730, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4
18years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary
19State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal
20to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by
21each of the certificated members of the new district, while
22employed in one of the previously existing districts during the
23year immediately preceding the formation of the new district,
24and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would
25have been paid during the year immediately prior to the
26formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule

 

 

HB2808- 192 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of the previously existing district with the highest salary
2schedule.
3    (2) After the territory of one or more school districts is
4annexed by one or more other school districts as defined in
5Article 7 of this Code, a computation shall be made to
6determine the difference between the salaries effective in each
7annexed district and in the annexing district or districts as
8they were each constituted on June 30 preceding the date when
9the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
10effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of
11this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a
12supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each
13annexing district as constituted after the annexation equal to
14the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each
15of the certificated members of the annexing district as
16constituted after the annexation, while employed in an annexed
17or annexing district during the year immediately preceding the
18annexation, and the sum of the salaries those certificated
19members would have been paid during the immediately preceding
20year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
21annexing or annexed districts had the highest salary schedule
22during the immediately preceding year.
23    (3) For each new high school district formed under a school
24district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code,
25the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal
26to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by

 

 

HB2808- 193 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1each certified member of the new high school district, while
2employed in one of the previously existing districts, and the
3sum of the salaries those certified members would have been
4paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously
5existing district with the highest salary schedule.
6    (4) For each newly created partial elementary unit
7district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4
8years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries
9earned by each certified member of the newly created partial
10elementary unit district, while employed in one of the
11previously existing districts that formed the partial
12elementary unit district, and the sum of the salaries those
13certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary
14schedule of the previously existing district with the highest
15salary schedule. The salary schedules used in the calculation
16shall be those in effect in the previously existing districts
17for the school year prior to the creation of the new partial
18elementary unit district.
19    (5) For an elementary district opt-in, as described in
20subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary
21difference incentive shall be computed in accordance with
22paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in
23elementary district was included in the optional elementary
24unit district at the optional elementary unit district's
25original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph
26(5) is less than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this

 

 

HB2808- 194 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's
2original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If
3the calculation in this paragraph (5) is more than that
4calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the
5optional elementary unit district's original effective date,
6then the excess must be paid as follows:
7        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
8    one year after the effective date for the optional
9    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
10    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
11    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
12    elementary opt-in.
13        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
14    2 years after the effective date for the optional
15    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
16    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
17    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
18    elementary opt-in.
19        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
20    3 years after the effective date for the optional
21    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
22    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
23    each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the
24    elementary opt-in.
25        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
26    4 years after the effective date for the partial elementary

 

 

HB2808- 195 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid
2    to the optional elementary unit district in each of the
3    first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary
4    opt-in.
5        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
6    5 years after the effective date for the optional
7    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
8    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
9    to the elementary opt-in.
10    (5.5) After the formation of a cooperative high school by 2
11or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code,
12a computation shall be made to determine the difference between
13the salaries effective in each of the previously existing high
14schools on June 30 prior to the formation of the cooperative
15high school. For the first 4 years after the formation of the
16cooperative high school, a supplementary State aid
17reimbursement shall be paid to the cooperative high school
18equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned
19by each of the certificated members of the cooperative high
20school while employed in one of the previously existing high
21schools during the year immediately preceding the formation of
22the cooperative high school and the sum of the salaries those
23certificated members would have been paid during the year
24immediately prior to the formation of the cooperative high
25school if placed on the salary schedule of the previously
26existing high school with the highest salary schedule.

 

 

HB2808- 196 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (5.10) After the annexation of territory detached from
2another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
3district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
4annexation, a computation shall be made to determine the
5difference between the salaries effective in the district
6gaining territory and the district losing territory as they
7each were constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the
8change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
9effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of
10this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a
11supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
12annexing district equal to the difference between the sum of
13the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the
14annexing district as constituted after the annexation while
15employed in the district gaining territory or the district
16losing territory during the year immediately preceding the
17annexation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
18members would have been paid during such immediately preceding
19year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
20district gaining territory or district losing territory had the
21highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year.
22To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under
23this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted
24pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that staff
25members were transferred from the control of the district
26losing territory to the control of the district gaining

 

 

HB2808- 197 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
2by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be retroactive and
3applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1,
42004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this
5paragraph (5.10) and that are effective on or after July 1,
62004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
7Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this
8paragraph (5.10) shall be paid in the fiscal year of January
911, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Subsequent
10required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal
11years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (5.10)
12is complete.
13    (5.15) After the deactivation of a school facility in
14accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a computation
15shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries
16effective in the sending school district and each receiving
17school district on June 30 prior to the deactivation of the
18school facility. For the lesser of the first 4 years after the
19deactivation of the school facility or the length of the
20deactivation agreement, including any renewals of the original
21deactivation agreement, a supplementary State aid
22reimbursement shall be paid to each receiving district equal to
23the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each
24of the certificated members transferred to that receiving
25district as a result of the deactivation while employed in the
26sending district during the year immediately preceding the

 

 

HB2808- 198 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1deactivation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
2members would have been paid during the year immediately
3preceding the deactivation if placed on the salary schedule of
4the sending or receiving district with the highest salary
5schedule.
6    (6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under this
7subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all other
8payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. In the
9case of the formation of a new district or cooperative high
10school or a deactivation, reimbursement shall begin during the
11first year of operation of the new district or cooperative high
12school or the first year of the deactivation, and in the case
13of an annexation of the territory of one or more school
14districts by one or more other school districts or the
15annexation of territory detached from a school district whereby
16the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or
17more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin
18during the first year when the change in boundaries
19attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all
20purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9 of this Code,
21except that for an annexation of territory detached from a
22school district that is effective on or after July 1, 2004, but
23before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act
2495-707), whereby the enrollment of the annexing district
25increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation,
26reimbursement shall begin during the fiscal year of January 11,

 

 

HB2808- 199 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

12008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Each year that
2the new, annexing, or receiving district or cooperative high
3school, as the case may be, is entitled to receive
4reimbursement, the number of eligible certified members who are
5employed on October 1 in the district or cooperative high
6school shall be certified to the State Board of Education on
7prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made on or
8before November 15 of that year.
9    (c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined
10school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a
11unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a
12computation shall be made totaling each previously existing
13district's audited fund balances in the educational fund,
14working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and
15transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the
16referendum for the creation of the new district. The new
17district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum
18of the differences between the deficit of the previously
19existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of
20each of the other previously existing districts.
21    (2) For the first year after the annexation of all of the
22territory of one or more entire school districts by another
23school district, as defined in Article 7 of this Code,
24computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior
25to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the
26annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision issued by the

 

 

HB2808- 200 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this
2Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative review
3of the decision, totaling the annexing district's and totaling
4each annexed district's audited fund balances in their
5respective educational, working cash, operations and
6maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing district
7as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary
8State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the
9deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as
10constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit
11and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted
12prior to the annexation.
13    (3) For the first year after the annexation of all of the
14territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 or more
15other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of this Code,
16computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior
17to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the
18annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the
19regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this
20Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of
21the decision, totaling each annexing and annexed district's
22audited fund balances in their respective educational, working
23cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds.
24The annexing districts as constituted after the annexation
25shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as provided in
26this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of

 

 

HB2808- 201 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the differences between the deficit of whichever of the
2annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the
3annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of
4the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation. The
5aggregate amount of the supplementary State aid payable under
6this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among the
7annexing districts as follows:
8        (A) the regional superintendent of schools for each
9    educational service region in which an annexed district is
10    located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State
11    Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that
12    purpose, the value of all taxable property in each annexed
13    district, as last equalized or assessed by the Department
14    of Revenue prior to the annexation, and the equalized
15    assessed value of each part of the annexed district that
16    was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing
17    district;
18        (B) using equalized assessed values as certified by the
19    regional superintendent of schools under clause (A) of this
20    paragraph (3), the combined audited fund balance deficit of
21    each annexed district as determined under this Section
22    shall be apportioned between or among the annexing
23    districts in the same ratio as the equalized assessed value
24    of that part of the annexed district that was annexed to or
25    included as a part of an annexing district bears to the
26    total equalized assessed value of the annexed district; and

 

 

HB2808- 202 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment
2    under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or
3    among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in the
4    same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund balance
5    deficit of each annexing district as constituted prior to
6    the annexation, plus all combined audited fund balance
7    deficit amounts apportioned to that annexing district
8    under clause (B) of this subsection, bears to the aggregate
9    of the combined audited fund balance deficits of all of the
10    annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the
11    annexation.
12    (4) For the new elementary districts and new high school
13district formed through a school district conversion, as
14defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code or the new elementary
15district or districts and new combined high school - unit
16district formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in
17subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation
18shall be made totaling each previously existing district's
19audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash
20fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund
21for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum
22establishing the new districts. In the first year of the new
23districts, the State shall make a one-time supplementary
24payment equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit
25of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit
26and the deficits of each of the other previously existing

 

 

HB2808- 203 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds
2that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero.
3The supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly
4formed high school and elementary districts in the manner
5provided by the petition for the formation of the districts, in
6the form in which the petition is approved by the regional
7superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of Education
8under Section 11E-50 of this Code.
9    (5) For each newly created partial elementary unit
10district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30
11of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling the audited
12fund balances of each previously existing district that formed
13the new partial elementary unit district in the educational
14fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and
15transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the
16referendum for the formation of the partial elementary unit
17district. In the first year of the new partial elementary unit
18district, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment
19to the new district equal to the sum of the differences between
20the deficit of the previously existing district with the
21smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other
22previously existing districts. A district with a combined
23balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered
24to have a deficit of zero.
25    (6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection (d)
26of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund balance

 

 

HB2808- 204 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of
2this subsection (c) as if the opted-in elementary was included
3in the optional elementary unit district at the optional
4elementary unit district's original effective date. If the
5calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated
6in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional
7elementary unit district's original effective date, then no
8adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph
9(6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this
10subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's
11original effective date, then the excess must be paid as
12follows:
13        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
14    one year after the effective date for the optional
15    elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess
16    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
17    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
18    opt-in.
19        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
20    2 years after the effective date for the optional
21    elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess
22    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
23    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
24    opt-in.
25        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
26    3 years after the effective date for the optional

 

 

HB2808- 205 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess
2    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
3    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
4    opt-in.
5        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
6    4 years after the effective date for the optional
7    elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess
8    shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in
9    the first year after the effective date of the elementary
10    opt-in.
11        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
12    5 years after the effective date for the optional
13    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
14    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
15    to the elementary opt-in.
16    (6.5) For the first year after the annexation of territory
17detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of
18the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of
19the annexation, a computation shall be made totaling the
20audited fund balances of the district gaining territory and the
21audited fund balances of the district losing territory in the
22educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
23maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending
24June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries
25attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative
26decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section

 

 

HB2808- 206 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

17-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative
2review of the decision. The annexing district as constituted
3after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid
4equal to the difference between the deficit of whichever
5district included in this calculation as constituted prior to
6the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficit of each
7other district included in this calculation as constituted
8prior to the annexation, multiplied by the ratio of equalized
9assessed value of the territory detached to the total equalized
10assessed value of the district losing territory. The regional
11superintendent of schools for the educational service region in
12which a district losing territory is located prior to the
13annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education the
14value of all taxable property in the district losing territory
15and the value of all taxable property in the territory being
16detached, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of
17Revenue prior to the annexation. To be eligible for
18supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
19intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
20Section 7-14A of this Code must show that fund balances were
21transferred from the district losing territory to the district
22gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this
23Section made by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be
24retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on
25or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for
26payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on

 

 

HB2808- 207 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the
2effective date of Public Act 95-707), the required payment
3under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of
4January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707).
5    (7) For purposes of any calculation required under
6paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (6.5) of this
7subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance that is
8positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. For
9purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances
10in its educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
11maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the specified
12year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3),
13(4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), the balance of
14each fund shall be deemed decreased by an amount equal to the
15amount of the annual property tax theretofore levied in the
16fund by the district for collection and payment to the district
17during the calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to
18the extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was
19received by the district on or before or comprised a part of
20the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining each
21district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall be made
22for each fund to determine the average for the 3 years prior to
23the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs
24(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c),
25of the district's expenditures in the categories "purchased
26services", "supplies and materials", and "capital outlay", as

 

 

HB2808- 208 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1those categories are defined in rules of the State Board of
2Education. If this 3-year average is less than the district's
3expenditures in these categories for the specified year ending
4June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5),
5(6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), then the 3-year average
6shall be used in calculating the amounts payable under this
7Section in place of the amounts shown in these categories for
8the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs
9(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c).
10Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not be
11considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same basis
12of accounting shall be used by all previously existing
13districts and by all annexing or annexed districts, as
14constituted prior to the annexation, in making any computation
15required under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and
16(6.5) of this subsection (c).
17    (8) The supplementary State aid payments under this
18subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other
19payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
20    (d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school
21district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new unit
22district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a new
23elementary district or districts and a new high school district
24formed through a school district conversion, as defined in
25Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new partial elementary unit
26district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or a new

 

 

 

HB2808- 209 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1elementary district or districts formed through a multi-unit
2conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of
3this Code, or the annexation of all of the territory of one or
4more entire school districts by one or more other school
5districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a
6supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the
7number of school years determined under the following table to
8each new or annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for
9each certified employee who is employed by the district on a
10full-time basis for the regular term of the school year:
 
11Reorganized District's RankReorganized District's Rank
12by type of district (unit,in Average Daily Attendance
13high school, elementary)By Quintile
14in Equalized Assessed Value
15Per Pupil by Quintile
163rd, 4th,
171st2ndor 5th
18QuintileQuintileQuintile
19    1st Quintile1 year1 year1 year
20    2nd Quintile1 year2 years2 years
21    3rd Quintile2 years3 years3 years
22    4th Quintile2 years3 years3 years
23    5th Quintile2 years3 years3 years
24The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation

 

 

HB2808- 210 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily
2attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months'
3average daily attendance for the district's first year. The
4equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real
5property equalized assessed value used in calculating the
6district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section
718-8.05 of this Code, or first-year evidence-based funding
8claim, under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable,
9divided by the best 3 months' average daily attendance.
10    No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled
11to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the
12district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance
13of the district from which the territory is being detached or
14divided.
15    If a district results from multiple reorganizations that
16would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments
17under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall
18receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the
19most recent reorganization.
20    (2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection (d)
21of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified staff
22incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (1) of
23this subsection (d), equal to the sum of $4,000 for each
24certified employee of the elementary district that opts-in who
25is employed by the optional elementary unit district on a
26full-time basis for the regular term of the school year. The

 

 

HB2808- 211 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1calculation from this paragraph (2) must be paid as follows:
2        (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
3    one year after the effective date for the optional
4    elementary unit district, 100% of the amount calculated in
5    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
6    unit district for the number of years calculated in
7    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
8    elementary unit district's original effective date,
9    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
10    elementary opt-in.
11        (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
12    2 years after the effective date for the optional
13    elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated in
14    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
15    unit district for the number of years calculated in
16    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
17    elementary unit district's original effective date,
18    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
19    elementary opt-in.
20        (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
21    3 years after the effective date for the optional
22    elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated in
23    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
24    unit district for the number of years calculated in
25    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
26    elementary unit district's original effective date,

 

 

HB2808- 212 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
2    elementary opt-in.
3        (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
4    4 years after the effective date for the optional
5    elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated in
6    this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary
7    unit district for the number of years calculated in
8    paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional
9    elementary unit district's original effective date,
10    starting in the second year after the effective date of the
11    elementary opt-in.
12        (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is
13    5 years after the effective date for the optional
14    elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit
15    district is not eligible for any additional incentives due
16    to the elementary opt-in.
17    (2.5) Following the formation of a cooperative high school
18by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this
19Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for
203 school years to the cooperative high school equal to the sum
21of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the
22cooperative high school on a full-time basis for the regular
23term of any such school year. If a cooperative high school
24results from multiple agreements that would otherwise qualify
25the cooperative high school for multiple payments under this
26Section in any year, the cooperative high school shall receive

 

 

HB2808- 213 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1a single payment for that year based solely on the most recent
2agreement.
3    (2.10) Following the annexation of territory detached from
4another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
5district increases 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a
6supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
7annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified
8employee who is employed by the annexing district on a
9full-time basis and shall be calculated in accordance with
10subsection (a) of this Section. To be eligible for
11supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
12intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
13Section 7-14A of this Code must show that certified staff
14members were transferred from the control of the district
15losing territory to the control of the district gaining
16territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
17by Public Act 95-707 are intended to be retroactive and
18applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1,
192004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this
20paragraph (2.10) and that are effective on or after July 1,
212004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public
22Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this
23paragraph (2.10) shall be paid in the second fiscal year after
24January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Any
25subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent
26fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph

 

 

HB2808- 214 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(2.10) is complete.
2    (2.15) Following the deactivation of a school facility in
3accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a supplementary
4State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the lesser of 3
5school years or the length of the deactivation agreement,
6including any renewals of the original deactivation agreement,
7to each receiving school district equal to the sum of $4,000
8for each certified employee who is employed by that receiving
9district on a full-time basis for the regular term of any such
10school year who was originally transferred to the control of
11that receiving district as a result of the deactivation.
12Receiving districts are eligible for payments under this
13paragraph (2.15) based on the certified employees transferred
14to that receiving district as a result of the deactivation and
15are not required to receive at least 30% of the deactivating
16district's average daily attendance as required under
17paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) to be eligible for
18payments.
19    (3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable
20under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in
21addition to all other payments made to the district pursuant to
22any other Section of this Article.
23    (4) During May of each school year for which a
24supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a new,
25annexing, or receiving school district or cooperative high
26school pursuant to this subsection (d), the school board or

 

 

HB2808- 215 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1governing board shall certify to the State Board of Education,
2on forms furnished to the school board or governing board by
3the State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection
4(d), the number of certified employees for which the district
5or cooperative high school is entitled to reimbursement under
6this Section, together with the names, certificate numbers, and
7positions held by the certified employees.
8    (5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education to
9the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary State
10aid reimbursement to which a school district or cooperative
11high school is entitled under this subsection (d), the State
12Comptroller shall draw his or her warrant upon the State
13Treasurer for the payment thereof to the school district or
14cooperative high school and shall promptly transmit the payment
15to the school district or cooperative high school through the
16appropriate school treasurer.
17(Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08;
1895-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09.)
 
19    (105 ILCS 5/13A-8)
20    Sec. 13A-8. Funding.
21    (a) The State of Illinois shall provide funding for the
22alternative school programs within each educational service
23region and within the Chicago public school system by line item
24appropriation made to the State Board of Education for that
25purpose. This money, when appropriated, shall be provided to

 

 

HB2808- 216 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the regional superintendent and to the Chicago Board of
2Education, who shall establish a budget, including salaries,
3for their alternative school programs. Each program shall
4receive funding in the amount of $30,000 plus an amount based
5on the ratio of the region's or Chicago's best 3 months'
6average daily attendance in grades pre-kindergarten through 12
7to the statewide totals of these amounts. For purposes of this
8calculation, the best 3 months' average daily attendance for
9each region or Chicago shall be calculated by adding to the
10best 3 months' average daily attendance the number of
11low-income students identified in the most recently available
12federal census multiplied by one-half times the percentage of
13the region's or Chicago's low-income students to the State's
14total low-income students. The State Board of Education shall
15retain up to 1.1% of the appropriation to be used to provide
16technical assistance, professional development, and
17evaluations for the programs.
18    (a-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
19Section, for the 1998-1999 fiscal year, the total amount
20distributed under subsection (a) for an alternative school
21program shall be not less than the total amount that was
22distributed under that subsection for that alternative school
23program for the 1997-1998 fiscal year. If an alternative school
24program is to receive a total distribution under subsection (a)
25for the 1998-1999 fiscal year that is less than the total
26distribution that the program received under that subsection

 

 

HB2808- 217 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1for the 1997-1998 fiscal year, that alternative school program
2shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made for
3purposes of this subsection (a-5), a supplementary payment
4equal to the amount by which its total distribution under
5subsection (a) for the 1997-1998 fiscal year exceeds the amount
6of the total distribution that the alternative school program
7receives under that subsection for the 1998-1999 fiscal year.
8If the amount appropriated for supplementary payments to
9alternative school programs under this subsection (a-5) is
10insufficient for that purpose, those supplementary payments
11shall be prorated among the alternative school programs
12entitled to receive those supplementary payments according to
13the aggregate amount of the appropriation made for purposes of
14this subsection (a-5).
15    (b) An alternative school program shall be entitled to
16receive general State aid as calculated in subsection (K) of
17Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding as calculated in
18subsection (g) of Section 18-8.15 upon filing a claim as
19provided therein. Any time that a student who is enrolled in an
20alternative school program spends in work-based learning,
21community service, or a similar alternative educational
22setting shall be included in determining the student's minimum
23number of clock hours of daily school work that constitute a
24day of attendance for purposes of calculating general State aid
25or evidence-based funding.
26    (c) An alternative school program may receive additional

 

 

HB2808- 218 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1funding from its school districts in such amount as may be
2agreed upon by the parties and necessary to support the
3program. In addition, an alternative school program is
4authorized to accept and expend gifts, legacies, and grants,
5including but not limited to federal grants, from any source
6for purposes directly related to the conduct and operation of
7the program.
8(Source: P.A. 89-383, eff. 8-18-95; 89-629, eff. 8-9-96;
989-636, eff. 8-9-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-283, eff. 7-31-97;
1090-802, eff. 12-15-98.)
 
11    (105 ILCS 5/13B-20.20)
12    Sec. 13B-20.20. Enrollment in other programs. High school
13equivalency testing preparation programs are not eligible for
14funding under this Article. A student may enroll in a program
15approved under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code, as
16appropriate, or attend both the alternative learning
17opportunities program and the regular school program to enhance
18student performance and facilitate on-time graduation.
19(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
20    (105 ILCS 5/13B-45)
21    Sec. 13B-45. Days and hours of attendance. An alternative
22learning opportunities program shall provide students with at
23least the minimum number of days of pupil attendance required
24under Section 10-19 of this Code and the minimum number of

 

 

HB2808- 219 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1daily hours of school work required under Section 18-8.05 or
218-8.15 of this Code, provided that the State Board may approve
3exceptions to these requirements if the program meets all of
4the following conditions:
5        (1) The district plan submitted under Section
6    13B-25.15 of this Code establishes that a program providing
7    the required minimum number of days of attendance or daily
8    hours of school work would not serve the needs of the
9    program's students.
10        (2) Each day of attendance shall provide no fewer than
11    3 clock hours of school work, as defined under paragraph
12    (1) of subsection (F) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
13        (3) Each day of attendance that provides fewer than 5
14    clock hours of school work shall also provide supplementary
15    services, including without limitation work-based
16    learning, student assistance programs, counseling, case
17    management, health and fitness programs, or life-skills or
18    conflict resolution training, in order to provide a total
19    daily program to the student of 5 clock hours. A program
20    may claim general State aid or evidence-based funding for
21    up to 2 hours of the time each day that a student is
22    receiving supplementary services.
23        (4) Each program shall provide no fewer than 174 days
24    of actual pupil attendance during the school term; however,
25    approved evening programs that meet the requirements of
26    Section 13B-45 of this Code may offer less than 174 days of

 

 

HB2808- 220 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    actual pupil attendance during the school term.
2(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50)
4    Sec. 13B-50. Eligibility to receive general State aid or
5evidence-based funding. In order to receive general State aid
6or evidence-based funding, alternative learning opportunities
7programs must meet the requirements for claiming general State
8aid as specified in Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
9evidence-based funding as specified in Section 18-8.15 of this
10Code, as applicable, with the exception of the length of the
11instructional day, which may be less than 5 hours of school
12work if the program meets the criteria set forth under Sections
1313B-50.5 and 13B-50.10 of this Code and if the program is
14approved by the State Board.
15(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
16    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.10)
17    Sec. 13B-50.10. Additional criteria for general State aid
18or evidence-based funding. In order to claim general State aid
19or evidence-based funding, an alternative learning
20opportunities program must meet the following criteria:
21    (1) Teacher professional development plans should include
22education in the instruction of at-risk students.
23    (2) Facilities must meet the health, life, and safety
24requirements in this Code.

 

 

HB2808- 221 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (3) The program must comply with all other State and
2federal laws applicable to education providers.
3(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
4    (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.15)
5    Sec. 13B-50.15. Level of funding. Approved alternative
6learning opportunities programs are entitled to claim general
7State aid or evidence-based funding, subject to Sections
813B-50, 13B-50.5, and 13B-50.10 of this Code. Approved programs
9operated by regional offices of education are entitled to
10receive general State aid at the foundation level of support. A
11school district or consortium must ensure that an approved
12program receives supplemental general State aid,
13transportation reimbursements, and special education
14resources, if appropriate, for students enrolled in the
15program.
16(Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02)
18    Sec. 14-7.02. Children attending private schools, public
19out-of-state schools, public school residential facilities or
20private special education facilities. The General Assembly
21recognizes that non-public schools or special education
22facilities provide an important service in the educational
23system in Illinois.
24    If because of his or her disability the special education

 

 

HB2808- 222 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1program of a district is unable to meet the needs of a child
2and the child attends a non-public school or special education
3facility, a public out-of-state school or a special education
4facility owned and operated by a county government unit that
5provides special educational services required by the child and
6is in compliance with the appropriate rules and regulations of
7the State Superintendent of Education, the school district in
8which the child is a resident shall pay the actual cost of
9tuition for special education and related services provided
10during the regular school term and during the summer school
11term if the child's educational needs so require, excluding
12room, board and transportation costs charged the child by that
13non-public school or special education facility, public
14out-of-state school or county special education facility, or
15$4,500 per year, whichever is less, and shall provide him any
16necessary transportation. "Nonpublic special education
17facility" shall include a residential facility, within or
18without the State of Illinois, which provides special education
19and related services to meet the needs of the child by
20utilizing private schools or public schools, whether located on
21the site or off the site of the residential facility.
22    The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
23regulations for determining when placement in a private special
24education facility is appropriate. Such rules and regulations
25shall take into account the various types of services needed by
26a child and the availability of such services to the particular

 

 

HB2808- 223 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1child in the public school. In developing these rules and
2regulations the State Board of Education shall consult with the
3Advisory Council on Education of Children with Disabilities and
4hold public hearings to secure recommendations from parents,
5school personnel, and others concerned about this matter.
6    The State Board of Education shall also promulgate rules
7and regulations for transportation to and from a residential
8school. Transportation to and from home to a residential school
9more than once each school term shall be subject to prior
10approval by the State Superintendent in accordance with the
11rules and regulations of the State Board.
12    A school district making tuition payments pursuant to this
13Section is eligible for reimbursement from the State for the
14amount of such payments actually made in excess of the district
15per capita tuition charge for students not receiving special
16education services. Such reimbursement shall be approved in
17accordance with Section 14-12.01 and each district shall file
18its claims, computed in accordance with rules prescribed by the
19State Board of Education, on forms prescribed by the State
20Superintendent of Education. Data used as a basis of
21reimbursement claims shall be for the preceding regular school
22term and summer school term. Each school district shall
23transmit its claims to the State Board of Education on or
24before August 15. The State Board of Education, before
25approving any such claims, shall determine their accuracy and
26whether they are based upon services and facilities provided

 

 

HB2808- 224 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under approved programs. Upon approval the State Board shall
2cause vouchers to be prepared showing the amount due for
3payment of reimbursement claims to school districts, for
4transmittal to the State Comptroller on the 30th day of
5September, December, and March, respectively, and the final
6voucher, no later than June 20. If the money appropriated by
7the General Assembly for such purpose for any year is
8insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of the
9claims approved.
10    No child shall be placed in a special education program
11pursuant to this Section if the tuition cost for special
12education and related services increases more than 10 percent
13over the tuition cost for the previous school year or exceeds
14$4,500 per year unless such costs have been approved by the
15Illinois Purchased Care Review Board. The Illinois Purchased
16Care Review Board shall consist of the following persons, or
17their designees: the Directors of Children and Family Services,
18Public Health, Public Aid, and the Governor's Office of
19Management and Budget; the Secretary of Human Services; the
20State Superintendent of Education; and such other persons as
21the Governor may designate. The Review Board shall also consist
22of one non-voting member who is an administrator of a private,
23nonpublic, special education school. The Review Board shall
24establish rules and regulations for its determination of
25allowable costs and payments made by local school districts for
26special education, room and board, and other related services

 

 

HB2808- 225 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1provided by non-public schools or special education facilities
2and shall establish uniform standards and criteria which it
3shall follow. The Review Board shall approve the usual and
4customary rate or rates of a special education program that (i)
5is offered by an out-of-state, non-public provider of
6integrated autism specific educational and autism specific
7residential services, (ii) offers 2 or more levels of
8residential care, including at least one locked facility, and
9(iii) serves 12 or fewer Illinois students.
10    The Review Board shall establish uniform definitions and
11criteria for accounting separately by special education, room
12and board and other related services costs. The Board shall
13also establish guidelines for the coordination of services and
14financial assistance provided by all State agencies to assure
15that no otherwise qualified child with a disability receiving
16services under Article 14 shall be excluded from participation
17in, be denied the benefits of or be subjected to discrimination
18under any program or activity provided by any State agency.
19    The Review Board shall review the costs for special
20education and related services provided by non-public schools
21or special education facilities and shall approve or disapprove
22such facilities in accordance with the rules and regulations
23established by it with respect to allowable costs.
24    The State Board of Education shall provide administrative
25and staff support for the Review Board as deemed reasonable by
26the State Superintendent of Education. This support shall not

 

 

HB2808- 226 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1include travel expenses or other compensation for any Review
2Board member other than the State Superintendent of Education.
3    The Review Board shall seek the advice of the Advisory
4Council on Education of Children with Disabilities on the rules
5and regulations to be promulgated by it relative to providing
6special education services.
7    If a child has been placed in a program in which the actual
8per pupil costs of tuition for special education and related
9services based on program enrollment, excluding room, board and
10transportation costs, exceed $4,500 and such costs have been
11approved by the Review Board, the district shall pay such total
12costs which exceed $4,500. A district making such tuition
13payments in excess of $4,500 pursuant to this Section shall be
14responsible for an amount in excess of $4,500 equal to the
15district per capita tuition charge and shall be eligible for
16reimbursement from the State for the amount of such payments
17actually made in excess of the districts per capita tuition
18charge for students not receiving special education services.
19    If a child has been placed in an approved individual
20program and the tuition costs including room and board costs
21have been approved by the Review Board, then such room and
22board costs shall be paid by the appropriate State agency
23subject to the provisions of Section 14-8.01 of this Act. Room
24and board costs not provided by a State agency other than the
25State Board of Education shall be provided by the State Board
26of Education on a current basis. In no event, however, shall

 

 

HB2808- 227 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the State's liability for funding of these tuition costs begin
2until after the legal obligations of third party payors have
3been subtracted from such costs. If the money appropriated by
4the General Assembly for such purpose for any year is
5insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of the
6claims approved. Each district shall submit estimated claims to
7the State Superintendent of Education. Upon approval of such
8claims, the State Superintendent of Education shall direct the
9State Comptroller to make payments on a monthly basis. The
10frequency for submitting estimated claims and the method of
11determining payment shall be prescribed in rules and
12regulations adopted by the State Board of Education. Such
13current state reimbursement shall be reduced by an amount equal
14to the proceeds which the child or child's parents are eligible
15to receive under any public or private insurance or assistance
16program. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as
17relieving an insurer or similar third party from an otherwise
18valid obligation to provide or to pay for services provided to
19a child with a disability.
20    If it otherwise qualifies, a school district is eligible
21for the transportation reimbursement under Section 14-13.01
22and for the reimbursement of tuition payments under this
23Section whether the non-public school or special education
24facility, public out-of-state school or county special
25education facility, attended by a child who resides in that
26district and requires special educational services, is within

 

 

HB2808- 228 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1or outside of the State of Illinois. However, a district is not
2eligible to claim transportation reimbursement under this
3Section unless the district certifies to the State
4Superintendent of Education that the district is unable to
5provide special educational services required by the child for
6the current school year.
7    Nothing in this Section authorizes the reimbursement of a
8school district for the amount paid for tuition of a child
9attending a non-public school or special education facility,
10public out-of-state school or county special education
11facility unless the school district certifies to the State
12Superintendent of Education that the special education program
13of that district is unable to meet the needs of that child
14because of his disability and the State Superintendent of
15Education finds that the school district is in substantial
16compliance with Section 14-4.01. However, if a child is
17unilaterally placed by a State agency or any court in a
18non-public school or special education facility, public
19out-of-state school, or county special education facility, a
20school district shall not be required to certify to the State
21Superintendent of Education, for the purpose of tuition
22reimbursement, that the special education program of that
23district is unable to meet the needs of a child because of his
24or her disability.
25    Any educational or related services provided, pursuant to
26this Section in a non-public school or special education

 

 

HB2808- 229 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1facility or a special education facility owned and operated by
2a county government unit shall be at no cost to the parent or
3guardian of the child. However, current law and practices
4relative to contributions by parents or guardians for costs
5other than educational or related services are not affected by
6this amendatory Act of 1978.
7    Reimbursement for children attending public school
8residential facilities shall be made in accordance with the
9provisions of this Section.
10    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
11district receiving a payment under this Section or under
12Section 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, or 29-5 of this Code may classify
13all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular
14fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
1518-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection with any
16funding program for which it is entitled to receive funds from
17the State in that fiscal year (including, without limitation,
18any funding program referenced in this Section), regardless of
19the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
20classify more funds as funds received in connection with the
21funding program than the district is entitled to receive in
22that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a
23district must be made by a resolution of its board of
24education. The resolution must identify the amount of any
25payments or general State aid to be classified under this
26paragraph and must specify the funding program to which the

 

 

HB2808- 230 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1funds are to be treated as received in connection therewith.
2This resolution is controlling as to the classification of
3funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the resolution
4must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education. The
5resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the
6resolution has not been sent to the State Superintendent of
7Education in a timely manner. No classification under this
8paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount or timing
9of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
10No classification under this paragraph by a district shall in
11any way relieve the district from or affect any requirements
12that otherwise would apply with respect to that funding
13program, including any accounting of funds by source, reporting
14expenditures by original source and purpose, reporting
15requirements, or requirements of providing services.
16    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
17Section, the State Board of Education shall award to a school
18district having a population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants
1948.4% of the funds appropriated by the General Assembly for any
20fiscal year for purposes of payments to school districts under
21this Section.
22(Source: P.A. 98-636, eff. 6-6-14; 98-1008, eff. 1-1-15; 99-78,
23eff. 7-20-15; 99-143, eff. 7-27-15.)
 
24    (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02b)
25    Sec. 14-7.02b. Funding for children requiring special

 

 

HB2808- 231 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1education services. Payments to school districts for children
2requiring special education services documented in their
3individualized education program regardless of the program
4from which these services are received, excluding children
5claimed under Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, shall
6be made in accordance with this Section. Funds received under
7this Section may be used only for the provision of special
8educational facilities and services as defined in Section
914-1.08 of this Code.
10    The appropriation for fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year
112017 and thereafter shall be based upon the IDEA child count of
12all students in the State, excluding students claimed under
13Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, on December 1 of the
14fiscal year 2 years preceding, multiplied by 17.5% of the
15general State aid foundation level of support established for
16that fiscal year under Section 18-8.05 of this Code.
17    Beginning with fiscal year 2005 and through fiscal year
182007, individual school districts shall not receive payments
19under this Section totaling less than they received under the
20funding authorized under Section 14-7.02a of this Code during
21fiscal year 2004, pursuant to the provisions of Section
2214-7.02a as they were in effect before the effective date of
23this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly. This base
24level funding shall be computed first.
25    Beginning with fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2017
26and each fiscal year thereafter, individual school districts

 

 

HB2808- 232 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1must not receive payments under this Section totaling less than
2they received in fiscal year 2007. This funding shall be
3computed last and shall be a separate calculation from any
4other calculation set forth in this Section. This amount is
5exempt from the requirements of Section 1D-1 of this Code.
6    Through fiscal year 2017, an An amount equal to 85% of the
7funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to
8school districts based upon the district's average daily
9attendance reported for purposes of Section 18-8.05 of this
10Code for the preceding school year. Fifteen percent of the
11funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to
12school districts based upon the district's low income eligible
13pupil count used in the calculation of general State aid under
14Section 18-8.05 of this Code for the same fiscal year. One
15hundred percent of the funds computed and allocated to
16districts under this Section shall be distributed and paid to
17school districts.
18    For individual students with disabilities whose program
19costs exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate as
20calculated under Section 10-20.12a of this Code, the costs in
21excess of 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall
22be paid by the State Board of Education from unexpended IDEA
23discretionary funds originally designated for room and board
24reimbursement pursuant to Section 14-8.01 of this Code. The
25amount of tuition for these children shall be determined by the
26actual cost of maintaining classes for these children, using

 

 

HB2808- 233 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the per capita cost formula set forth in Section 14-7.01 of
2this Code, with the program and cost being pre-approved by the
3State Superintendent of Education. Reimbursement for
4individual students with disabilities whose program costs
5exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall be
6claimed beginning with costs encumbered for the 2004-2005
7school year and thereafter.
8    The State Board of Education shall prepare vouchers equal
9to one-fourth the amount allocated to districts, for
10transmittal to the State Comptroller on the 30th day of
11September, December, and March, respectively, and the final
12voucher, no later than June 20. The Comptroller shall make
13payments pursuant to this Section to school districts as soon
14as possible after receipt of vouchers. If the money
15appropriated from the General Assembly for such purposes for
16any year is insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis
17of the payments due to school districts.
18    Nothing in this Section shall be construed to decrease or
19increase the percentage of all special education funds that are
20allocated annually under Article 1D of this Code or to alter
21the requirement that a school district provide special
22education services.
23    Nothing in this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly
24shall eliminate any reimbursement obligation owed as of the
25effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General
26Assembly to a school district with in excess of 500,000

 

 

HB2808- 234 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1inhabitants.
2    Except for reimbursement for individual students with
3disabilities whose program costs exceed 4 times the district's
4per capita tuition rate, no funding shall be provided to school
5districts under this Section after fiscal year 2017.
6(Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-08; 95-705, eff. 1-8-08.)
 
7    (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
8    Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; amounts for
9personnel and transportation.
10    (a) Through fiscal year 2017, for For staff working on
11behalf of children who have not been identified as eligible for
12special education and for eligible children with physical
13disabilities, including all eligible children whose placement
14has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in hospital or home
15instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
16$1,000 annually per child or $9,000 per teacher, whichever is
17less.
18    (a-5) A child qualifies for home or hospital instruction if
19it is anticipated that, due to a medical condition, the child
20will be unable to attend school, and instead must be instructed
21at home or in the hospital, for a period of 2 or more
22consecutive weeks or on an ongoing intermittent basis. For
23purposes of this Section, "ongoing intermittent basis" means
24that the child's medical condition is of such a nature or
25severity that it is anticipated that the child will be absent

 

 

HB2808- 235 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1from school due to the medical condition for periods of at
2least 2 days at a time multiple times during the school year
3totaling at least 10 days or more of absences. There shall be
4no requirement that a child be absent from school a minimum
5number of days before the child qualifies for home or hospital
6instruction. In order to establish eligibility for home or
7hospital services, a student's parent or guardian must submit
8to the child's school district of residence a written statement
9from a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its
10branches stating the existence of such medical condition, the
11impact on the child's ability to participate in education, and
12the anticipated duration or nature of the child's absence from
13school. Home or hospital instruction may commence upon receipt
14of a written physician's statement in accordance with this
15Section, but instruction shall commence not later than 5 school
16days after the school district receives the physician's
17statement. Special education and related services required by
18the child's IEP or services and accommodations required by the
19child's federal Section 504 plan must be implemented as part of
20the child's home or hospital instruction, unless the IEP team
21or federal Section 504 plan team determines that modifications
22are necessary during the home or hospital instruction due to
23the child's condition.
24    (a-10) Through fiscal year 2017, eligible Eligible
25children to be included in any reimbursement under this
26paragraph must regularly receive a minimum of one hour of

 

 

HB2808- 236 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1instruction each school day, or in lieu thereof of a minimum of
25 hours of instruction in each school week in order to qualify
3for full reimbursement under this Section. If the attending
4physician for such a child has certified that the child should
5not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week,
6however, reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that
7child shall be computed proportionate to the actual hours of
8instruction per week for that child divided by 5.
9    (a-15) The State Board of Education shall establish rules
10governing the required qualifications of staff providing home
11or hospital instruction.
12    (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 80% of the
13cost of transportation approved as a related service in the
14Individualized Education Program for each student in order to
15take advantage of special educational facilities.
16Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as
17provided in Section 29-5 of this Code, provided that,
18notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
19subsection (b) or Section 29-5 of this Code, the State Board of
20Education shall award to a school district having a population
21exceeding 500,000 inhabitants 30.7% of the funds appropriated
22by the General Assembly for any fiscal year for purposes of
23payment of transportation cost claims under this subsection
24(b). For purposes of this subsection (b), the dates for
25processing claims specified in Section 29-5 shall apply.
26    (c) Through fiscal year 2017, for For each qualified

 

 

HB2808- 237 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1worker, the annual sum of $9,000.
2    (d) Through fiscal year 2017, for For one full time
3qualified director of the special education program of each
4school district which maintains a fully approved program of
5special education the annual sum of $9,000. Districts
6participating in a joint agreement special education program
7shall not receive such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
8for a director of the joint agreement program.
9    (e) (Blank).
10    (f) (Blank).
11    (g) Through fiscal year 2017, for For readers, working with
12blind or partially seeing children 1/2 of their salary but not
13more than $400 annually per child. Readers may be employed to
14assist such children and shall not be required to be certified
15but prior to employment shall meet standards set up by the
16State Board of Education.
17    (h) Through fiscal year 2017, for For non-certified
18employees, as defined by rules promulgated by the State Board
19of Education, who deliver services to students with IEPs, 1/2
20of the salary paid or $3,500 per employee, whichever is less.
21    (i) The State Board of Education shall set standards and
22prescribe rules for determining the allocation of
23reimbursement under this section on less than a full time basis
24and for less than a school year.
25    When any school district eligible for reimbursement under
26this Section operates a school or program approved by the State

 

 

HB2808- 238 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of
2the adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days,
3such reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or
4rate paid hereunder for each day such school is operated in
5excess of 180 days per calendar year.
6    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
7district receiving a payment under this Section or under
8Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or 29-5 of this Code may classify
9all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular
10fiscal year or from evidence-based funding general State aid
11pursuant to Section 18-8.15 18-8.05 of this Code as funds
12received in connection with any funding program for which it is
13entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal year
14(including, without limitation, any funding program referenced
15in this Section), regardless of the source or timing of the
16receipt. The district may not classify more funds as funds
17received in connection with the funding program than the
18district is entitled to receive in that fiscal year for that
19program. Any classification by a district must be made by a
20resolution of its board of education. The resolution must
21identify the amount of any payments or evidence-based funding
22general State aid to be classified under this paragraph and
23must specify the funding program to which the funds are to be
24treated as received in connection therewith. This resolution is
25controlling as to the classification of funds referenced
26therein. A certified copy of the resolution must be sent to the

 

 

HB2808- 239 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1State Superintendent of Education. The resolution shall still
2take effect even though a copy of the resolution has not been
3sent to the State Superintendent of Education in a timely
4manner. No classification under this paragraph by a district
5shall affect the total amount or timing of money the district
6is entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under
7this paragraph by a district shall in any way relieve the
8district from or affect any requirements that otherwise would
9apply with respect to that funding program, including any
10accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by
11original source and purpose, reporting requirements, or
12requirements of providing services.
13(Source: P.A. 96-257, eff. 8-11-09; 97-123, eff. 7-14-11.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/14C-1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-1)
15    Sec. 14C-1. The General Assembly finds that there are large
16numbers of children in this State who come from environments
17where the primary language is other than English. Experience
18has shown that public school classes in which instruction is
19given only in English are often inadequate for the education of
20children whose native tongue is another language. The General
21Assembly believes that a program of transitional bilingual
22education can meet the needs of these children and facilitate
23their integration into the regular public school curriculum.
24Therefore, pursuant to the policy of this State to ensure equal
25educational opportunity to every child, and in recognition of

 

 

HB2808- 240 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the educational needs of English learners, it is the purpose of
2this Act to provide for the establishment of transitional
3bilingual education programs in the public schools, to provide
4supplemental financial assistance through fiscal year 2017 to
5help local school districts meet the extra costs of such
6programs, and to allow this State to directly or indirectly
7provide technical assistance and professional development to
8support transitional bilingual education programs statewide.
9(Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15.)
 
10    (105 ILCS 5/14C-12)  (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-12)
11    Sec. 14C-12. Account of expenditures; Cost report;
12Reimbursement. Each school district with at least one English
13learner shall keep an accurate, detailed and separate account
14of all monies paid out by it for the programs in transitional
15bilingual education required or permitted by this Article,
16including transportation costs, and shall annually report
17thereon for the school year ending June 30 indicating the
18average per pupil expenditure. Through fiscal year 2017, each
19Each school district shall be reimbursed for the amount by
20which such costs exceed the average per pupil expenditure by
21such school district for the education of children of
22comparable age who are not in any special education program. No
23funding shall be provided to school districts under this
24Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each
25fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school

 

 

HB2808- 241 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this
2Code that is attributable to instructions, supports, and
3interventions for English learner pupils must be used for
4programs and services authorized under this Article. At least
560% of transitional bilingual education funding received from
6the State must be used for the instructional costs of programs
7and services authorized under this Article transitional
8bilingual education.
9    Applications for preapproval for reimbursement for costs
10of transitional bilingual education programs must be submitted
11to the State Superintendent of Education at least 60 days
12before a transitional bilingual education program is started,
13unless a justifiable exception is granted by the State
14Superintendent of Education. Applications shall set forth a
15plan for transitional bilingual education established and
16maintained in accordance with this Article.
17    Through fiscal year 2017, reimbursement Reimbursement
18claims for transitional bilingual education programs shall be
19made as follows:
20    Each school district shall claim reimbursement on a current
21basis for the first 3 quarters of the fiscal year and file a
22final adjusted claim for the school year ended June 30
23preceding computed in accordance with rules prescribed by the
24State Superintendent's Office. The State Superintendent of
25Education before approving any such claims shall determine
26their accuracy and whether they are based upon services and

 

 

HB2808- 242 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1facilities provided under approved programs. Upon approval he
2shall transmit to the Comptroller the vouchers showing the
3amounts due for school district reimbursement claims. Upon
4receipt of the final adjusted claims the State Superintendent
5of Education shall make a final determination of the accuracy
6of such claims. If the money appropriated by the General
7Assembly for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it
8shall be apportioned on the basis of the claims approved.
9    Failure on the part of the school district to prepare and
10certify the final adjusted claims due under this Section may
11constitute a forfeiture by the school district of its right to
12be reimbursed by the State under this Section.
13(Source: P.A. 96-1170, eff. 1-1-11.)
 
14    (105 ILCS 5/17-1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-1)
15    Sec. 17-1. Annual Budget. The board of education of each
16school district under 500,000 inhabitants shall, within or
17before the first quarter of each fiscal year, adopt and file
18with the State Board of Education an annual balanced budget
19which it deems necessary to defray all necessary expenses and
20liabilities of the district, and in such annual budget shall
21specify the objects and purposes of each item and amount needed
22for each object or purpose.
23    The budget shall be entered upon a School District Budget
24form prepared and provided by the State Board of Education and
25therein shall contain a statement of the cash on hand at the

 

 

HB2808- 243 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1beginning of the fiscal year, an estimate of the cash expected
2to be received during such fiscal year from all sources, an
3estimate of the expenditures contemplated for such fiscal year,
4and a statement of the estimated cash expected to be on hand at
5the end of such year. The estimate of taxes to be received may
6be based upon the amount of actual cash receipts that may
7reasonably be expected by the district during such fiscal year,
8estimated from the experience of the district in prior years
9and with due regard for other circumstances that may
10substantially affect such receipts. Nothing in this Section
11shall be construed as requiring any district to change or
12preventing any district from changing from a cash basis of
13financing to a surplus or deficit basis of financing; or as
14requiring any district to change or preventing any district
15from changing its system of accounting. The budget shall
16conform to the requirements adopted by the State Board of
17Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this Code.
18    To the extent that a school district's budget is not
19balanced, the district shall also adopt and file with the State
20Board of Education a deficit reduction plan to balance the
21district's budget within 3 years. The deficit reduction plan
22must be filed at the same time as the budget, but the State
23Superintendent of Education may extend this deadline if the
24situation warrants.
25    If, as the result of an audit performed in compliance with
26Section 3-7 of this Code, the resulting Annual Financial Report

 

 

HB2808- 244 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1required to be submitted pursuant to Section 3-15.1 of this
2Code reflects a deficit as defined for purposes of the
3preceding paragraph, then the district shall, within 30 days
4after acceptance of such audit report, submit a deficit
5reduction plan.
6    The board of education of each district shall fix a fiscal
7year therefor. If the beginning of the fiscal year of a
8district is subsequent to the time that the tax levy due to be
9made in such fiscal year shall be made, then such annual budget
10shall be adopted prior to the time such tax levy shall be made.
11The failure by a board of education of any district to adopt an
12annual budget, or to comply in any respect with the provisions
13of this Section, shall not affect the validity of any tax levy
14of the district otherwise in conformity with the law. With
15respect to taxes levied either before, on, or after the
16effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General
17Assembly, (i) a tax levy is made for the fiscal year in which
18the levy is due to be made regardless of which fiscal year the
19proceeds of the levy are expended or are intended to be
20expended, and (ii) except as otherwise provided by law, a board
21of education's adoption of an annual budget in conformity with
22this Section is not a prerequisite to the adoption of a valid
23tax levy and is not a limit on the amount of the levy.
24    Such budget shall be prepared in tentative form by some
25person or persons designated by the board, and in such
26tentative form shall be made conveniently available to public

 

 

HB2808- 245 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1inspection for at least 30 days prior to final action thereon.
2At least 1 public hearing shall be held as to such budget prior
3to final action thereon. Notice of availability for public
4inspection and of such public hearing shall be given by
5publication in a newspaper published in such district, at least
630 days prior to the time of such hearing. If there is no
7newspaper published in such district, notice of such public
8hearing shall be given by posting notices thereof in 5 of the
9most public places in such district. It shall be the duty of
10the secretary of such board to make such tentative budget
11available to public inspection, and to arrange for such public
12hearing. The board may from time to time make transfers between
13the various items in any fund not exceeding in the aggregate
1410% of the total of such fund as set forth in the budget. The
15board may from time to time amend such budget by the same
16procedure as is herein provided for its original adoption.
17    Beginning July 1, 1976, the board of education, or regional
18superintendent, or governing board responsible for the
19administration of a joint agreement shall, by September 1 of
20each fiscal year thereafter, adopt an annual budget for the
21joint agreement in the same manner and subject to the same
22requirements as are provided in this Section.
23    The State Board of Education shall exercise powers and
24duties relating to budgets as provided in Section 2-3.27 of
25this Code and shall require school districts to submit their
26annual budgets, deficit reduction plans, and other financial

 

 

HB2808- 246 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1information, including revenue and expenditure reports and
2borrowing and interfund transfer plans, in such form and within
3the timelines designated by the State Board of Education.
4    By fiscal year 1982 all school districts shall use the
5Program Budget Accounting System.
6    In the case of a school district receiving emergency State
7financial assistance under Article 1B, the school board shall
8also be subject to the requirements established under Article
91B with respect to the annual budget.
10(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
 
11    (105 ILCS 5/17-1.2)
12    Sec. 17-1.2. Post annual budget on web site. If a school
13district has an Internet web site, the school district shall
14post its current annual budget, itemized by receipts and
15expenditures, on the district's Internet web site. The budget
16shall include information conforming to the rules adopted by
17the State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this
18Code. The school district shall notify the parents or guardians
19of its students that the budget has been posted on the
20district's web site and what the web site's address is.
21(Source: P.A. 92-438, eff. 1-1-02.)
 
22    (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
23    Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
24    (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish

 

 

HB2808- 247 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1limitations on the growth of administrative expenditures in
2order to maximize the proportion of school district resources
3available for the instructional program, building maintenance,
4and safety services for the students of each district.
5    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
6    "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures
7of school districts properly attributable to expenditure
8functions defined by the rules of the State Board of Education
9as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services); 2330 (Special
10Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
11School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support
12Services); 2570 (Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of
13Central Support Services); provided, however, that
14"administrative expenditures" shall not include early
15retirement or other pension system obligations required by
16State law.
17    "School district" means all school districts having a
18population of less than 500,000.
19    (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year
20thereafter, each school district shall undertake budgetary and
21expenditure control actions so that the increase in
22administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
23school year does not exceed 5%. School districts with
24administrative expenditures per pupil in the 25th percentile
25and below for all districts of the same type, as defined by the
26State Board of Education, may waive the limitation imposed

 

 

HB2808- 248 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under this Section for any year following a public hearing and
2with the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members
3of the school board of the district. Any district waiving the
4limitation shall notify the State Board within 45 days of such
5action.
6    (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of
7Education by November 15, 1998 and by each November 15th
8thereafter a one-page report that lists (i) the actual
9administrative expenditures for the prior year from the
10district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
11projected administrative expenditures for the current year
12from the budget adopted by the school board pursuant to Section
1317-1 of this Code.
14    If a school district that is ineligible to waive the
15limitation imposed by subsection (c) of this Section by board
16action exceeds the limitation solely because of circumstances
17beyond the control of the district and the district has
18exhausted all available and reasonable remedies to comply with
19the limitation, the district may request a waiver pursuant to
20Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
21amount, nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as
22all remedies the district has exhausted to comply with the
23limitation. Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only
24to the specific school year for which the request is made. The
25State Board of Education shall analyze all such waivers
26submitted and shall recommend that the General Assembly

 

 

HB2808- 249 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
2circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which
3the district has not exhausted all available and reasonable
4remedies to comply with the limitation. The State
5Superintendent shall have no authority to impose any sanctions
6pursuant to this Section for any expenditures for which a
7waiver has been requested until such waiver has been reviewed
8by the General Assembly.
9    If the report and information required under this
10subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a
11timely manner, or are subsequently determined by the State
12Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or inaccurate, the
13State Superintendent shall notify the district in writing of
14reporting deficiencies. The school district shall, within 60
15days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies
16identified.
17    (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school
18district has failed to comply with the administrative
19expenditure limitation imposed in subsection (c) of this
20Section, the State Superintendent shall notify the district of
21the violation and direct the district to undertake corrective
22action to bring the district's budget into compliance with the
23administrative expenditure limitation. The district shall,
24within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate assurance to the
25State Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have
26been or will be taken. If the district fails to provide

 

 

HB2808- 250 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1adequate assurance or fails to undertake the necessary
2corrective actions, the State Superintendent may impose
3progressive sanctions against the district that may culminate
4in withholding all subsequent payments of general State aid due
5the district under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or
6evidence-based funding due the district under Section 18-8.15
7of this Code until the assurance is provided or the corrective
8actions taken.
9    (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year
10of the school districts that violate the limitation imposed by
11subsection (c) of this Section and a list of the districts that
12waive the limitation by board action as provided in subsection
13(c) of this Section.
14(Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11)
16    Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow
17money and issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy
18conservation, accessibility, school security, and specified
19repair purposes.
20    (a) Whenever, as a result of any lawful order of any
21agency, other than a school board, having authority to enforce
22any school building code applicable to any facility that houses
23students, or any law or regulation for the protection and
24safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
25Protection Act, any school district having a population of less

 

 

HB2808- 251 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1than 500,000 inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct
2any school building or permanent, fixed equipment; the district
3may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making
4such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by
5an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of
6the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed
7by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05%
8per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or
9reconstruction, upon the following conditions:
10        (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in
11    the operations and maintenance fund of the school district,
12    the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or
13    the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as
14    determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by
15    the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or
16    reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent,
17    fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary.
18    Appropriate school district records must be made available
19    to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to
20    confirm this insufficiency.
21        (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or
22    engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated
23    amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction
24    or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has
25    been secured by the school district, and the estimate has
26    been approved by the regional superintendent of schools

 

 

HB2808- 252 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    having jurisdiction over the district and the State
2    Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted
3    for any work that has already started without the prior
4    express authorization of the State Superintendent of
5    Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied
6    approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3
7    months after the date on which it is submitted to him or
8    her, the school board of the district may submit the
9    estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education
10    for approval or denial.
11    In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated
12cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount
13specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district
14may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State
15Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the
16provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon
17thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code.
18If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is
19greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this
20Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with
21Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the
22State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules
23adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these
24situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be
25expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of
26this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an

 

 

HB2808- 253 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of
2students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or
3partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or
4consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the
5adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be
6expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the
7minimum school calendar requirements.
8    (b) Whenever any such district determines that it is
9necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school
10building or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or
11reconstructed and that such alterations or reconstruction will
12be made with funds not necessary for the completion of approved
13and recommended projects contained in any safety survey report
14or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act;
15the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in
16subsection (a) of this Section.
17    (c) Whenever any such district determines that it is
18necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the
19school building code that any school building or equipment
20should be altered or reconstructed and that such alterations or
21reconstruction will be made with funds not necessary for the
22completion of approved and recommended projects contained in
23any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
24Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or
25issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
26    (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is

 

 

HB2808- 254 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1necessary for school security purposes and the related
2protection and safety of pupils and school personnel that any
3school building or property should be altered or reconstructed
4or that security systems and equipment (including but not
5limited to intercom, early detection and warning, access
6control and television monitoring systems) should be purchased
7and installed, and that such alterations, reconstruction or
8purchase and installation of equipment will be made with funds
9not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
10projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment
11thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter
12and prevent unauthorized entry or activities upon school
13property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
14detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted
15unauthorized entry or activities and help assure the continued
16safety of pupils and school staff if any such unauthorized
17entry or activity is attempted or occurs; the district may levy
18a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this
19Section.
20    (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire
21prevention and safety projects, including the completion of
22approved and recommended projects contained in any safety
23survey report or amendments thereto authorized by Section
242-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing
25(which is preceded by at least one published notice (i)
26occurring at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a newspaper

 

 

HB2808- 255 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of general circulation within the school district and (ii)
2setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject matter
3of the hearing) that there is a substantial, immediate, and
4otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety, or welfare
5of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds,
6parking lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be
7made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as
8provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
9    (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may
10replace a school building or build additions to replace
11portions of a building when it is determined that the
12effectuation of the recommendations for the existing building
13will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination
14shall be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an
15architect or engineer licensed in the State of Illinois. The
16new building or addition shall be equivalent in area (square
17feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served and may be on
18the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be
19done upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and
20the approval of the State Superintendent of Education.
21    (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution
22levying the tax when accompanied by the certificates of the
23regional superintendent of schools and State Superintendent of
24Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to extend
25such tax.
26    (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school

 

 

HB2808- 256 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district levying a tax under the authority of this Section is
2located, in reducing raised levies, shall not consider any such
3tax as a part of the general levy for school purposes and shall
4not include the same in the limitation of any other tax rate
5which may be extended.
6    Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as
7all other taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions
8contained in this Section.
9    (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be
10increased to .10% upon the approval of a proposition to effect
11such increase by a majority of the electors voting on that
12proposition at a regular scheduled election. Such proposition
13may be initiated by resolution of the school board and shall be
14certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities
15for submission in accordance with the general election law.
16    (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire
17prevention, safety, energy conservation, and school security
18purposes as specified in this Section, and the purposes for
19which the taxes have been levied are accomplished and paid in
20full, and there remain funds on hand in the Fire Prevention and
21Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied, including
22interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall
23use such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding
24bond proceeds and earnings from such proceeds, as follows:
25        (1) for other authorized fire prevention, safety,
26    energy conservation, required safety inspections, school

 

 

HB2808- 257 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in
2    schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels
3    in the drinking water supply; or
4        (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
5    for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations
6    and maintenance purposes taxes.
7Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and
8subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2020 2019, the
9school board may, by proper resolution following a public
10hearing set by the school board or the president of the school
11board (that is preceded (i) by at least one published notice
12over the name of the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring
13at least 7 days and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing,
14in a newspaper of general circulation within the school
15district and (ii) by posted notice over the name of the clerk
16or secretary of the board, at least 48 hours before the
17hearing, at the principal office of the school board or at the
18building where the hearing is to be held if a principal office
19does not exist, with both notices setting forth the time, date,
20place, and subject matter of the hearing), transfer surplus
21life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the
22Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work.
23    (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and
24Maintenance Fund, the secretary of the school board shall
25within 30 days notify the county clerk of the amount of that
26transfer and direct the clerk to abate the taxes to be extended

 

 

HB2808- 258 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1for the purposes of operations and maintenance authorized under
2Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal to such transfer.
3    (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
4Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under
5this Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds
6without referendum under the provisions of this Section in an
7amount that, when added to the proceeds of the tax levy
8authorized by this Section, will allow completion of the
9approved work.
10    (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear
11interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by
12law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
13within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president
14of the school board and the treasurer of the school district.
15    (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school
16board shall adopt a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the
17date thereof, the maturities thereof, rates of interest
18thereof, place of payment and denomination, which shall be in
19denominations of not less than $100 and not more than $5,000,
20and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax
21upon all the taxable property in the school district sufficient
22to pay the principal and interest on such bonds to maturity.
23Upon the filing in the office of the county clerk of the county
24in which the school district is located of a certified copy of
25the resolution, it is the duty of the county clerk to extend
26the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all other

 

 

HB2808- 259 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be levied by such
2school district.
3    (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by
4this Section, if additional alterations or reconstructions are
5required to be made because of surveys conducted by an
6architect or engineer licensed in the State of Illinois, the
7district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
8upon all the taxable property of the district or issue
9additional bonds, whichever action shall be the most feasible.
10    (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete
11authority for the issuance of bonds as provided in this Section
12notwithstanding any other statute or law to the contrary.
13    (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money
14issued under this Section either before, on, or after the
15effective date of Public Act 86-004 (June 6, 1989), it is, and
16always has been, the intention of the General Assembly (i) that
17the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been, supplementary
18grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
19Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that
20may appear to be or to have been more restrictive than those
21Acts, (ii) that the provisions of this Section are not a
22limitation on the supplementary authority granted by the
23Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments issued under this
24Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
25Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of
26this Act that may appear to be or to have been more restrictive

 

 

HB2808- 260 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1than those Acts.
2    (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have
3been accomplished and paid for in full and there remain funds
4on hand from the proceeds of the bond sale and interest
5earnings therefrom, the board shall, by resolution, use such
6excess funds in accordance with the provisions of Section
710-22.14 of this Act.
8    (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire
9prevention, safety, energy conservation, and school security
10purposes, such proceeds shall be deposited and accounted for
11separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety Fund.
12(Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-1066, eff. 8-26-14;
1399-143, eff. 7-27-15; 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff.
141-17-17.)
 
15    (105 ILCS 5/17-2A)  (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
16    Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers.
17    (a) The school board of any district having a population of
18less than 500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution
19following a public hearing set by the school board or the
20president of the school board (that is preceded (i) by at least
21one published notice over the name of the clerk or secretary of
22the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30 days
23prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation
24within the school district and (ii) by posted notice over the
25name of the clerk or secretary of the board, at least 48 hours

 

 

HB2808- 261 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1before the hearing, at the principal office of the school board
2or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a
3principal office does not exist, with both notices setting
4forth the time, date, place, and subject matter of the
5hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the
6Operations and Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2)
7the Operations and Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or
8the Transportation Fund, (3) the Transportation Fund to the
9Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance Fund, or (4)
10the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
11of said district, provided that, except during the period from
12July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2020 2019, such transfer is made
13solely for the purpose of meeting one-time, non-recurring
14expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
15June 30, 2020 2019 and except as otherwise provided in
16subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund
17transfers authorized by any provision or judicial
18interpretation of this Code for which the transferee fund is
19not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
20this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund
21of the school district most in need of the funds being
22transferred, as determined by resolution of the school board.
23    (b) (Blank).
24    (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any
25other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board
26of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax

 

 

HB2808- 262 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district
2servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory
3is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002
4Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in
5funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a
6minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 (the effective
7date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the 99th
8General Assembly may make a one-time transfer of the funds
9remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations and
10Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution following
11a public hearing set by the school board or the president of
12the school board, with notice as provided in subsection (a) of
13this Section, so long as the district meets the qualifications
14set forth in this subsection (c) on January 20, 2017 (the
15effective date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the
1699th General Assembly.
17(Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-131, eff. 1-1-14; 99-713,
18eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; 99-926, eff. 1-20-17;
19revised 1-23-17.)
 
20    (105 ILCS 5/17-3.6 new)
21    Sec. 17-3.6. Educational purposes tax rate for school
22districts subject to Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
23Notwithstanding the provisions, requirements, or limitations
24of this Code or any other law, any tax levied for educational
25purposes by a school district subject to the Property Tax

 

 

HB2808- 263 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Extension Limitation Law for the 2016 levy year or any
2subsequent levy year may be extended at a rate exceeding the
3rate established for educational purposes by referendum or this
4Code, provided that the rate does not cause the school district
5to exceed the limiting rate applicable to the school district
6under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law for that levy
7year.
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
9    Sec. 18-4.3. Summer school grants. Through fiscal year
102017, grants Grants shall be determined for pupil attendance in
11summer schools conducted under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and
12approved under Section 2-3.25 in the following manner.
13    The amount of grant for each accredited summer school
14attendance pupil shall be obtained by dividing the total amount
15of apportionments determined under Section 18-8.05 by the
16actual number of pupils in average daily attendance used for
17such apportionments. The number of credited summer school
18attendance pupils shall be determined (a) by counting clock
19hours of class instruction by pupils enrolled in grades 1
20through 12 in approved courses conducted at least 60 clock
21hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock
22hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited
23pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil
24attendance by the actual number of days in the regular term as
25used in computation in the general apportionment in Section

 

 

HB2808- 264 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

118-8.05; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
2    The amount of the grant for a summer school program
3approved by the State Superintendent of Education for children
4with disabilities, as defined in Sections 14-1.02 through
514-1.07, shall be determined in the manner contained above
6except that average daily membership shall be utilized in lieu
7of average daily attendance.
8    In the case of an apportionment based on summer school
9attendance or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be
10presented as a separate claim for the particular school year in
11which such summer school session ends. On or before November 1
12of each year the superintendent of each eligible school
13district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education
14the claim of the district for the summer session just ended.
15Failure on the part of the school board to so certify shall
16constitute a forfeiture of its right to such payment. The State
17Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller
18no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment
19of amounts due school districts for summer school. The State
20Superintendent of Education shall direct the Comptroller to
21draw his warrants for payments thereof by the 30th day of
22December. If the money appropriated by the General Assembly for
23such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall be
24apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
25    However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, for
26each fiscal year the money appropriated by the General Assembly

 

 

HB2808- 265 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1for the purposes of this Section shall only be used for grants
2for approved summer school programs for those children with
3disabilities served pursuant to Section 14-7.02 or 14-7.02b of
4this Code.
5    No funding shall be provided to school districts under this
6Section after fiscal year 2017.
7(Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
9    Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State
10financial aid and supplemental general State aid to the common
11schools for the 1998-1999 through the 2016-2017 and subsequent
12school years.
 
13(A) General Provisions.
14    (1) The provisions of this Section relating to the
15calculation and apportionment of general State financial aid
16and supplemental general State aid apply to the 1998-1999
17through the 2016-2017 and subsequent school years. The system
18of general State financial aid provided for in this Section is
19designed to assure that, through a combination of State
20financial aid and required local resources, the financial
21support provided each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals
22or exceeds a prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This
23formula approach imputes a level of per pupil Available Local
24Resources and provides for the basis to calculate a per pupil

 

 

HB2808- 266 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1level of general State financial aid that, when added to
2Available Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation
3Level. The amount of per pupil general State financial aid for
4school districts, in general, varies in inverse relation to
5Available Local Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
6each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is
7defined in this Section.
8    (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school
9districts with specified levels or concentrations of pupils
10from low income households are eligible to receive supplemental
11general State financial aid grants as provided pursuant to
12subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants provided for
13school districts under subsection (H) shall be appropriated for
14distribution to school districts as part of the same line item
15in which the general State financial aid of school districts is
16appropriated under this Section.
17    (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section,
18school districts are required to file claims with the State
19Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
20        (a) Any school district which fails for any given
21    school year to maintain school as required by law, or to
22    maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file for
23    such school year any claim upon the Common School Fund. In
24    case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in
25    a school district otherwise operating recognized schools,
26    the claim of the district shall be reduced in the

 

 

HB2808- 267 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    proportion which the Average Daily Attendance in the
2    attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
3    Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school"
4    means any public school which meets the standards as
5    established for recognition by the State Board of
6    Education. A school district or attendance center not
7    having recognition status at the end of a school term is
8    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
9    claim which was filed while it was recognized.
10        (b) School district claims filed under this Section are
11    subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise
12    provided in this Section.
13        (c) If a school district operates a full year school
14    under Section 10-19.1, the general State aid to the school
15    district shall be determined by the State Board of
16    Education in accordance with this Section as near as may be
17    applicable.
18        (d) (Blank).
19    (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
20board of any district receiving any of the grants provided for
21in this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
22for which that board is authorized to make expenditures by law.
23    School districts are not required to exert a minimum
24Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for assistance under
25this Section.
26    (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when

 

 

HB2808- 268 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
2        (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil
3    attendance in school, averaged as provided for in
4    subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil financial
5    support levels.
6        (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of
7    local financial support, calculated on the basis of Average
8    Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant to
9    subsection (D).
10        (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes":
11    Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to "An Act in
12    relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property
13    tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
14    amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in
15    connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as
16    amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
17        (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil
18    financial support as provided for in subsection (B).
19        (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property
20    taxes extended for all purposes, except Bond and Interest,
21    Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational
22    Education Building purposes.
 
23(B) Foundation Level.
24    (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the
25State representing the minimum level of per pupil financial

 

 

HB2808- 269 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1support that should be available to provide for the basic
2education of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance. As set
3forth in this Section, each school district is assumed to exert
4a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with
5the aggregate of general State financial aid provided the
6district, an aggregate of State and local resources are
7available to meet the basic education needs of pupils in the
8district.
9    (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of
10support is $4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the
11Foundation Level of support is $4,325. For the 2000-2001 school
12year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425. For the
132001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the Foundation
14Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the
15Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school
16year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964. For the
172005-2006 school year, the Foundation Level of support is
18$5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of
19support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the
20Foundation Level of support is $5,734. For the 2008-2009 school
21year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,959.
22    (3) For the 2009-2010 school year and each school year
23thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such
24greater amount as may be established by law by the General
25Assembly.
 

 

 

HB2808- 270 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(C) Average Daily Attendance.
2    (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant
3to subsection (E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be
4utilized. The Average Daily Attendance figure for formula
5calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual
6number of pupils in attendance of each school district, as
7further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil attendance for
8each school district. In compiling the figures for the number
9of pupils in attendance, school districts and the State Board
10of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid funding,
11conform attendance figures to the requirements of subsection
12(F).
13    (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in
14subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
15school year immediately preceding the school year for which
16general State aid is being calculated or the average of the
17attendance data for the 3 preceding school years, whichever is
18greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in
19subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
20school year immediately preceding the school year for which
21general State aid is being calculated.
 
22(D) Available Local Resources.
23    (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant
24to subsection (E), a representation of Available Local
25Resources per pupil, as that term is defined and determined in

 

 

HB2808- 271 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local Resources
2per pupil shall include a calculated dollar amount representing
3local school district revenues from local property taxes and
4from Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed
5on the basis of pupils in Average Daily Attendance. Calculation
6of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty
7funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
8    (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local
9property taxes, the State Board of Education shall utilize the
10equalized assessed valuation of all taxable property of each
11school district as of September 30 of the previous year. The
12equalized assessed valuation utilized shall be obtained and
13determined as provided in subsection (G).
14    (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
15through 12, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be
16calculated as the product of the applicable equalized assessed
17valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by
18the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. For school
19districts maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, local
20property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the
21product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation for the
22district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the district's
23Average Daily Attendance figure. For school districts
24maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax revenues
25per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation
26of the district multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the

 

 

HB2808- 272 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
2    For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to
3Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil
4shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed
5valuation for property within the partial elementary unit
6district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of
7this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's
8Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the
9equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial
10elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined
11in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by
12the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
13    (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid
14to each school district during the calendar year one year
15before the calendar year in which a school year begins, divided
16by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that district, shall
17be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
18derived by the application of the immediately preceding
19paragraph (3). The sum of these per pupil figures for each
20school district shall constitute Available Local Resources as
21that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation of
22general State aid.
 
23(E) Computation of General State Aid.
24    (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid
25allotted to a school district shall be computed by the State

 

 

HB2808- 273 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
2    (2) For any school district for which Available Local
3Resources per pupil is less than the product of 0.93 times the
4Foundation Level, general State aid for that district shall be
5calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation Level minus
6Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
7Attendance of the school district.
8    (3) For any school district for which Available Local
9Resources per pupil is equal to or greater than the product of
100.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the product of
111.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
12pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
13derived using a linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm,
14the calculated general State aid per pupil shall decline in
15direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the Foundation Level for
16a school district with Available Local Resources equal to the
17product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the
18Foundation Level for a school district with Available Local
19Resources equal to the product of 1.75 times the Foundation
20Level. The allocation of general State aid for school districts
21subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the calculated general
22State aid per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily
23Attendance of the school district.
24    (4) For any school district for which Available Local
25Resources per pupil equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times
26the Foundation Level, the general State aid for the school

 

 

HB2808- 274 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district shall be calculated as the product of $218 multiplied
2by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
3    (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school
4district for the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements
5set forth in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) shall be increased
6by an amount equal to the general State aid that would have
7been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
8utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed
9Valuation as calculated in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less
10the general State aid allotted for the 1998-1999 school year.
11This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
12affect any future general State aid allocations.
 
13(F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
14    (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year,
15submit to the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed by
16the State Board of Education, attendance figures for the school
17year that began in the preceding calendar year. The attendance
18information so transmitted shall identify the average daily
19attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning
20with the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
21year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as
22provided in subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph
23(1).
24        (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
25    days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of

 

 

HB2808- 275 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    September and any days of attendance in June shall be added
2    to the month of May.
3        (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round
4    classes, days of attendance in July and August shall be
5    added to the month of September and any days of attendance
6    in June shall be added to the month of May.
7        (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all,
8    hold year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings,
9    days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of
10    September and any days of attendance in June shall be added
11    to the month of May. The average daily attendance for the
12    year-round buildings shall be computed as provided in
13    subdivision (b) of this paragraph (1). To calculate the
14    Average Daily Attendance for the district, the average
15    daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
16    multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round
17    buildings for each month and added to the monthly
18    attendance of the non-year-round buildings.
19    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
20attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not
21less than 5 clock hours of school work per day under direct
22supervision of: (i) teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or
23volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching duties and
24supervising in those instances specified in subsection (a) of
25Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with pupils
26of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through

 

 

HB2808- 276 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

112. Days of attendance by pupils through verified participation
2in an e-learning program approved by the State Board of
3Education under Section 10-20.56 of the Code shall be
4considered as full days of attendance for purposes of this
5Section.
6    Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited
7only to the districts that pay the tuition to a recognized
8school.
9    (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours
10of school shall be subject to the following provisions in the
11compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
12        (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for
13    only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis
14    of 1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of 40
15    minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
16    unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80
17    minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may
18    be counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of
19    school work completed each day to the minimum number of
20    minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
21        (b) (Blank).
22        (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted
23    as a day of attendance upon certification by the regional
24    superintendent, and approved by the State Superintendent
25    of Education to the extent that the district has been
26    forced to use daily multiple sessions.

 

 

HB2808- 277 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted
2    as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school
3    day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is
4    utilized for an in-service training program for teachers,
5    up to a maximum of 5 days per school year, provided a
6    district conducts an in-service training program for
7    teachers in accordance with Section 10-22.39 of this Code;
8    or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in
9    which event each such day may be counted as a day required
10    for a legal school calendar pursuant to Section 10-19 of
11    this Code; (1.5) when, of the 5 days allowed under item
12    (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher
13    conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are
14    used, in which case each such day may be counted as a
15    calendar day required under Section 10-19 of this Code,
16    provided that the full-day, parent-teacher conference
17    consists of (i) a minimum of 5 clock hours of
18    parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a minimum of 2 clock
19    hours of parent-teacher conferences held in the evening
20    following a full day of student attendance, as specified in
21    subsection (F)(1)(c), and a minimum of 3 clock hours of
22    parent-teacher conferences held on the day immediately
23    following evening parent-teacher conferences, or (iii)
24    multiple parent-teacher conferences held in the evenings
25    following full days of student attendance, as specified in
26    subsection (F)(1)(c), in which the time used for the

 

 

HB2808- 278 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    parent-teacher conferences is equivalent to a minimum of 5
2    clock hours; and (2) when days in addition to those
3    provided in items (1) and (1.5) are scheduled by a school
4    pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under
5    Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement
6    plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such
7    sessions of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at
8    regular intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in
9    which such sessions occur are utilized for in-service
10    training programs or other staff development activities
11    for teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of
12    school work under the direct supervision of teachers are
13    added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
14    sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes
15    by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short
16    of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the purposes of
17    this paragraph shall not be considered for computing
18    average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service
19    training programs, staff development activities, or
20    parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for
21    different grade levels and different attendance centers of
22    the district.
23        (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of
24    teaching hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by
25    telephone to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day of
26    attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or more

 

 

HB2808- 279 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of
2    attendance.
3        (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted
4    as a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils
5    in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours
6    may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by pupils in
7    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
8        (g) For children with disabilities who are below the
9    age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours
10    because of their disability or immaturity, a session of not
11    less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day of
12    attendance; however for such children whose educational
13    needs so require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be
14    counted as a full day of attendance.
15        (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only
16    1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more
17    than 1/2 day of attendance counted in any one day. However,
18    kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance in any 5
19    consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
20    kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the
21    pupil shall have the following day as a day absent from
22    school, unless the school district obtains permission in
23    writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
24    Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of
25    attendance by each pupil shall be counted the same as
26    attendance by first grade pupils. Only the first year of

 

 

HB2808- 280 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted, except in
2    case of children who entered the kindergarten in their
3    fifth year whose educational development requires a second
4    year of kindergarten as determined under the rules and
5    regulations of the State Board of Education.
6        (i) On the days when the assessment that includes a
7    college and career ready determination is administered
8    under subsection (c) of Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the
9    day of attendance for a pupil whose school day must be
10    shortened to accommodate required testing procedures may
11    be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted towards the
12    176 days of actual pupil attendance required under Section
13    10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number of
14    minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first
15    completed on other school days to compensate for the loss
16    of school work on the examination days.
17        (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program
18    established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted
19    on the basis of one-fifth day of attendance for every clock
20    hour of instruction attended in the remote educational
21    program, provided that, in any month, the school district
22    may not claim for a student enrolled in a remote
23    educational program more days of attendance than the
24    maximum number of days of attendance the district can claim
25    (i) for students enrolled in a building holding year-round
26    classes if the student is classified as participating in

 

 

HB2808- 281 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    the remote educational program on a year-round schedule or
2    (ii) for students enrolled in a building not holding
3    year-round classes if the student is not classified as
4    participating in the remote educational program on a
5    year-round schedule.
 
6(G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
7    (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local
8Resources required pursuant to subsection (D), the State Board
9of Education shall secure from the Department of Revenue the
10value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
11all taxable property of every school district, together with
12(i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the
13funds of the district as of September 30 of the previous year
14and (ii) the limiting rate for all school districts subject to
15property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
16Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
17    The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized
18assessed value of all taxable property of each school district
19situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was
20subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
21Property Tax Code (a) an amount equal to the total amount by
22which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or
2315-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in
24that school district exceeds the total amount that would have
25been allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction

 

 

HB2808- 282 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under Section 15-176 was (i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in
2all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all
3counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount
4equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all
5additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
6Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The
7county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the
8provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
9shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of
10Revenue for each school district all homestead exemption
11amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
12and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175
13of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of
14$30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the
15general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is
16determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax
17Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of
18Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the
19difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead
20exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section
2115-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that
22would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for
23that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of
24the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this
25paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under
26Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a

 

 

HB2808- 283 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of
2Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the
3difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
4    This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
5the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
6calculation of Available Local Resources.
7    (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall
8be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
9        (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under
10    this Section, with respect to any part of a school district
11    within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a
12    municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
13    financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
14    Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11
15    of the Illinois Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs
16    Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the
17    Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
18    assessed valuation of real property located in any such
19    project area which is attributable to an increase above the
20    total initial equalized assessed valuation of such
21    property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
22    valuation of the district, until such time as all
23    redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in
24    Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation
25    Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the
26    Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the

 

 

HB2808- 284 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    equalized assessed valuation of the district, the total
2    initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
3    equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be
4    used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
5    have been paid.
6        (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for
7    a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the
8    real property value as equalized or assessed by the
9    Department of Revenue for the district an amount computed
10    by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under
11    Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a
12    district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by
13    2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten
14    through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9
15    through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
16    the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a)
17    of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
18    percentage rates for district type as specified in this
19    subparagraph (b).
20    (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year
21thereafter, if a school district meets all of the criteria of
22this subsection (G)(3), the school district's Available Local
23Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D) using the
24district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation
25as calculated under this subsection (G)(3).
26    For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms

 

 

HB2808- 285 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1shall have the following meanings:
2        "Budget Year": The school year for which general State
3    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
4        "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to
5    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
6        "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year
7    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
8        "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the
9    equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County Clerk
10    in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
11    calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property
12    Tax Extension Limitation Law.
13        "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of
14    the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County
15    Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating
16    Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
17        "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio,
18    certified by the County Clerk, in which the numerator is
19    the Base Tax Year's Tax Extension and the denominator is
20    the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
21        "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
22    in subsection (A).
23    If a school district is subject to property tax extension
24limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension
25Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall calculate
26the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of that

 

 

HB2808- 286 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district. For the 1999-2000 school year, the Extension
2Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
3calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to
4the product of the district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation
5and the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. Except as
6otherwise provided in this paragraph for a school district that
7has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate,
8for the 2000-2001 school year and each school year thereafter,
9the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a
10school district as calculated by the State Board of Education
11shall be equal to the product of the Equalized Assessed
12Valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid and
13the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension
14Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
15calculated under this subsection (G)(3) is less than the
16district's equalized assessed valuation as calculated pursuant
17to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
18calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget
19Year pursuant to subsection (E), that Extension Limitation
20Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
21district's Available Local Resources under subsection (D). For
22the 2009-2010 school year and each school year thereafter, if a
23school district has approved or does approve an increase in its
24limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax
25Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation
26Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district, as

 

 

HB2808- 287 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1calculated by the State Board of Education, shall be equal to
2the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in
3the calculation of general State aid times an amount equal to
4one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price
5Index for all Urban Consumers for all items published by the
6United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar
7year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the Equalized Assessed
8Valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax
9increment value and minus the Equalized Assessed Valuation of
10disconnected property. New property and recovered tax
11increment value shall have the meanings set forth in the
12Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
13    Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance
14with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the
15adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year
16following the effective date of the reorganization.
17    (3.5) For the 2010-2011 school year and each school year
18thereafter, if a school district's boundaries span multiple
19counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the
20State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating
21general State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by
22purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school
23district's Equalized Assessed Valuation.
24    (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for
25the 1999-2000 school year only, if a school district
26experienced a triennial reassessment on the equalized assessed

 

 

HB2808- 288 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1valuation used in calculating its general State financial aid
2apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
3Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized
4Assessed Valuation that would have been used to calculate the
5district's 1998-1999 general State aid. This amount shall equal
6the product of the equalized assessed valuation used to
7calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and
8the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension
9Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district
10as calculated under this paragraph (4) is less than the
11district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in
12calculating the district's 1998-1999 general State aid
13allocation, then for purposes of calculating the district's
14general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of subsection (E),
15that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall
16be utilized to calculate the district's Available Local
17Resources.
18    (5) For school districts having a majority of their
19equalized assessed valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage,
20Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if the amount of general State
21aid allocated to the school district for the 1999-2000 school
22year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
23this Section is less than the amount of general State aid
24allocated to the district for the 1998-1999 school year under
25these subsections, then the general State aid of the district
26for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased by the

 

 

HB2808- 289 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1difference between these amounts. The total payments made under
2this paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall
3be prorated if they exceed $14,000,000.
 
4(H) Supplemental General State Aid.
5    (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district
6is allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school
7districts shall receive a grant, paid in conjunction with a
8district's payments of general State aid, for supplemental
9general State aid based upon the concentration level of
10children from low-income households within the school
11district. Supplemental State aid grants provided for school
12districts under this subsection shall be appropriated for
13distribution to school districts as part of the same line item
14in which the general State financial aid of school districts is
15appropriated under this Section.
16    (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school
17years preceding the 2003-2004 school year. For purposes of this
18subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
19shall be the low-income eligible pupil count from the most
20recently available federal census divided by the Average Daily
21Attendance of the school district. If, however, (i) the
22percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal censuses in
23the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district
24with fewer than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the
25percentage change in the total low-income eligible pupil count

 

 

HB2808- 290 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of contiguous elementary school districts, whose boundaries
2are coterminous with the high school district, or (ii) a high
3school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
4school districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the
5high school district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most
6recent federal censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count
7and there is a percentage increase in the total low-income
8eligible pupil count of a majority of the elementary school
9districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent federal
10censuses, then the high school district's low-income eligible
11pupil count from the earlier federal census shall be the number
12used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high school
13district, for purposes of this subsection (H). The changes made
14to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
15supplemental general State aid grants for school years
16preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid in fiscal
17year 1999 or thereafter and to any State aid payments made in
18fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year 1998 pursuant to
19subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
20repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is
21affected by Public Act 92-28 is entitled to a recomputation of
22its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid paid in
23any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
24affected by any other funding.
25    (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004
26school year and each school year thereafter through the

 

 

HB2808- 291 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

12016-2017 school year. For purposes of this subsection (H), the
2term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal
3year, be the low-income eligible pupil count as of July 1 of
4the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
5Department of Human Services based on the number of pupils who
6are eligible for at least one of the following low income
7programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program,
8TANF, or Food Stamps, excluding pupils who are eligible for
9services provided by the Department of Children and Family
10Services, averaged over the 2 immediately preceding fiscal
11years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3 immediately preceding
12fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter) divided by the
13Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
14    (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this
15subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 1998-1999,
161999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years only:
17        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
18    Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the
19    grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by the
20    low income eligible pupil count.
21        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
22    Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the
23    grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100
24    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
25        (c) For any school district with a Low Income
26    Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the

 

 

HB2808- 292 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be $1,500
2    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
3        (d) For any school district with a Low Income
4    Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for the
5    1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
6    income eligible pupil count.
7        (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount
8    specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately
9    above shall be increased to $1,243, $1,600, and $2,000,
10    respectively.
11        (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil
12    amounts specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d)
13    immediately above shall be $1,273, $1,640, and $2,050,
14    respectively.
15    (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this
16subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003
17school year:
18        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
19    Concentration Level of less than 10%, the grant for each
20    school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income
21    eligible pupil count.
22        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
23    Concentration Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the
24    grant for each school year shall be $675 multiplied by the
25    low income eligible pupil count.
26        (c) For any school district with a Low Income

 

 

HB2808- 293 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the
2    grant for each school year shall be $1,330 multiplied by
3    the low income eligible pupil count.
4        (d) For any school district with a Low Income
5    Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the
6    grant for each school year shall be $1,362 multiplied by
7    the low income eligible pupil count.
8        (e) For any school district with a Low Income
9    Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the
10    grant for each school year shall be $1,680 multiplied by
11    the low income eligible pupil count.
12        (f) For any school district with a Low Income
13    Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for each
14    school year shall be $2,080 multiplied by the low income
15    eligible pupil count.
16    (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general
17State aid pursuant to this subsection (H) shall be provided as
18follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each school year
19thereafter:
20        (a) For any school district with a Low Income
21    Concentration Level of 15% or less, the grant for each
22    school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income
23    eligible pupil count.
24        (b) For any school district with a Low Income
25    Concentration Level greater than 15%, the grant for each
26    school year shall be $294.25 added to the product of $2,700

 

 

HB2808- 294 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    and the square of the Low Income Concentration Level, all
2    multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
3    For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year
4thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant
5shall be no less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year.
6For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall be no less
7than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by
80.66. For the 2010-2011 school year only, the grant shall be no
9less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by
100.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the
11contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid
12grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this
13subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be
14prorated.
15    For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no
16greater than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school
17year added to the product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference
18between the grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b)
19of this paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the
20grant received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the
212004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
22the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to
23the product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the
24grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this
25paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant
26received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2005-2006

 

 

HB2808- 295 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1school year only, the grant shall be no greater than the grant
2received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the product
3of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
4calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph
5(2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant received during
6the 2002-2003 school year.
7    (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
8more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 that qualify for
9supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection
10shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
11October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from
12this grant of supplemental general State aid for the
13improvement of instruction in which priority is given to
14meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children. Such
15plan shall be submitted in accordance with rules and
16regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
17    (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
1850,000 or more that qualify for supplemental general State aid
19pursuant to this subsection shall be required to distribute
20from funds available pursuant to this Section, no less than
21$261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
22        (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the
23    attendance centers within the district in proportion to the
24    number of pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are
25    eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
26    breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966

 

 

HB2808- 296 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    and under the National School Lunch Act during the
2    immediately preceding school year.
3        (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental
4    and general State aid among attendance centers according to
5    these requirements shall not be compensated for or
6    contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
7    appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of
8    Education shall utilize funding from one or several sources
9    in order to fully implement this provision annually prior
10    to the opening of school.
11        (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
12    school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and
13    other categorical funds to which an attendance center is
14    entitled under law in order that the general State aid and
15    supplemental general State aid provided by application of
16    this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
17    noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided
18    by the school district to the attendance centers.
19        (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that
20    by reason of the provisions of this subsection are not
21    required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers
22    may be used and appropriated by the board of the district
23    for any lawful school purpose.
24        (e) Funds received by an attendance center pursuant to
25    this subsection shall be used by the attendance center at
26    the discretion of the principal and local school council

 

 

HB2808- 297 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    for programs to improve educational opportunities at
2    qualifying schools through the following programs and
3    services: early childhood education, reduced class size or
4    improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment
5    programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement, and
6    other educationally beneficial expenditures which
7    supplement the regular and basic programs as determined by
8    the State Board of Education. Funds provided shall not be
9    expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined
10    by board rule.
11        (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this
12    subdivision (H)(4) shall submit an acceptable plan to meet
13    the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
14    compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the
15    State Board of Education prior to July 15 of each year.
16    This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of local
17    school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
18    developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The
19    State Board shall approve or reject the plan within 60 days
20    after its submission. If the plan is rejected, the district
21    shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
22    within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then
23    submit a modified plan within 30 days after the date of the
24    written notice of intent to modify. Districts may amend
25    approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
26    Board of Education.

 

 

HB2808- 298 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        Upon notification by the State Board of Education that
2    the district has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a
3    modified plan within the time period specified herein, the
4    State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan
5    shall be withheld by the State Board of Education until a
6    plan or modified plan is submitted.
7        If the district fails to distribute State aid to
8    attendance centers in accordance with an approved plan, the
9    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in
10    addition to the funds otherwise required by this
11    subsection, to those attendance centers which were
12    underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal to
13    such underfunding.
14        For purposes of determining compliance with this
15    subsection in relation to the requirements of attendance
16    center funding, each district subject to the provisions of
17    this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
18    December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data for
19    the prior year in addition to any modification of its
20    current plan. If it is determined that there has been a
21    failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
22    subsection regarding contravention or supplanting, the
23    State Superintendent of Education shall, within 60 days of
24    receipt of the report, notify the district and any affected
25    local school council. The district shall within 45 days of
26    receipt of that notification inform the State

 

 

HB2808- 299 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
2    action to be taken, whether by amendment of the current
3    plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the
4    following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report
5    or the notification of remedial or corrective action in a
6    timely manner shall result in a withholding of the affected
7    funds.
8        The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
9    regulations to implement the provisions of this
10    subsection. No funds shall be released under this
11    subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a
12    plan that has been approved by the State Board of
13    Education.
 
14(I) (Blank).
 
15(J) (Blank).
 
16(K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
17    In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board
18of a public university that operates a laboratory school under
19this Section or to any alternative school that is operated by a
20regional superintendent of schools, the State Board of
21Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as
22it deems necessary.
23    As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public

 

 

HB2808- 300 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1school which is created and operated by a public university and
2approved by the State Board of Education. The governing board
3of a public university which receives funds from the State
4Board under this subsection (K) or subsection (g) of Section
518-8.15 of this Code may not increase the number of students
6enrolled in its laboratory school from a single district, if
7that district is already sending 50 or more students, except
8under a mutual agreement between the school board of a
9student's district of residence and the university which
10operates the laboratory school. A laboratory school may not
11have more than 1,000 students, excluding students with
12disabilities in a special education program.
13    As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a
14public school which is created and operated by a Regional
15Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board of
16Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
17instruction for which credit is given in regular school
18programs, courses to prepare students for the high school
19equivalency testing program or vocational and occupational
20training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
21with a school district or a public community college district
22to operate an alternative school. An alternative school serving
23more than one educational service region may be established by
24the regional superintendents of schools of the affected
25educational service regions. An alternative school serving
26more than one educational service region may be operated under

 

 

HB2808- 301 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1such terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those
2educational service regions may agree.
3    Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms
4provided by the State Superintendent of Education, an annual
5State aid claim which states the Average Daily Attendance of
6the school's students by month. The best 3 months' Average
7Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school. The general
8State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
9applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as
10determined under this Section.
 
11(L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
12    (1) For a school district operating under the financial
13supervision of an Authority created under Article 34A, the
14general State aid otherwise payable to that district under this
15Section, but not the supplemental general State aid, shall be
16reduced by an amount equal to the budget for the operations of
17the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State Board
18of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be
19paid to the Authority created for such district for its
20operating expenses in the manner provided in Section 18-11. The
21remainder of general State school aid for any such district
22shall be paid in accordance with Article 34A when that Article
23provides for a disposition other than that provided by this
24Article.
25    (2) (Blank).

 

 

HB2808- 302 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as
2provided in Section 18-4.3.
 
3(M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
4    The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
5subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
6The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
7Governor, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The
8members appointed shall include representatives of education,
9business, and the general public. One of the members so
10appointed shall be designated by the Governor at the time the
11appointment is made as the chairperson of the Board. The
12initial members of the Board may be appointed any time after
13the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997. The regular
14term of each member of the Board shall be for 4 years from the
15third Monday of January of the year in which the term of the
16member's appointment is to commence, except that of the 5
17initial members appointed to serve on the Board, the member who
18is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for a term that
19commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on
20the third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members,
21by lots drawn at the first meeting of the Board that is held
22after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their
23number to serve for terms that commence on the date of their
24respective appointments and expire on the third Monday of
25January, 2001, and 2 of their number to serve for terms that

 

 

HB2808- 303 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1commence on the date of their respective appointments and
2expire on the third Monday of January, 2000. All members
3appointed to serve on the Board shall serve until their
4respective successors are appointed and confirmed. Vacancies
5shall be filled in the same manner as original appointments. If
6a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the Senate is not
7in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment
8until the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
9appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, a
10person to fill that membership for the unexpired term. If the
11Senate is not in session when the initial appointments are
12made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
13vacancies.
14    The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed
15established, and the initial members appointed by the Governor
16to serve as members of the Board shall take office, on the date
17that the Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth
18initial member of the Board, whether those initial members are
19then serving pursuant to appointment and confirmation or
20pursuant to temporary appointments that are made by the
21Governor as in the case of vacancies.
22    The State Board of Education shall provide such staff
23assistance to the Education Funding Advisory Board as is
24reasonably required for the proper performance by the Board of
25its responsibilities.
26    For school years after the 2000-2001 school year through

 

 

HB2808- 304 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the 2016-2017 school year, the Education Funding Advisory
2Board, in consultation with the State Board of Education, shall
3make recommendations as provided in this subsection (M) to the
4General Assembly for the foundation level under subdivision
5(B)(3) of this Section and for the supplemental general State
6aid grant level under subsection (H) of this Section for
7districts with high concentrations of children from poverty.
8The recommended foundation level shall be determined based on a
9methodology which incorporates the basic education
10expenditures of low-spending schools exhibiting high academic
11performance. The Education Funding Advisory Board shall make
12such recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of
13odd numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
 
14(N) (Blank).
 
15(O) References.
16    (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
17Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
18replacement by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to
19the corresponding provisions of this Section 18-8.05, to the
20extent that those references remain applicable.
21    (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall
22be deemed to refer to the supplemental general State aid
23provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
 

 

 

HB2808- 305 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent
2changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on
3Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act
493-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last
5acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is
6the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808.
 
7(Q) State Fiscal Year 2015 Payments.
8    For payments made for State fiscal year 2015, the State
9Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate
10that district's pro-rata share of a minimum sum of $13,600,000
11or additional amounts as needed from the total net General
12State Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall
13be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational
14facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this
15Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of
16State financial support requirements under the federal
17Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school
18district must use such funds only for the provision of special
19educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
2014-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure
21verification procedures adopted by the State Board of
22Education.
 
23(R) State Fiscal Year 2016 Payments.
24    For payments made for State fiscal year 2016, the State

 

 

HB2808- 306 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate
2that district's pro rata share of a minimum sum of $1 or
3additional amounts as needed from the total net General State
4Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall be
5deemed attributable to the provision of special educational
6facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this
7Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of
8State financial support requirements under the federal
9Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school
10district must use such funds only for the provision of special
11educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
1214-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure
13verification procedures adopted by the State Board of
14Education.
15(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-2, eff. 3-26-15; 99-194,
16eff. 7-30-15; 99-523, eff. 6-30-16.)
 
17    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10)
18    Sec. 18-8.10. Fast growth grants.
19    (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's
20student population over the most recent 2 school years of (i)
21over 1.5% in a district with over 10,000 pupils in average
22daily attendance (as defined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of
23this Code) or (ii) over 7.5% in any other district, then the
24district is eligible for a grant under this Section, subject to
25appropriation.

 

 

HB2808- 307 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per
2pupil grant amount for each school district. The total grant
3amount for a district for any given school year shall equal the
4per pupil grant amount multiplied by the difference between the
5number of pupils in average daily attendance for the 2 most
6recent school years.
7    (c) Funds for grants under this Section must be
8appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line
9item for this purpose. If the amount appropriated in any fiscal
10year is insufficient to pay all grants for a school year, then
11the amount appropriated shall be prorated among eligible
12districts. As soon as possible after funds have been
13appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State Board
14of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible districts.
15    (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect
16average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this
17Section, then the district shall be denied State aid in the
18same manner as State aid is denied for intentional incorrect
19reporting of average daily attendance numbers under Section
2018-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
21(Source: P.A. 93-1042, eff. 10-8-04.)
 
22    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new)
23    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-based funding for student success
24for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
25    (a) General provisions.

 

 

HB2808- 308 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by June
230, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten through
3grade 12 public education system with the capacity to ensure
4the educational development of all persons to the limits of
5their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of Article X of
6the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To accomplish that
7objective, this Section creates a method of funding public
8education that is evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every
9student receives a meaningful opportunity to learn
10irrespective of race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender,
11or community-income level; and is sustainable and predictable.
12When fully funded under this Section, every school shall have
13the resources, based on what the evidence indicates is needed,
14to:
15        (A) provide all students with a high quality education
16    that offers the academic, enrichment, social and emotional
17    support, technical, and career-focused programs that will
18    allow them to become competitive workers, responsible
19    parents, productive citizens of this State, and active
20    members of our national democracy;
21        (B) ensure all students receive the education they need
22    to graduate from high school with the skills required to
23    pursue post-secondary education and training for a
24    rewarding career;
25        (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the achievement
26    gap between at-risk and non-at-risk students by raising the

 

 

HB2808- 309 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    performance of at-risk students and not by reducing
2    standards; and
3        (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
4    assume the primary responsibility to fund public education
5    and simultaneously relieve the disproportionate burden
6    placed on local property taxes to fund schools.
7    (2) The evidence-based funding formula under this Section
8shall be applied to all Organizational Units in this State. As
9further defined and described in this Section, there are 4
10major components of the evidence-based funding model:
11        (A) First, the model calculates a unique adequacy
12    target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
13    considers the costs to implement research-based
14    activities, the unit's student demographics, and regional
15    wage difference.
16        (B) Second, the model calculates each Organizational
17    Unit's local capacity, or the amount each Organizational
18    Unit is assumed to contribute towards its adequacy target
19    from local resources.
20        (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding the
21    State currently contributes to the Organizational Unit,
22    and adds that to the unit's local capacity to determine the
23    unit's overall current adequacy of funding.
24        (D) Finally, the model's distribution method allocates
25    new State funding to those Organizational Units that are
26    least well-funded, considering both local capacity and

 

 

HB2808- 310 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    State funding, in relation to their adequacy target.
2    (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under this
3Section may apply those funds to any fund so received for which
4that Organizational Unit is authorized to make expenditures by
5law.
6    (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall have
7the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
8    "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
9(b) of this Section.
10    "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
11(d) of this Section.
12    "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph
13(3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
14    "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of subsection
15(g) of this Section.
16    "Alternative School" means a public school that is created
17and operated by a regional superintendent of schools and
18approved by the State Board.
19    "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
20subsection (d) of this Section.
21    "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
22monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, in
23addition to the State accountability assessment, that assist
24teachers' needs in understanding the skills and meeting the
25needs of the students they serve.
26    "Assistant principal" means a school administrator duly

 

 

HB2808- 311 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in this
2State.
3    "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not
4meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating from
5elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need for
6vocational support or social services beyond that provided by
7the regular school program. All students included in an
8Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as well as all EL and
9disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall be
10considered at-risk students under this Section.
11    "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an
12Organizational Unit in a given school year, the greater of the
13average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to
14the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on
15October 1 and March 1, plus the special education
16pre-kindergarten students with services of at least more than 2
17hours a week as reported to the State Board on December 1, in
18the immediately preceding school year or the average number of
19students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as
20enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1,
21plus the special education pre-kindergarten students with
22services of at least more than 2 hours a week as reported to
23the State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately
24preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this definition,
25"enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means the number of
26students reported to the State Board who are enrolled in

 

 

HB2808- 312 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1schools within the Organizational Unit that the student attends
2or would attend if not placed or transferred to another school
3or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of
4calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, including
5those attending kindergarten for a half day, shall be counted
6as 1.0. Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be
7counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has
8not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by
9grade or a December 1 collection of special education
10pre-kindergarten students as of the effective date of this
11amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly, it shall
12establish such collection for all future years. For any year
13where a count by grade level was collected only once, that
14count shall be used as the single count available for computing
15a 3-year average ASE.
16    "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (7) of
17subsection (g) of this Section.
18    "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of this
19Section.
20    "Central office" means individual administrators and
21support service personnel charged with managing the
22instructional programs, business and operations, and security
23of the Organizational Unit.
24    "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
25differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
26variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not

 

 

HB2808- 313 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the
2first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be the
3CWI initially developed by the National Center for Education
4Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & M University.
5In the fourth and subsequent years of Evidence-Based Funding
6implementation, the State Superintendent shall re-determine
7the CWI using a similar methodology to that identified in the
8Texas A & M University study, with adjustments made no less
9frequently than once every 5 years.
10    "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
11servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
12instructional software, security software, curriculum
13management courseware, and other similar materials and
14equipment.
15    "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
16English, writing, and language arts; history and social
17studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
18Placement in high schools.
19    "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
20elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle and
21high schools.
22    "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
23teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
24students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
25    "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement tax
26funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the calendar year

 

 

HB2808- 314 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1one year before the calendar year in which a school year
2begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the abolition of ad
3valorem personal property tax and the replacement of revenues
4lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts
5of Acts in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as
6amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
7    "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
8paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and calculated
9in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection (d) of this
10Section.
11    "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
12employment cost index for civilian workers in educational
13services in elementary and secondary schools on a cumulative
14basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding the fiscal year
15of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
16    "EIS Data" means the employment information system data
17maintained by the State Board on educators within
18Organizational Units.
19    "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
20insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, the
21costs associated with statutorily required payment of the
22normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher pensions,
23Social Security employer contributions, and Illinois Municipal
24Retirement Fund employer contributions.
25    "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the
26definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of this

 

 

HB2808- 315 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Code participating in a program of transitional bilingual
2education or a transitional program of instruction meeting the
3requirements and program application procedures of Article 14C
4of this Code. For the purposes of collecting the number of EL
5students enrolled, the same collection and calculation
6methodology as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English
7learners.
8    "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided to
9an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
10    "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, and
11educational programs that have been identified through
12academic research as necessary to improve student success,
13improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and
14provide for other per student costs related to the delivery and
15leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the
16maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are specified
17in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
18    "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
19provided to students outside the regular school day before and
20after school or during non-instructional times during the
21school day.
22    "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) of
23subsection (f) of this Section.
24    "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of subsection
25(f) of this Section.
26    "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time

 

 

HB2808- 316 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant position at
2an Organizational Unit.
3    "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
4(g).
5    "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance counselor
6who provides guidance and counseling support for students
7within an Organizational Unit.
8    "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit district
9created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
10    "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
11education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in the
12classroom and provides academic support to students.
13    "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher or
14licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches continuous
15improvement in classroom instruction; provides instructional
16support to teachers in the elements of research-based
17instruction or demonstrates the alignment of instruction with
18curriculum standards and assessment tools; develops or
19coordinates instructional programs or strategies; develops and
20implements training; chooses standards-based instructional
21materials; provides teachers with an understanding of current
22research; serves as a mentor, site coach, curriculum
23specialist, or lead teacher; or otherwise works with fellow
24teachers, in collaboration, to use data to improve
25instructional practice or develop model lessons.
26    "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional

 

 

HB2808- 317 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1materials for student instruction, including, but not limited
2to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory equipment,
3library books, and other similar materials.
4    "Laboratory School" means a public school that is created
5and operated by a public university and approved by the State
6Board.
7    "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
8library information specialist or another individual whose
9primary responsibility is overseeing library resources within
10an Organizational Unit.
11    "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
12(c) of this Section.
13    "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph (A)
14of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
15    "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) of
16paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
17    "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of
18subsection (c) of this Section.
19    "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit in a
20fiscal year, the higher of the average number of students for
21the prior school year or the immediately preceding 3 school
22years who, as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal
23year (as determined by the Department of Human Services), are
24eligible for at least one of the following low income programs:
25Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, TANF, or
26Food Stamps, excluding pupils who are eligible for services

 

 

HB2808- 318 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1provided by the Department of Children and Family Services.
2    "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
3facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, facility
4security, routine facility repairs, and other similar services
5and functions.
6    "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (6) of
7subsection (g) of this Section.
8    "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all State
9funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in excess of the
10amount needed to fund the Base Funding Minimum for all
11Organizational Units in that school year.
12    "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given school
13year, the amount of State funds that would be necessary to
14fully meet the Adequacy Target of an Operational Unit minus the
15Preliminary Resources available to each unit.
16    "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified school
17nurse, in accordance with the rules established for nursing
18services by the State Board, who is an employee of and is
19available to provide health care-related services for students
20of an Organizational Unit.
21    "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
22previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
23except, Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
24Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. For
25Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the combined
26elementary and high school rates utilized in the previous year

 

 

HB2808- 319 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to extend property taxes for all purposes, except, Bond and
2Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and
3Vocational Education Building purposes. For all Organizational
4Units, the State Superintendent shall calculate and subtract
5from the Operating Tax Rate a transportation rate based on
6total expenses for transportation services under this Code, as
7reported on the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
8Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the Education
9and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and 4120 in the
10Transportation fund, less any corresponding fiscal year State
11of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for
12prior years for regular, vocational, or special education
13transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
14subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code divided by the
15Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal
16year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net
17adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special
18education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section
1929-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed
20the total transportation expenses, as defined in this
21paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from the
22Operating Tax Rate.
23    "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School, an
24Alternative School, or any public school district that is
25recognized as such by the State Board and that contains
26elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through 5th

 

 

HB2808- 320 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through 8th
2grades, or high schools typically serving 9th through 12th
3grades. The General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade
4levels served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary
5slightly from what is typical.
6    "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating the
7CWI in the region and original county in which an
8Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is located
9as set forth in this paragraph. Each county's current CWI value
10shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that county's
11neighboring Illinois counties, to create a "weighted adjusted
12index value". This shall be calculated by summing the CWI
13values of all of a county's adjacent Illinois counties and
14dividing by the number of adjacent Illinois counties, then
15taking the weighted value of the original county's CWI value
16and the adjacent Illinois county average. To calculate this
17weighted value, if the number of adjacent Illinois counties is
18greater than 2, the original county's CWI value will be
19weighted at 0.25 and the adjacent Illinois county average will
20be weighted at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois
21counties is 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted
22at 0.33 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be
23weighted at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value
24and its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the
25Organizational Unit CWI.
26    "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph

 

 

HB2808- 321 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
2    "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
3subsection (f) of this Section.
4    "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed to
5be employed as a principal in this State.
6    "Professional development" means training programs for
7licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
8programs that assist in implementing new curriculum programs,
9provide data focused or academic assessment data training to
10help staff identify a student's weaknesses and strengths,
11target interventions, improve instruction, encompass
12instructional strategies for EL, gifted, or at-risk students,
13address inclusivity, cultural sensitivity, or implicit bias,
14or otherwise provide professional support for licensed staff.
15    "Prototypical" means 450 special education
16pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students for
17an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students for a
18middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students for a high
19school.
20    "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
21    "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, social
22worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff member who
23provides support to at-risk or struggling students.
24    "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
25(d) of this Section.
26    "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular

 

 

HB2808- 322 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
2Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
3    "School site staff" means the primary school secretary and
4any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
5    "Special education" means special educational facilities
6and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code.
7    "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
8instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects,
9including, but not limited to, art, music, physical education,
10health, driver education, career-technical education, and such
11other subject areas as may be mandated by State law or provided
12by an Organizational Unit.
13    "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, safe
14school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, special
15education cooperative or entity recognized by the State Board
16as a special education cooperative, State-approved charter
17school, or alternative learning opportunities program that
18received direct funding from the State Board during the
192016-2017 school year through any of the funding sources
20included within the calculation of the Base Funding Minimum.
21    "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental general
22State aid funding received by an Organization Unit during the
232016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H) of Section
2418-8.05 of this Code.
25    "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy Targets
26of all Organizational Units.

 

 

HB2808- 323 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
2    "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent of
3Education.
4    "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
5multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for that
6Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, summing all
7Organizational Unit's weighted values, and dividing by the
8total ASE of all Organizational Units, thereby creating an
9average weighted index.
10    "Student activities" means non-credit producing
11after-school programs, including, but not limited to, clubs,
12bands, sports, and other activities authorized by the school
13board of the Organizational Unit.
14    "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
15teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational Unit
16and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on a per
17diem or per period-assignment basis replacing another staff
18member.
19    "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
20provided to students during the summer months outside of the
21regular school year.
22    "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member who
23helps in supervising students of an Organizational Unit, but
24does so outside of the classroom, in situations such as, but
25not limited to, monitoring hallways and playgrounds,
26supervising lunchrooms, or supervising students when being

 

 

HB2808- 324 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1transported in buses serving the Organizational Unit.
2    "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
3(g).
4    "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined in
5paragraph (2) of subsection (g).
6    "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate Funding",
7"Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate Funding" are
8defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
9    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
10    (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the sum
11of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing Essential
12Elements, as calculated in accordance with this subsection (b),
13with the salary amounts in the Essential Elements multiplied by
14a Regionalization Factor calculated pursuant to paragraph (3)
15of this subsection (b).
16    (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro-rata
17basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
18Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), with
19investments and FTE positions pro-rata funded based on ASE
20counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth in this
21paragraph (2). The method for calculating attributable
22pro-rata costs and the defined subgroups thereto are as
23follows:
24        (A) Core class size investments. Each Organizational
25    Unit shall receive the funding required to support that
26    number of FTE core teacher positions as is needed to keep

 

 

HB2808- 325 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    the respective class sizes of the Organizational Unit to a
2    maximum of 15 students each for grades kindergarten through
3    3 and 25 students each for grades 4 through 12. The number
4    of FTE core teacher positions shall be determined by
5    dividing the ASE of the Organizational Unit for grades
6    kindergarten through 3 by 15 and grades 4 through 12 by 25.
7        (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
8    Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to
9    cover that number of FTE specialist teacher positions that
10    correspond to the following percentages:
11            (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
12        elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the number
13        of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, as
14        determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph
15        (2); and
16            (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a high
17        school, then 33.33% of the number of the Organizational
18        Unit's core teachers.
19        (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
20    Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to
21    cover one FTE instructional facilitator position for every
22    200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
23    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
24    students of the Organizational Unit.
25        (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
26    Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed

 

 

HB2808- 326 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    to cover one FTE teacher position for each prototypical
2    elementary, middle, and high school.
3        (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
4    Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to
5    cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to 5.70% of
6    the minimum pupil attendance days required under Section
7    10-19 of this code for all full-time equivalent core,
8    specialist, and intervention teachers, school nurses,
9    special education teachers and instructional assistants,
10    instructional facilitators, and summer school and
11    extended-day teacher positions, as determined under this
12    paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average
13    salary for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
14    average salary of each instructional assistant position.
15        (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each
16    Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to
17    cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 combined ASE
18    of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
19    kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
20    guidance counselor for each 250 grades 6 through 8 ASE
21    middle school students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for
22    each 250 grades 9 through 12 ASE high school students.
23        (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit shall
24    receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse for each
25    750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
26    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12

 

 

HB2808- 327 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    students across all grade levels it serves.
2        (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each Organizational
3    Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE for
4    each 225 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
5    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
6    students, plus one FTE for each 225 ASE middle school
7    students, plus one FTE for each 200 ASE high school
8    students.
9        (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational Unit
10    shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE librarian
11    for each prototypical elementary school, middle school,
12    and high school and one FTE aide or media technician for
13    every 300 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
14    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
15    students.
16        (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational Unit
17    shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE principal
18    position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one
19    FTE principal position for each prototypical middle
20    school, plus one FTE principal position for each
21    prototypical high school.
22        (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
23    Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to
24    cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
25    prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
26    principal position for each prototypical middle school,

 

 

HB2808- 328 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    plus one FTE assistant principal position for each
2    prototypical high school.
3        (L) School site staff investments. Each Organizational
4    Unit shall receive the funding needed for one FTE position
5    for each 225 ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
6    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
7    students, plus one FTE position for each 225 ASE middle
8    school students, plus one FTE position for each 200 ASE
9    high school students.
10        (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit shall
11    receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 ASE.
12        (N) Professional development investments. Each
13    Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of the
14    combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
15    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
16    students for trainers and other professional
17    development-related expenses for supplies and materials.
18        (O) Instructional material investments. Each
19    Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of the
20    combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
21    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
22    students to cover instructional material costs.
23        (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational Unit
24    shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE of
25    pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
26    kindergarten through grade 12 students student to cover

 

 

HB2808- 329 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    assessment costs.
2        (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
3    Each Organizational Unit shall receive $571 per student of
4    the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
5    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
6    students to cover computer technology and equipment costs.
7        (R) Student activities investments. Each
8    Organizational Unit shall receive the following funding
9    amounts to cover student activities: $100 per kindergarten
10    through grade 5 ASE student in elementary school, plus $200
11    per ASE student in middle school, plus $675 per ASE student
12    in high school.
13        (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
14    Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student of the
15    combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
16    disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 for
17    day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures,
18    including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as
19    purchased services, but excluding employee benefits. The
20    proportion of salary for the application of a
21    Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is
22    equal to $352.92.
23        (T) Central office investments. Each Organizational
24    Unit shall receive $742 per student of the combined ASE of
25    pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
26    kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover central

 

 

HB2808- 330 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    office operations, including administrators and classified
2    personnel charged with managing the instructional
3    programs, business and operations of the school district,
4    and security personnel. The proportion of salary for the
5    application of a Regionalization Factor and the
6    calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
7        (U) Employee benefit investments. Each Organizational
8    Unit shall receive 30% of the total of all
9    salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
10    excluding substitute teachers and student activities
11    investments, to cover benefit costs. For central office and
12    maintenance and operations investments, the benefit
13    calculation shall be based upon the salary proportion of
14    each investment. If at any time the responsibility for
15    funding the employer normal cost of teacher pensions is
16    assigned to school districts, then that amount certified by
17    the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois to
18    be paid by the Organizational Unit for the preceding school
19    year shall be added to the benefit investment. For any
20    fiscal year in which a school district organized under
21    Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the
22    employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that amount
23    of its employer normal cost as certified by the Public
24    School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago to
25    be paid by the school district for the preceding school
26    year that is statutorily required to cover employer normal

 

 

HB2808- 331 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    costs shall be added to the 30% specified in this
2    subparagraph (U). The Public School Teachers' Pension and
3    Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit such information as
4    the State Superintendent may require for the calculations
5    set forth in this subparagraph (U).
6        (V) Additional investments in low-income students. In
7    addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this
8    paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive
9    funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K
10    through 12 to cover the costs of: (i) one FTE intervention
11    teacher (tutor) position for every 125 Low-Income Count
12    students; (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
13    every 125 Low-Income Count students; (iii) one FTE extended
14    day teacher position for every 120 Low-Income Count
15    students; and (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
16    for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
17        (W) Additional investments in EL students. In addition
18    to and not in lieu of all other funding under this
19    paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive
20    funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K
21    through 12 to cover the costs of:
22            (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) position
23        for every 125 EL students;
24            (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for every
25        125 EL students;
26            (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position for

 

 

HB2808- 332 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        every 120 EL students;
2            (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position for
3        every 120 EL students; and
4            (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 EL
5        students.
6        (X) Special education investments. Each Organizational
7    Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher
8    salary for grades K through 12 to cover special education
9    as follows:
10            (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 combined
11        ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and
12        all kindergarten through grade 12 students;
13            (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every 141
14        combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
15        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
16        students; and
17            (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
18        1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
19        disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
20        students.
21    (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
22Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall annually
23calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar using the
24employment information system data maintained by the State
25Board, limited to public schools only and excluding special
26education and vocational cooperatives, schools operated by the

 

 

HB2808- 333 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Department of Juvenile Justice, and charter schools, for the
2following positions:
3        (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
4        (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
5        (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
6        (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8.
7        (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12.
8        (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12.
9        (G) Social worker.
10        (H) Psychologist.
11        (I) Librarian.
12        (J) Nurse.
13        (K) Principal.
14        (L) Assistant principal.
15For the purposes of this paragraph (3),"teacher" includes core
16teachers, specialist and elective teachers, instructional
17facilitators, tutors, special education teachers, pupil
18support staff teachers, English learner teachers, extended-day
19teachers, and summer school teachers. Where specific grade data
20is not required for the Essential Elements, the average salary
21for corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute
22teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through 12
23shall apply.
24    For calculating the salaries included within the Essential
25Elements for positions not included within EIS Data, the
26following salaries shall be used in the first year of

 

 

HB2808- 334 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
2        (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
3        (ii) on-instructional assistant, instructional
4    assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
5    supervisory aide: $25,000.
6In the second and subsequent years of implementation of
7Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) of
8this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
9    The salary amounts for the Essential Elements determined
10pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) and (T), and (V)
11through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section
12shall be multiplied by a Regionalization Factor.
13    (c) Local capacity calculation.
14    (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity represents
15an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute toward its
16Adequacy Target for purposes of the Evidence-Based Funding
17formula calculation. "Local Capacity" means either (i) the
18Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target as calculated in
19accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection (c) if its
20Real Receipts are equal to or less than its Local Capacity
21Target or (ii) the Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local
22Capacity, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of
23this subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
24Capacity Target.
25    (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an Organizational
26Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by multiplying its

 

 

HB2808- 335 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity Percentage.
2        (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Percentage
3    is the conversion of the Organizational Unit's Local
4    Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is determined in accordance
5    with subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (2), into a normal
6    curve equivalent score to determine each Organizational
7    Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units
8    in this State. The calculation of Local Capacity Percentage
9    is described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2).
10        (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio in a
11    given year is the percentage obtained by dividing its
12    Adjusted EAV by its Adequacy Target, with the resulting
13    ratio further adjusted as follows:
14            (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
15        kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
16        further adjustments shall be made;
17            (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
18        kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be multiplied
19        by 9/13;
20            (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades 9
21        through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
22        multiplied by 4/13; and
23            (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a different
24        grade configuration than those specified in items (i)
25        through (iii) of this subparagraph (B), the State
26        Superintendent shall determine a comparable adjustment

 

 

HB2808- 336 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        based on the grades served.
2        (C) Local Capacity Percentage converts each
3    Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a normal
4    curve equivalent score to determine each Organizational
5    Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units
6    in this State. The Local Capacity Percentage normal curve
7    equivalent score for each Organizational Unit shall be
8    calculated using the standard normal distribution of the
9    score in relation to the weighted mean and weighted
10    standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios of all
11    Organizational Units. If the value assigned to any
12    Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value shall be
13    adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity
14    Percentage shall be set at 10% in recognition of the
15    absence of EAV and resources from the public university
16    that are allocated to the Laboratory School. The weighted
17    mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined
18    by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
19    Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a weighted value,
20    summing the weighted values of all Organizational Units,
21    and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
22    The weighted standard deviation shall be determined by
23    taking the square root of the weighted variance of all
24    Organizational Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the
25    variance is calculated by squaring the difference between
26    each unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean,

 

 

HB2808- 337 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    then multiplying the variance for each unit times the ASE
2    for the unit to create a weighted variance for each unit,
3    then summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by
4    the total ASE of all units.
5    (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more than
6its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity shall equal
7an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance
8with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local Capacity Target is
9calculated as the sum of the Organizational Unit's Local
10Capacity Target and its Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real
11Receipts Adjustment equals the Organizational Unit's Real
12Receipts less its Local Capacity Target, with the resulting
13figure multiplied by its Preliminary Percent of Adequacy.
14    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for
15purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
16    (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the product
17of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An
18Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Operating Tax
19Rate for property within the Organizational Unit.
20    (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the Equalized
21Assessed Valuation, or EAV, of all taxable property of each
22Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year in
23accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State
24Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of each
25Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) of this
26subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the

 

 

HB2808- 338 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1purposes of calculating Local Capacity.
2    (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department of
3Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the value as
4equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of all
5taxable property of every Organizational Unit, together with
6(i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the
7funds of the Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the
8previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all Organizational
9Units subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed
10under PTELL.
11        (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
12    equalized assessed value of all taxable property of each
13    Organizational Unit situated entirely or partially within
14    a county that is or was subject to the provisions of
15    Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code (i) an
16    amount equal to the total amount by which the homestead
17    exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
18    Property Tax Code for real property situated in that
19    Organizational Unit exceeds the total amount that would
20    have been allowed in that Organizational Unit if the
21    maximum reduction under Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in
22    Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax year
23    2003 or (II) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and
24    thereafter and (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount
25    for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under
26    Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a

 

 

HB2808- 339 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of
2    any county that is or was subject to the provisions of
3    Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code shall
4    annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue
5    for each Organizational Unit all homestead exemption
6    amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax
7    Code and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section
8    15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household
9    income of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this
10    subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead exemption
11    for a parcel of property is determined under Section 15-176
12    or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section
13    15-175, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected
14    by the difference, if any, between the amount of the
15    general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of
16    property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax
17    Code and the amount that would have been allowed had the
18    general homestead exemption for that parcel of property
19    been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
20    Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph (A)
21    that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section
22    15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household
23    income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of EAV
24    shall not be affected by the difference, if any, because of
25    those additional exemptions.
26        (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational Unit

 

 

HB2808- 340 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a
2    municipality has adopted tax increment allocation
3    financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
4    Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of the Illinois Municipal
5    Code, or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of
6    the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of
7    real property located in any such project area which is
8    attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV of
9    such property shall be used as part of the EAV of the
10    Organizational Unit, until such time as all redevelopment
11    project costs have been paid, as provided in Section
12    11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment
13    Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs
14    Recovery Law. For the purpose of the EAV of the
15    Organizational Unit, the total initial EAV or the current
16    EAV, whichever is lower, shall be used until such time as
17    all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
18        (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
19    Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the lesser of
20    the equalized assessed valuation for property within the
21    partial elementary unit district for elementary purposes,
22    as defined in Article 11E of this Code, or the equalized
23    assessed valuation for property within the partial
24    elementary unit district for high school purposes, as
25    defined in Article 11E of this Code.
26    (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the

 

 

HB2808- 341 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years or
2its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in the
3immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more compared
4to the 3-year average. In the event of Organizational Unit
5reorganization, consolidation, or annexation, the
6Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after
7such change shall be as follows: the most current EAV shall be
8used in the first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV
9in the immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or
10more compared to the 2-year average for the second year, and a
113-year average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year
12if the adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the
133-year average for the third year.
14    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
15    (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding Minimum
16of an Organizational Unit, other than a Specially Funded Unit,
17shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the
18Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year prior to
19any adjustments divided by the Organizational Unit's ASE for
20the 2016-2017 school year and multiplied by the Organizational
21Unit's ASE for the 2017-2018 school year from the following
22Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent: Section
2318-8.05 of this Code (general State aid); Section 5 of Article
24224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of
25this Code (funding for children requiring special education
26services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special education

 

 

HB2808- 342 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1facilities and staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost
2of transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12
3of this Code (English Learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this
4Code (summer school). For a school district organized under
5Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes
6the funds allotted to the school district pursuant to Section
71D-1 of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized
8by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence.
9For Specially Funded Units, the Base Funding Minimum shall be
10the total amount of State funds allotted to the Specially
11Funded Unit during the 2016-2017 school year without any
12division by ASE.
13    (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the Base
14Funding Minimum shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
15Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year and (ii) the
16Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year divided by the
17Unit's ASE utilized for the prior school year and multiplied by
18the Organizational Unit's ASE for the current school year,
19except that for Specially Funded Units no division by ASE shall
20be applied.
21    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
22    (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
23Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order to
24place such units into tiers for the purposes of the funding
25distribution system described in subsection (g) of this
26Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's Preliminary

 

 

HB2808- 343 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy are calculated
2pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection (f). Then, an
3Organizational Unit's Final Resources and Final Percent of
4Adequacy are calculated to account for the Organizational
5Unit's poverty concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3)
6and (4) of this subsection (f).
7    (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
8equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and Base
9Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Percent
10of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary Resources
11divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
12    (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an Organizational
13Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of its Local Capacity,
14CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding Minimum. The Base Funding
15Minimum of each Specially Funded Unit shall serve as its Final
16Resources, except that the Base Funding Minimum for
17State-approved charter schools shall not include any portion of
18general State aid allocated in the prior year based on the per
19capita tuition charge times the charter school enrollment.
20    (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy is
21its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. A
22Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is equal to
23its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental Grant Funding,
24with the resulting figure added to the product of its
25Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary Percent of
26Adequacy.

 

 

HB2808- 344 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
2    (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based Funding
3formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding equal to the
4sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's allocation of
5New State Funds determined pursuant to this subsection (g). To
6allocate New State Funds, the Evidence-Based Funding formula
7distribution system first places all Organizational Units into
8one of 4 tiers in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
9subsection (g), based on the Organizational Unit's Final
10Percent of Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of
11the 4 tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of
12all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all
13New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all
14New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% of
15all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 1 or
16Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to its
17Tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following sentence,
18multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate determined pursuant to
19paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). For Tier 1 and Tier 2, an
20Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the Tier's Target
21Ratio, as specified in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g),
22multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with
23the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
24Resources and, for Tier 2 Organizational Units, its Tier 1
25funding allocation. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or
26Tier 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the

 

 

HB2808- 345 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1product of its Adequacy Target and the Tier's Allocation Rate,
2as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
3    (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all
4Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit
5shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
6Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational Unit
7shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. Any Tier
82 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation per ASE below
9the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall get a funding
10allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 funding allocation per
11ASE multiplied by the Organizational Unit's ASE. The sum of the
12difference between each Tier 2 Organizational Unit's new
13funding allocation and original funding allocation shall be
14divided by the sum of the Tier 3 Organizational Unit's ASE.
15Each Tier 3 Organizational Unit's funding allocation shall be
16reduced by this quotient multiplied by the Organizational
17Unit's ASE.
18    (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers as
19follows:
20        (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, except
21    for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy less
22    than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 Target Ratio is
23    the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to
24    be distributed, with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate determined
25    pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
26        (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all other

 

 

HB2808- 346 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Organizational Units, except for Specially Funded Units,
2    with a Percent of Adequacy of less than 0.90.
3        (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, except
4    for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of
5    at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
6        (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units with a
7    Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0 and Specially Funded
8    Units.
9    (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 is
10determined as follows:
11        (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 50%, unless such rate
12    is adjusted pursuant to paragraph (9) of this subsection
13    (g).
14        (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the
15    following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided by
16    the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 Organizational
17    Units, unless the result of such equation is higher than
18    1.0. If the result of such equation is higher than 1.0,
19    then the Tier 2 Allocation Rate is 1.0.
20        (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
21    following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided by
22    the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
23    Organizational Units.
24        (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
25    following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided by
26    the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4

 

 

HB2808- 347 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Organizational Units.
2    (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
3        (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
4    allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed with
5    the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
6        (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
7        (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
8    (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is greater
9than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be allocated to Tier 2
10and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's funding may be identified.
11    (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
12receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any remaining
13New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and Tier 4
14Organizational Units.
15    (8) If any Specially Funded Units recognized by the State
16Board do not qualify for direct funding following the
17implementation of this amendatory Act of the 100th General
18Assembly from any of the funding sources included within the
19definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of
20the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more
21appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the State
22Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the
23Organizational Units.
24    (9) Notwithstanding the distribution formulae set forth in
25this subsection (g), funding for each tier shall be adjusted as
26set forth in this paragraph (9) if New State Funds are less

 

 

HB2808- 348 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1than the Minimum Funding Level. The Minimum Funding Level is
2equal to: (i) the sum of 1% of the State Adequacy Level, plus
3the ECI multiplied by the State Adequacy Level, less (ii) the
4total increase in Real Receipts from the prior school year to
5the current school year. The Minimum Funding Level may never be
6greater than the sum of the Preliminary Resources subtracted
7from the Adequacy Target for each Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3
8Organizational Unit. If New State Funds are less than the
9Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be reduced
10in the following manner:
11        (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an amount
12    equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level
13    and New State Funds until such time as Tier 4 funding is
14    exhausted.
15        (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an amount
16    equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level
17    and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 funding
18    until such time as Tier 3 funding is exhausted.
19        (C) Then, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an amount
20    equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level
21    and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3
22    funding.
23        (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
24    amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding
25    Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 2, 3,
26    and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation Rate for Tier 1

 

 

HB2808- 349 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    funding shall be reduced to a percentage equal to 50%,
2    multiplied by the result of New State Funds divided by the
3    Minimum Funding Level.
4    (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
5appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after
6implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
7receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
8paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held harmless by
9establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to the per pupil
10kindergarten through grade 12 funding received in accordance
11with this Section in the prior fiscal year. Reductions shall be
12made to the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units in
13Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a per pupil basis equivalent to the total
14number of the ASE in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded
15Organizational Units divided by the total reduction in State
16funding. The Base Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to
17be applied to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and
18adjusted by the relative formula when increases in
19appropriations for this Section resume. In no event may State
20funding reductions to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4
21exceed an amount that would be less than the Base Funding
22Minimum established in the first year of implementation of this
23Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
24districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount equal
25to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction divided by
26the total ASE of all Organizational Units.

 

 

HB2808- 350 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor adjustments
2to the distribution formulae set forth in this subsection (g)
3to account for the rounding of percentages to the nearest tenth
4of a percentage and dollar amounts to the nearest whole dollar.
5    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
6district submission requirements.
7    (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with
8appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the funding
9obligations created under this Section.
10    (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the Adequacy
11Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State Contribution
12Target for each Organizational Unit under this Section. The
13State Superintendent shall also certify the actual amounts of
14the New State Funds payable for each eligible Organizational
15Unit based on the equitable distribution calculation to the
16unit's treasurer, as soon as possible after such amounts are
17calculated, including any applicable adjusted charge-off
18increase. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed
19within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the
20unit's school board.
21    (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate and
22report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate
23financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the
24Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State
25Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each
26Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds allocated for

 

 

HB2808- 351 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1its students with disabilities. The State Superintendent shall
2calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit
3the amount of funding and applicable FTE calculated for each
4Essential Element of the unit's Adequacy Target.
5    (4) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
6calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal year
7basis, with payments beginning in August and extending through
8June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys appropriated for
9each fiscal year shall be distributed in 22 equal payments at
10least 2 times monthly to each Organizational Unit. The State
11Board shall publish a yearly distribution schedule at its
12meeting in June. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal year are
13distributed other than monthly, the distribution shall be on
14the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
15    (5) Any school district that fails, for any given school
16year, to maintain school as required by law or to maintain a
17recognized school is not eligible to receive Evidence-Based
18Funding. In case of non-recognition of one or more attendance
19centers in a school district otherwise operating recognized
20schools, the claim of the district shall be reduced in the
21proportion that the enrollment in the attendance center or
22centers bears to the enrollment of the school district.
23"Recognized school" means any public school that meets the
24standards for recognition by the State Board. A school district
25or attendance center not having recognition status at the end
26of a school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due

 

 

HB2808- 352 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1upon a legal claim that was filed while it was recognized.
2    (6) School district claims filed under this Section are
3subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as
4otherwise provided in this Section.
5    (7) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
6calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its Base
7Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall be deemed
8attributable to the provision of special educational
9facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this
10Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of
11State financial support requirements under the federal
12Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. An Organizational
13Unit must use such funds only for the provision of special
14educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
1514-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure
16verification procedures adopted by the State Board.
17    (8) All Organizational Units in this State must submit
18annual spending plans by the end of September of each year to
19the State Board as part of the annual budget process, which
20shall describe how each Organizational Unit will utilize the
21Base Minimum Funding and Evidence-Based funding it receives
22from this State under this Section with specific identification
23of the intended utilization of Low-Income, EL, and special
24education resources. The State Superintendent may, from time to
25time, identify additional requisites for Organizational Units
26to satisfy when compiling the annual spending plans required

 

 

HB2808- 353 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1under this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual
2spending plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent
3in conjunction with the Professional Judgement Panel.
4    (9) No later than January 1, 2018, the State Superintendent
5shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for all Organizational
6Units to help in planning for adequacy funding under this
7Section. The State Superintendent shall submit the plan to the
8Governor and the General Assembly, as provided in Section 3.1
9of the General Assembly Organization Act. The plan shall
10include recommendations for:
11        (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
12    innovative, and 21st century learning environments using
13    the Evidence-Based Funding model;
14        (B) ways to prepare and support this State's educators
15    for successful instructional careers;
16        (C) application and enhancement of the current
17    financial accountability measures and the Illinois
18    Balanced Accountability Measures in relation to elements
19    of the Evidence-Based Funding model; and
20        (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
21    funding system based on projected and recommended funding
22    levels from the General Assembly.
23    (i) Professional Judgment Panel.
24    (1) A Professional Judgment Panel is created to study and
25review the implementation and effect of the Evidence-Based
26Funding model under this Section and to recommend continual

 

 

HB2808- 354 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1recalibration and future study topics. The Panel shall be
2appointed by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise
3provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include
4the following members:
5        (A) Two appointees that represent district
6    superintendents, recommended by a statewide organization
7    that represents district superintendents.
8        (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
9    recommended by a statewide organization that represents
10    school boards.
11        (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
12    school business officials, recommended by a statewide
13    organization that represents school business officials.
14        (D) Two appointees that represent school principals,
15    recommended by a statewide organization that represents
16    school principals.
17        (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
18    recommended by a statewide organization that represents
19    teachers.
20        (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
21    recommended by another statewide organization that
22    represents teachers.
23        (G) Two appointees that represent regional
24    superintendents of schools, recommended by organizations
25    that represent regional superintendents.
26        (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the

 

 

HB2808- 355 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    State Superintendent.
2        (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
3    universities in this State.
4        (J) One member recommended by a statewide organization
5    that represents parents.
6        (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
7    impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
8    areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
9        (L) One member from a statewide organization focused on
10    research-based education policy to support a school system
11    that prepares all students for college, a career, and
12    democratic citizenship.
13        (M) One representative from a school district
14    organized under Article 34 of this Code.
15The State Superintendent shall ensure that the membership of
16the Panel includes representatives from school districts and
17communities reflecting the geographic and socio-economic
18diversity of this State. Staff from the State Board shall staff
19the Panel.
20    (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the
21State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly shall
22be appointed as follows: one member of the House of
23Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of
24Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the
25President of the Senate, one member of the House of
26Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the House

 

 

HB2808- 356 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of Representatives, and one member of the Senate appointed by
2the Minority Leader of the Senate.
3    (3) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent shall
4recalibrate the following per pupil elements of the Adequacy
5Target and applied to the formulas, based on the Panel's study
6of average expenses as reported in the most recent annual
7financial report:
8        (A) gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of
9    subsection (b) of this Section;
10        (B) instructional materials under subparagraph (O) of
11    paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
12        (C) assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph (2)
13    of subsection (b) of this Section;
14        (D) student activities under subparagraph (R) of
15    paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section;
16        (E) maintenance and operations under subparagraph (S)
17    of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section; and
18        (F) central office under subparagraph (T) of paragraph
19    (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
20    (4) On a periodic basis, the Panel shall study all the
21following elements and make recommendations to the State Board,
22the General Assembly, and the Governor for modification of this
23Section:
24        (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
25    referenced in subsection (h) paragraph (8) of this Section.
26        (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section, to be

 

 

HB2808- 357 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    studied by the Panel and reestablished by the State
2    Superintendent every 5 years.
3        (C) Maintenance and operations. Within 5 years after
4    the implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make
5    recommendations for the further study of maintenance and
6    operations costs, including capital maintenance costs, and
7    recommend any additional reporting data required from
8    Organizational Units.
9        (D) "At-risk student" definition. Within 5 years after
10    the implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make
11    recommendations for the further study and determination of
12    an "at-risk student" definition.
13        (E) Benefits. Within 5 years after the implementation
14    of this Section, the Panel shall make recommendations for
15    further study of benefit costs.
16        (F) Technology. The per pupil target for technology
17    shall be reviewed every 3 years to determine whether
18    current allocations are sufficient to develop 21st century
19    learning in all classrooms in this State and supporting a
20    one-to-one technological device program in each school.
21    Recommendations shall be made no later than 3 years after
22    the implementation of this Section.
23        (G) Local Capacity Target. Within 3 years after the
24    implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make
25    recommendations for any additional data desired to analyze
26    possible modifications to the Local Capacity Target, to be

 

 

HB2808- 358 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    based on measures in addition to solely EAV and to be
2    completed within 5 years after implementation of this
3    Section.
4        (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
5    Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
6    opportunities programs. By the beginning of the 2021-2022
7    school year, the Panel shall study and make recommendations
8    regarding the funding levels for Alternative Schools,
9    Laboratory Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
10    opportunities programs in this State.
11        (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
12    strategies. By the beginning of the 2021-2022 school year,
13    the Panel shall study and make recommendations regarding
14    funding levels to support college and career acceleration
15    strategies in high school that have been demonstrated to
16    result in improved secondary and postsecondary outcomes,
17    including Advanced Placement, dual-credit opportunities,
18    and college and career pathway systems.
19        (J) Special education investments. By the beginning of
20    the 2021-2022 school year, the Panel shall study and make
21    recommendations on whether and how to account for
22    disability types within the special education funding
23    category.
24        (K) Early childhood investments. In collaboration with
25    the Illinois Early Learning Council, the Panel shall
26    include an analysis of what level of Preschool for All

 

 

HB2808- 359 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Children funding would be necessary to serve all children
2    ages 0 through 5 years in the highest-priority service
3    tier, as specified in paragraph (4.5) of subsection (a) of
4    Section 2-3.71 of this Code, and an analysis of the
5    potential cost savings that that level of Preschool for All
6    Children investment would have on the kindergarten through
7    grade 12 system.
8    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other
9laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section
1018-8.05 of this Code shall be deemed to be references to
11evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this
12Section.
 
13    (105 ILCS 5/18-9)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-9)
14    Sec. 18-9. Requirement for special equalization and
15supplementary State aid. If property comprising an aggregate
16assessed valuation equal to 6% or more of the total assessed
17valuation of all taxable property in a school district is owned
18by a person or corporation that is the subject of bankruptcy
19proceedings or that has been adjudged bankrupt and, as a result
20thereof, has not paid taxes on the property, then the district
21may amend its general State aid or evidence-based funding claim
22(i) back to the inception of the bankruptcy, not to exceed 6
23years, in which time those taxes were not paid and (ii) for
24each succeeding year that those taxes remain unpaid, by adding
25to the claim an amount determined by multiplying the assessed

 

 

HB2808- 360 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1valuation of the property on which taxes have not been paid due
2to the bankruptcy by the lesser of the total tax rate for the
3district for the tax year for which the taxes are unpaid or the
4applicable rate used in calculating the district's general
5State aid under paragraph (3) of subsection (D) of Section
618-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding under Section
718-8.15 of this Code, as applicable. If at any time a district
8that receives additional State aid under this Section receives
9tax revenue from the property for the years that taxes were not
10paid, the district's next claim for State aid shall be reduced
11in an amount equal to the taxes paid on the property, not to
12exceed the additional State aid received under this Section.
13Claims under this Section shall be filed on forms prescribed by
14the State Superintendent of Education, and the State
15Superintendent of Education, upon receipt of a claim, shall
16adjust the claim in accordance with the provisions of this
17Section. Supplementary State aid for each succeeding year under
18this Section shall be paid beginning with the first general
19State aid or evidence-based funding claim paid after the
20district has filed a completed claim in accordance with this
21Section.
22(Source: P.A. 95-496, eff. 8-28-07.)
 
23    (105 ILCS 5/18-12)  (from Ch. 122, par. 18-12)
24    Sec. 18-12. Dates for filing State aid claims. The school
25board of each school district, a regional office of education,

 

 

HB2808- 361 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1a laboratory school, or a State-authorized charter school shall
2require teachers, principals, or superintendents to furnish
3from records kept by them such data as it needs in preparing
4and certifying to the State Superintendent of Education its
5report of claims provided in Section 18-8.05 of this Code. The
6claim shall be based on the latest available equalized assessed
7valuation and tax rates, as provided in Section 18-8.05 or
818-8.15, shall use the average daily attendance as determined
9by the method outlined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, and shall
10be certified and filed with the State Superintendent of
11Education by June 21 for districts and State-authorized charter
12schools with an official school calendar end date before June
1315 or within 2 weeks following the official school calendar end
14date for districts, regional offices of education, laboratory
15schools, or State-authorized charter schools with a school year
16end date of June 15 or later. Failure to so file by these
17deadlines constitutes a forfeiture of the right to receive
18payment by the State until such claim is filed. The State
19Superintendent of Education shall voucher for payment those
20claims to the State Comptroller as provided in Section 18-11.
21    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if any school
22district fails to provide the minimum school term specified in
23Section 10-19, the State aid claim for that year shall be
24reduced by the State Superintendent of Education in an amount
25equivalent to 1/176 or .56818% for each day less than the
26number of days required by this Code.

 

 

HB2808- 362 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    If the State Superintendent of Education determines that
2the failure to provide the minimum school term was occasioned
3by an act or acts of God, or was occasioned by conditions
4beyond the control of the school district which posed a
5hazardous threat to the health and safety of pupils, the State
6aid claim need not be reduced.
7    If a school district is precluded from providing the
8minimum hours of instruction required for a full day of
9attendance due to an adverse weather condition or a condition
10beyond the control of the school district that poses a
11hazardous threat to the health and safety of students, then the
12partial day of attendance may be counted if (i) the school
13district has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to
14the closure of the school district, (ii) a school building has
15provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure
16of the school building, or (iii) the normal start time of the
17school district is delayed.
18    If, prior to providing any instruction, a school district
19must close one or more but not all school buildings after
20consultation with a local emergency response agency or due to a
21condition beyond the control of the school district, then the
22school district may claim attendance for up to 2 school days
23based on the average attendance of the 3 school days
24immediately preceding the closure of the affected school
25building or, if approved by the State Board of Education,
26utilize the provisions of an e-learning program for the

 

 

HB2808- 363 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1affected school building as prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of
2this Code. The partial or no day of attendance described in
3this Section and the reasons therefore shall be certified
4within a month of the closing or delayed start by the school
5district superintendent to the regional superintendent of
6schools for forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education
7for approval.
8    Other than the utilization of any e-learning days as
9prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of this Code, no exception to
10the requirement of providing a minimum school term may be
11approved by the State Superintendent of Education pursuant to
12this Section unless a school district has first used all
13emergency days provided for in its regular calendar.
14    If the State Superintendent of Education declares that an
15energy shortage exists during any part of the school year for
16the State or a designated portion of the State, a district may
17operate the school attendance centers within the district 4
18days of the week during the time of the shortage by extending
19each existing school day by one clock hour of school work, and
20the State aid claim shall not be reduced, nor shall the
21employees of that district suffer any reduction in salary or
22benefits as a result thereof. A district may operate all
23attendance centers on this revised schedule, or may apply the
24schedule to selected attendance centers, taking into
25consideration such factors as pupil transportation schedules
26and patterns and sources of energy for individual attendance

 

 

HB2808- 364 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1centers.
2    Electronically submitted State aid claims shall be
3submitted by duly authorized district individuals over a secure
4network that is password protected. The electronic submission
5of a State aid claim must be accompanied with an affirmation
6that all of the provisions of Sections 18-8.05, 10-22.5, and
724-4 of this Code are met in all respects.
8(Source: P.A. 99-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
9    (105 ILCS 5/26-16)
10    Sec. 26-16. Graduation incentives program.
11    (a) The General Assembly finds that it is critical to
12provide options for children to succeed in school. The purpose
13of this Section is to provide incentives for and encourage all
14Illinois students who have experienced or are experiencing
15difficulty in the traditional education system to enroll in
16alternative programs.
17    (b) Any student who is below the age of 20 years is
18eligible to enroll in a graduation incentives program if he or
19she:
20        (1) is considered a dropout pursuant to Section 26-2a
21    of this Code;
22        (2) has been suspended or expelled pursuant to Section
23    10-22.6 or 34-19 of this Code;
24        (3) is pregnant or is a parent;
25        (4) has been assessed as chemically dependent; or

 

 

HB2808- 365 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (5) is enrolled in a bilingual education or LEP
2    program.
3    (c) The following programs qualify as graduation
4incentives programs for students meeting the criteria
5established in this Section:
6        (1) Any public elementary or secondary education
7    graduation incentives program established by a school
8    district or by a regional office of education.
9        (2) Any alternative learning opportunities program
10    established pursuant to Article 13B of this Code.
11        (3) Vocational or job training courses approved by the
12    State Superintendent of Education that are available
13    through the Illinois public community college system.
14    Students may apply for reimbursement of 50% of tuition
15    costs for one course per semester or a maximum of 3 courses
16    per school year. Subject to available funds, students may
17    apply for reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon
18    a showing of employment within 6 months after completion of
19    a vocational or job training program. The qualifications
20    for reimbursement shall be established by the State
21    Superintendent of Education by rule.
22        (4) Job and career programs approved by the State
23    Superintendent of Education that are available through
24    Illinois-accredited private business and vocational
25    schools. Subject to available funds, pupils may apply for
26    reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon a showing

 

 

HB2808- 366 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    of employment within 6 months after completion of a job or
2    career program. The State Superintendent of Education
3    shall establish, by rule, the qualifications for
4    reimbursement, criteria for determining reimbursement
5    amounts, and limits on reimbursement.
6        (5) Adult education courses that offer preparation for
7    high school equivalency testing.
8    (d) Graduation incentives programs established by school
9districts are entitled to claim general State aid and
10evidence-based funding, subject to Sections 13B-50, 13B-50.5,
11and 13B-50.10 of this Code. Graduation incentives programs
12operated by regional offices of education are entitled to
13receive general State aid and evidence-based funding at the
14foundation level of support per pupil enrolled. A school
15district must ensure that its graduation incentives program
16receives supplemental general State aid, transportation
17reimbursements, and special education resources, if
18appropriate, for students enrolled in the program.
19(Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
20    (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1)
21    (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 99-927)
22    Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations.
23    (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the
24Department of Public Health shall promulgate, and except as
25hereinafter provided, all children in Illinois shall have a

 

 

HB2808- 367 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1health examination as follows: within one year prior to
2entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public,
3private, or parochial elementary school; upon entering the
4sixth and ninth grades of any public, private, or parochial
5school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
6parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade,
7immediately prior to or upon entrance into any public, private,
8or parochial school or nursery school, each child shall present
9proof of having been examined in accordance with this Section
10and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child
11who received a health examination within one year prior to
12entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not
13required to receive an additional health examination in order
14to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or
15she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the
16child is attending school for the first time as provided in
17this paragraph.
18    A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
19required part of each health examination included under this
20Section if the child resides in an area designated by the
21Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
22tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils,
23including eye examinations, may be required when deemed
24necessary by school authorities. Parents are encouraged to have
25their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in
26time required for health examinations.

 

 

HB2808- 368 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of
2Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section,
3all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of
4any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental
5examination. Each of these children shall present proof of
6having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this
7Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of
8the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails
9to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's
10report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child
11presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the
12child presents proof that a dental examination will take place
13within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health
14shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an
15undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public,
16private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental
17examination requirement to the parents and guardians of
18students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
19    (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all
20children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or
21parochial school on or after the effective date of this
22amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and any student
23enrolling for the first time in a public, private, or parochial
24school on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
25the 95th General Assembly shall have an eye examination. Each
26of these children shall present proof of having been examined

 

 

HB2808- 369 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1by a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its
2branches or a licensed optometrist within the previous year, in
3accordance with this Section and rules adopted under this
4Section, before October 15th of the school year. If the child
5fails to present proof by October 15th, the school may hold the
6child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the
7child presents proof of a completed eye examination or (ii) the
8child presents proof that an eye examination will take place
9within 60 days after October 15th. The Department of Public
10Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show
11an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician licensed to
12practice medicine in all of its branches who provides eye
13examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each public,
14private, and parochial school must give notice of this eye
15examination requirement to the parents and guardians of
16students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public
17Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a
18school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's
19or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the
20child.
21    (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules
22and regulations specifying the examinations and procedures
23that constitute a health examination, which shall include the
24collection of data relating to obesity (including at a minimum,
25date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date
26of exam), and a dental examination and may recommend by rule

 

 

HB2808- 370 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1that certain additional examinations be performed. The rules
2and regulations of the Department of Public Health shall
3specify that a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be
4included as a required part of each health examination included
5under this Section if the child resides in an area designated
6by the Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
7of tuberculosis. The Department of Public Health shall specify
8that a diabetes screening as defined by rule shall be included
9as a required part of each health examination. Diabetes testing
10is not required.
11    Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its
12branches, licensed advanced practice nurses, or licensed
13physician assistants shall be responsible for the performance
14of the health examinations, other than dental examinations, eye
15examinations, and vision and hearing screening, and shall sign
16all report forms required by subsection (4) of this Section
17that pertain to those portions of the health examination for
18which the physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician
19assistant is responsible. If a registered nurse performs any
20part of a health examination, then a physician licensed to
21practice medicine in all of its branches must review and sign
22all required report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all
23dental examinations and shall sign all report forms required by
24subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to the dental
25examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all
26its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye

 

 

HB2808- 371 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1examinations required by this Section and shall sign all report
2forms required by subsection (4) of this Section that pertain
3to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye
4examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity,
5subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far,
6internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation,
7as well as any other tests or observations that in the
8professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
9hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered
10examinations as that term is used in this Section, shall be
11conducted in accordance with rules and regulations of the
12Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
13Department of Public Health has certified. In these rules and
14regulations, the Department of Public Health shall require that
15individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
16parent or guardian written notification, before the vision
17screening is conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a
18substitute for a complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye
19doctor. Your child is not required to undergo this vision
20screening if an optometrist or ophthalmologist has completed
21and signed a report form indicating that an examination has
22been administered within the previous 12 months."
23    (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or
24she receives a health examination required by subsection (1) of
25this Section, present to the local school proof of having
26received such immunizations against preventable communicable

 

 

HB2808- 372 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1diseases as the Department of Public Health shall require by
2rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and
3the Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
4    (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
5dental examination, or eye examination shall record the fact of
6having conducted the examination, and such additional
7information as required, including for a health examination
8data relating to obesity (including at a minimum, date of
9birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of
10exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public Health
11and the State Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide
12use. The examiner shall summarize on the report form any
13condition that he or she suspects indicates a need for special
14services, including for a health examination factors relating
15to obesity. The individuals confirming the administration of
16required immunizations shall record as indicated on the form
17that the immunizations were administered.
18    (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either
19the health examination or the immunization as required, then
20the child shall be examined or receive the immunization, as the
21case may be, and present proof by October 15 of the current
22school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
23established by a school district. To establish a date before
24October 15 of the current school year for the health
25examination or immunization as required, a school district must
26give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days prior

 

 

HB2808- 373 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or
2more of the required immunizations must be given after October
315 of the current school year, or after an earlier established
4date of the current school year, then the child shall present,
5by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a schedule
6for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of
7the medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and
8the statement being issued by the physician, advanced practice
9nurse, physician assistant, registered nurse, or local health
10department that will be responsible for administration of the
11remaining required immunizations. If a child does not comply by
12October 15, or by the earlier established date of the current
13school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
14local school authority shall exclude that child from school
15until such time as the child presents proof of having had the
16health examination as required and presents proof of having
17received those required immunizations which are medically
18possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion
19from school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's
20parents or legal guardian shall be considered in violation of
21Section 26-1 and subject to any penalty imposed by Section
2226-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental
23examinations and eye examinations. If the student is an
24out-of-state transfer student and does not have the proof
25required under this subsection (5) before October 15 of the
26current year or whatever date is set by the school district,

 

 

HB2808- 374 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1then he or she may only attend classes (i) if he or she has
2proof that an appointment for the required vaccinations has
3been scheduled with a party authorized to submit proof of the
4required vaccinations. If the proof of vaccination required
5under this subsection (5) is not submitted within 30 days after
6the student is permitted to attend classes, then the student is
7not to be permitted to attend classes until proof of the
8vaccinations has been properly submitted. No school district or
9employee of a school district shall be held liable for any
10injury or illness to another person that results from admitting
11an out-of-state transfer student to class that has an
12appointment scheduled pursuant to this subsection (5).
13    (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of
14Education by November 15, in the manner which that agency shall
15require, the number of children who have received the necessary
16immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental
17examination or eye examination) as required, indicating, of
18those who have not received the immunizations and examination
19as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
20examination and immunization requirements on religious or
21medical grounds as provided in subsection (8). On or before
22December 1 of each year, every public school district and
23registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the
24immunization data they are required to submit to the State
25Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made
26publicly available must be identical to the data the school

 

 

HB2808- 375 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district or school has reported to the State Board of
2Education.
3    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
4by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
5number of children who have received the required dental
6examination, indicating, of those who have not received the
7required dental examination, the number of children who are
8exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as
9provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of
10children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of
11this Section.
12    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
13by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
14number of children who have received the required eye
15examination, indicating, of those who have not received the
16required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt
17from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this
18Section, the number of children who have received a waiver
19under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number
20of children in noncompliance with the eye examination
21requirement.
22    The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be
23provided to the Department of Public Health by the State Board
24of Education.
25    (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are
26required to be in compliance with subsection (5) of this

 

 

HB2808- 376 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Section is below 90% of the number of pupils enrolled in the
2school district, 10% of each State aid payment made pursuant to
3Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year
4may be withheld by the State Board of Education until the
5number of students in compliance with subsection (5) is the
6applicable specified percentage or higher.
7    (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to
8health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to
9immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on
10religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the
11examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object
12if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate
13local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious
14Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific
15immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The
16grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious
17belief that conflicts with the examination, test,
18immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed
19certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's
20understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of
21a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The
22certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining
23health care provider responsible for the performance of the
24child's health examination confirming that the provider
25provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the
26benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student

 

 

HB2808- 377 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1and to the community of the communicable diseases for which
2immunization is required in this State. However, the health
3care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that
4education was provided and does not allow a health care
5provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those
6receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be
7provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that
8are required to be disseminated by the federal National
9Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain
10information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be
11administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare
12provider may consider including without limitation the
13nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such
14as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the
15information outlined in the relevant vaccine information
16statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the
17healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether
18any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse
19vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the
20healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization
21or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The
22Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the
23Department of Public Health and shall be made available and
24used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the
252015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit
26the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school

 

 

HB2808- 378 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and
2ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an
3exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed
4by the tenets of an established religious organization.
5However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow
6physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision
7and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide
8a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements.
9The local school authority is responsible for determining if
10the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
11constitutes a valid religious objection. The local school
12authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of
13exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's
14rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative
15Code, at the time the objection is presented.
16    If the physical condition of the child is such that any one
17or more of the immunizing agents should not be administered,
18the examining physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician
19assistant responsible for the performance of the health
20examination shall endorse that fact upon the health examination
21form.
22    Exempting a child from the health, dental, or eye
23examination does not exempt the child from participation in the
24program of physical education training provided in Sections
2527-5 through 27-7 of this Code.
26    (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools"

 

 

HB2808- 379 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1means those nursery schools operated by elementary school
2systems or secondary level school units or institutions of
3higher learning.
4(Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14; 99-173, eff. 7-29-15;
599-249, eff. 8-3-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
 
6    (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 99-927)
7    Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations.
8    (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the
9Department of Public Health shall promulgate, and except as
10hereinafter provided, all children in Illinois shall have a
11health examination as follows: within one year prior to
12entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public,
13private, or parochial elementary school; upon entering the
14sixth and ninth grades of any public, private, or parochial
15school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
16parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade,
17immediately prior to or upon entrance into any public, private,
18or parochial school or nursery school, each child shall present
19proof of having been examined in accordance with this Section
20and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child
21who received a health examination within one year prior to
22entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not
23required to receive an additional health examination in order
24to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or
25she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the

 

 

HB2808- 380 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1child is attending school for the first time as provided in
2this paragraph.
3    A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
4required part of each health examination included under this
5Section if the child resides in an area designated by the
6Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
7tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils,
8including eye examinations, may be required when deemed
9necessary by school authorities. Parents are encouraged to have
10their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in
11time required for health examinations.
12    (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of
13Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section,
14all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of
15any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental
16examination. Each of these children shall present proof of
17having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this
18Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of
19the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails
20to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's
21report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child
22presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the
23child presents proof that a dental examination will take place
24within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health
25shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an
26undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public,

 

 

HB2808- 381 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental
2examination requirement to the parents and guardians of
3students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
4    (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all
5children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or
6parochial school on or after the effective date of this
7amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and any student
8enrolling for the first time in a public, private, or parochial
9school on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
10the 95th General Assembly shall have an eye examination. Each
11of these children shall present proof of having been examined
12by a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its
13branches or a licensed optometrist within the previous year, in
14accordance with this Section and rules adopted under this
15Section, before October 15th of the school year. If the child
16fails to present proof by October 15th, the school may hold the
17child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the
18child presents proof of a completed eye examination or (ii) the
19child presents proof that an eye examination will take place
20within 60 days after October 15th. The Department of Public
21Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show
22an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician licensed to
23practice medicine in all of its branches who provides eye
24examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each public,
25private, and parochial school must give notice of this eye
26examination requirement to the parents and guardians of

 

 

HB2808- 382 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public
2Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a
3school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's
4or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the
5child.
6    (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules
7and regulations specifying the examinations and procedures
8that constitute a health examination, which shall include an
9age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate
10social and emotional screening, and the collection of data
11relating to obesity (including at a minimum, date of birth,
12gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of exam), and
13a dental examination and may recommend by rule that certain
14additional examinations be performed. The rules and
15regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify
16that a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
17required part of each health examination included under this
18Section if the child resides in an area designated by the
19Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
20tuberculosis. With respect to the developmental screening and
21the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public
22Health must develop rules and appropriate revisions to the
23Child Health Examination form in conjunction with a statewide
24organization representing school boards; a statewide
25organization representing pediatricians; statewide
26organizations representing individuals holding Illinois

 

 

HB2808- 383 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1educator licenses with school support personnel endorsements,
2including school social workers, school psychologists, and
3school nurses; a statewide organization representing
4children's mental health experts; a statewide organization
5representing school principals; the Director of Healthcare and
6Family Services or his or her designee, the State
7Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and
8representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a
9minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools
10appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to
11the social and emotional screening, require recording only
12whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall
13take into consideration the screening recommendations of the
14American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the
15State Board of Education's social and emotional learning
16standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a
17diabetes screening as defined by rule shall be included as a
18required part of each health examination. Diabetes testing is
19not required.
20    Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its
21branches, licensed advanced practice nurses, or licensed
22physician assistants shall be responsible for the performance
23of the health examinations, other than dental examinations, eye
24examinations, and vision and hearing screening, and shall sign
25all report forms required by subsection (4) of this Section
26that pertain to those portions of the health examination for

 

 

HB2808- 384 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1which the physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician
2assistant is responsible. If a registered nurse performs any
3part of a health examination, then a physician licensed to
4practice medicine in all of its branches must review and sign
5all required report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all
6dental examinations and shall sign all report forms required by
7subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to the dental
8examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all
9its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye
10examinations required by this Section and shall sign all report
11forms required by subsection (4) of this Section that pertain
12to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye
13examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity,
14subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far,
15internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation,
16as well as any other tests or observations that in the
17professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
18hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered
19examinations as that term is used in this Section, shall be
20conducted in accordance with rules and regulations of the
21Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
22Department of Public Health has certified. In these rules and
23regulations, the Department of Public Health shall require that
24individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
25parent or guardian written notification, before the vision
26screening is conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a

 

 

HB2808- 385 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1substitute for a complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye
2doctor. Your child is not required to undergo this vision
3screening if an optometrist or ophthalmologist has completed
4and signed a report form indicating that an examination has
5been administered within the previous 12 months."
6    (2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the
7social and emotional screening portion of the health
8examination, each child may present proof of having been
9screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted
10under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With
11regard to the social and emotional screening only, the
12examining health care provider shall only record whether or not
13the screening was completed. If the child fails to present
14proof of the developmental screening or the social and
15emotional screening portions of the health examination by
16October 15th of the school year, qualified school support
17personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the
18developmental screening or the social and emotional screening
19to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must
20give notice of the developmental screening and social and
21emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians
22of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of
23Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to
24allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a
25parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental
26screening or a social and emotional screening for the child.

 

 

HB2808- 386 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional
2screening is completed and proof has been presented to the
3school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent,
4make available appropriate school personnel to work with the
5parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the
6screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and
7services as indicated on the form and in other information and
8documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider.
9    (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or
10she receives a health examination required by subsection (1) of
11this Section, present to the local school proof of having
12received such immunizations against preventable communicable
13diseases as the Department of Public Health shall require by
14rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and
15the Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
16    (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
17dental examination, or eye examination shall record the fact of
18having conducted the examination, and such additional
19information as required, including for a health examination
20data relating to obesity (including at a minimum, date of
21birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of
22exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public Health
23and the State Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide
24use. The examiner shall summarize on the report form any
25condition that he or she suspects indicates a need for special
26services, including for a health examination factors relating

 

 

HB2808- 387 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to obesity. The duty to summarize on the report form does not
2apply to social and emotional screenings. The confidentiality
3of the information and records relating to the developmental
4screening and the social and emotional screening shall be
5determined by the statutes, rules, and professional ethics
6governing the type of provider conducting the screening. The
7individuals confirming the administration of required
8immunizations shall record as indicated on the form that the
9immunizations were administered.
10    (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either
11the health examination or the immunization as required, then
12the child shall be examined or receive the immunization, as the
13case may be, and present proof by October 15 of the current
14school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
15established by a school district. To establish a date before
16October 15 of the current school year for the health
17examination or immunization as required, a school district must
18give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days prior
19to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or
20more of the required immunizations must be given after October
2115 of the current school year, or after an earlier established
22date of the current school year, then the child shall present,
23by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a schedule
24for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of
25the medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and
26the statement being issued by the physician, advanced practice

 

 

HB2808- 388 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1nurse, physician assistant, registered nurse, or local health
2department that will be responsible for administration of the
3remaining required immunizations. If a child does not comply by
4October 15, or by the earlier established date of the current
5school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
6local school authority shall exclude that child from school
7until such time as the child presents proof of having had the
8health examination as required and presents proof of having
9received those required immunizations which are medically
10possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion
11from school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's
12parents or legal guardian shall be considered in violation of
13Section 26-1 and subject to any penalty imposed by Section
1426-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental
15examinations, eye examinations, and the developmental
16screening and the social and emotional screening portions of
17the health examination. If the student is an out-of-state
18transfer student and does not have the proof required under
19this subsection (5) before October 15 of the current year or
20whatever date is set by the school district, then he or she may
21only attend classes (i) if he or she has proof that an
22appointment for the required vaccinations has been scheduled
23with a party authorized to submit proof of the required
24vaccinations. If the proof of vaccination required under this
25subsection (5) is not submitted within 30 days after the
26student is permitted to attend classes, then the student is not

 

 

HB2808- 389 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to be permitted to attend classes until proof of the
2vaccinations has been properly submitted. No school district or
3employee of a school district shall be held liable for any
4injury or illness to another person that results from admitting
5an out-of-state transfer student to class that has an
6appointment scheduled pursuant to this subsection (5).
7    (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of
8Education by November 15, in the manner which that agency shall
9require, the number of children who have received the necessary
10immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental
11examination or eye examination) as required, indicating, of
12those who have not received the immunizations and examination
13as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
14examination and immunization requirements on religious or
15medical grounds as provided in subsection (8). On or before
16December 1 of each year, every public school district and
17registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the
18immunization data they are required to submit to the State
19Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made
20publicly available must be identical to the data the school
21district or school has reported to the State Board of
22Education.
23    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
24by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
25number of children who have received the required dental
26examination, indicating, of those who have not received the

 

 

HB2808- 390 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1required dental examination, the number of children who are
2exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as
3provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of
4children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of
5this Section.
6    Every school shall report to the State Board of Education
7by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the
8number of children who have received the required eye
9examination, indicating, of those who have not received the
10required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt
11from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this
12Section, the number of children who have received a waiver
13under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number
14of children in noncompliance with the eye examination
15requirement.
16    The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be
17provided to the Department of Public Health by the State Board
18of Education.
19    (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are
20required to be in compliance with subsection (5) of this
21Section is below 90% of the number of pupils enrolled in the
22school district, 10% of each State aid payment made pursuant to
23Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year
24may be withheld by the State Board of Education until the
25number of students in compliance with subsection (5) is the
26applicable specified percentage or higher.

 

 

HB2808- 391 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to
2health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to
3immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on
4religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the
5examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object
6if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate
7local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious
8Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific
9immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The
10grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious
11belief that conflicts with the examination, test,
12immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed
13certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's
14understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of
15a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The
16certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining
17health care provider responsible for the performance of the
18child's health examination confirming that the provider
19provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the
20benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student
21and to the community of the communicable diseases for which
22immunization is required in this State. However, the health
23care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that
24education was provided and does not allow a health care
25provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those
26receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be

 

 

HB2808- 392 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that
2are required to be disseminated by the federal National
3Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain
4information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be
5administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare
6provider may consider including without limitation the
7nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such
8as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the
9information outlined in the relevant vaccine information
10statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the
11healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether
12any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse
13vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the
14healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization
15or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The
16Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the
17Department of Public Health and shall be made available and
18used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the
192015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit
20the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school
21authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and
22ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an
23exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed
24by the tenets of an established religious organization.
25However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow
26physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision

 

 

HB2808- 393 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide
2a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements.
3The local school authority is responsible for determining if
4the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
5constitutes a valid religious objection. The local school
6authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of
7exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's
8rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative
9Code, at the time the objection is presented.
10    If the physical condition of the child is such that any one
11or more of the immunizing agents should not be administered,
12the examining physician, advanced practice nurse, or physician
13assistant responsible for the performance of the health
14examination shall endorse that fact upon the health examination
15form.
16    Exempting a child from the health, dental, or eye
17examination does not exempt the child from participation in the
18program of physical education training provided in Sections
1927-5 through 27-7 of this Code.
20    (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools"
21means those nursery schools operated by elementary school
22systems or secondary level school units or institutions of
23higher learning.
24(Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14; 99-173, eff. 7-29-15;
2599-249, eff. 8-3-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-927, eff.
266-1-17.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 394 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
2    Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
3    (a) For charters granted before January 1, 2017 (the
4effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the
599th General Assembly, a charter may be granted for a period
6not less than 5 and not more than 10 school years. For charters
7granted on or after January 1, 2017 (the effective date of
8Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General
9Assembly, a charter shall be granted for a period of 5 school
10years. For charters renewed before January 1, 2017 (the
11effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the
1299th General Assembly, a charter may be renewed in incremental
13periods not to exceed 5 school years. For charters renewed on
14or after January 1, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act
1599-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly, a
16charter may be renewed in incremental periods not to exceed 10
17school years; however, the Commission may renew a charter only
18in incremental periods not to exceed 5 years. Authorizers shall
19ensure that every charter granted on or after January 1, 2017
20(the effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act
21of the 99th General Assembly includes standards and goals for
22academic, organizational, and financial performance. A charter
23must meet all standards and goals for academic, organizational,
24and financial performance set forth by the authorizer in order
25to be renewed for a term in excess of 5 years but not more than

 

 

HB2808- 395 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

110 years. If an authorizer fails to establish standards and
2goals, a charter shall not be renewed for a term in excess of 5
3years. Nothing contained in this Section shall require an
4authorizer to grant a full 10-year renewal term to any
5particular charter school, but an authorizer may award a full
610-year renewal term to charter schools that have a
7demonstrated track record of improving student performance.
8    (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the
9local school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
10shall contain:
11        (1) A report on the progress of the charter school in
12    achieving the goals, objectives, pupil performance
13    standards, content standards, and other terms of the
14    initial approved charter proposal; and
15        (2) A financial statement that discloses the costs of
16    administration, instruction, and other spending categories
17    for the charter school that is understandable to the
18    general public and that will allow comparison of those
19    costs to other schools or other comparable organizations,
20    in a format required by the State Board.
21    (c) A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
22school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
23clearly demonstrates that the charter school did any of the
24following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements
25of this law:
26        (1) Committed a material violation of any of the

 

 

HB2808- 396 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    conditions, standards, or procedures set forth in the
2    charter.
3        (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward
4    achievement of the content standards or pupil performance
5    standards identified in the charter.
6        (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of
7    fiscal management.
8        (4) Violated any provision of law from which the
9    charter school was not exempted.
10    In the case of revocation, the local school board or the
11Commission, as the chartering entity, shall notify the charter
12school in writing of the reason why the charter is subject to
13revocation. The charter school shall submit a written plan to
14the local school board or the Commission, whichever is
15applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan shall include a
16timeline for implementation, which shall not exceed 2 years or
17the date of the charter's expiration, whichever is earlier. If
18the local school board or the Commission, as the chartering
19entity, finds that the charter school has failed to implement
20the plan of remediation and adhere to the timeline, then the
21chartering entity shall revoke the charter. Except in
22situations of an emergency where the health, safety, or
23education of the charter school's students is at risk, the
24revocation shall take place at the end of a school year.
25Nothing in Public Act 96-105 this amendatory Act of the 96th
26General Assembly shall be construed to prohibit an

 

 

HB2808- 397 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1implementation timetable that is less than 2 years in duration.
2    (d) (Blank).
3    (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to deny,
4revoke, or not to renew a charter shall be provided to the
5Commission and the State Board. The Commission may reverse a
6local board's decision if the Commission finds that the charter
7school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance with
8this Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students
9it is designed to serve. The Commission may condition the
10granting of an appeal on the acceptance by the charter school
11of funding in an amount less than that requested in the
12proposal submitted to the local school board. Final decisions
13of the Commission shall be subject to judicial review under the
14Administrative Review Law.
15    (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
16the Commission on appeal reverses a local board's decision or
17if a charter school is approved by referendum, the Commission
18shall act as the authorized chartering entity for the charter
19school. The Commission shall approve the charter and shall
20perform all functions under this Article otherwise performed by
21the local school board. The State Board shall determine whether
22the charter proposal approved by the Commission is consistent
23with the provisions of this Article and, if the approved
24proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to this
25Article. The State Board shall report the aggregate number of
26charter school pupils resident in a school district to that

 

 

HB2808- 398 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1district and shall notify the district of the amount of funding
2to be paid by the State Board to the charter school enrolling
3such students. The Commission shall require the charter school
4to maintain accurate records of daily attendance that shall be
5deemed sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8.05 or
618-8.15 notwithstanding any other requirements of that Section
7regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification. The
8State Board shall withhold from funds otherwise due the
9district the funds authorized by this Article to be paid to the
10charter school and shall pay such amounts to the charter
11school.
12    (g) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the
13Commission shall quarterly certify to the State Board the
14student enrollment for each of its charter schools.
15    (h) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the
16State Board shall pay directly to a charter school any federal
17or State aid attributable to a student with a disability
18attending the school.
19(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-840, eff. 1-1-17;
20revised 10-27-16.)
 
21    (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
22    Sec. 27A-11. Local financing.
23    (a) For purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in a
24charter school shall be included in the pupil enrollment of the
25school district within which the pupil resides. Each charter

 

 

HB2808- 399 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1school (i) shall determine the school district in which each
2pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides, (ii) shall
3report the aggregate number of pupils resident of a school
4district who are enrolled in the charter school to the school
5district in which those pupils reside, and (iii) shall maintain
6accurate records of daily attendance that shall be deemed
7sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8 or 18-8.15
8notwithstanding any other requirements of that Section
9regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification.
10    (b) Except for a charter school established by referendum
11under Section 27A-6.5, as part of a charter school contract,
12the charter school and the local school board shall agree on
13funding and any services to be provided by the school district
14to the charter school. Agreed funding that a charter school is
15to receive from the local school board for a school year shall
16be paid in equal quarterly installments with the payment of the
17installment for the first quarter being made not later than
18July 1, unless the charter establishes a different payment
19schedule. However, if a charter school dismisses a pupil from
20the charter school after receiving a quarterly payment, the
21charter school shall return to the school district, on a
22quarterly basis, the prorated portion of public funding
23provided for the education of that pupil for the time the
24student is not enrolled at the charter school. Likewise, if a
25pupil transfers to a charter school between quarterly payments,
26the school district shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a

 

 

HB2808- 400 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1prorated portion of the public funding to the charter school to
2provide for the education of that pupil.
3    All services centrally or otherwise provided by the school
4district including, but not limited to, rent, food services,
5custodial services, maintenance, curriculum, media services,
6libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall be subject to
7negotiation between a charter school and the local school board
8and paid for out of the revenues negotiated pursuant to this
9subsection (b); provided that the local school board shall not
10attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate a charter
11school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for whom a
12district is not required to provide transportation under the
13criteria set forth in subsection (a)(13) of Section 27A-7.
14    In no event shall the funding be less than 75% or more than
15125% of the school district's per capita student tuition
16multiplied by the number of students residing in the district
17who are enrolled in the charter school.
18    It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and
19service agreements under this subsection (b) shall be neither a
20financial incentive nor a financial disincentive to the
21establishment of a charter school.
22    The charter school may set and collect reasonable fees.
23Fees collected from students enrolled at a charter school shall
24be retained by the charter school.
25    (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this Section, the
26proportionate share of State and federal resources generated by

 

 

HB2808- 401 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1students with disabilities or staff serving them shall be
2directed to charter schools enrolling those students by their
3school districts or administrative units. The proportionate
4share of moneys generated under other federal or State
5categorical aid programs shall be directed to charter schools
6serving students eligible for that aid.
7    (d) The governing body of a charter school is authorized to
8accept gifts, donations, or grants of any kind made to the
9charter school and to expend or use gifts, donations, or grants
10in accordance with the conditions prescribed by the donor;
11however, a gift, donation, or grant may not be accepted by the
12governing body if it is subject to any condition contrary to
13applicable law or contrary to the terms of the contract between
14the charter school and the local school board. Charter schools
15shall be encouraged to solicit and utilize community volunteer
16speakers and other instructional resources when providing
17instruction on the Holocaust and other historical events.
18    (e) (Blank).
19    (f) The Commission shall provide technical assistance to
20persons and groups preparing or revising charter applications.
21    (g) At the non-renewal or revocation of its charter, each
22charter school shall refund to the local board of education all
23unspent funds.
24    (h) A charter school is authorized to incur temporary,
25short term debt to pay operating expenses in anticipation of
26receipt of funds from the local school board.

 

 

HB2808- 402 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1(Source: P.A. 98-640, eff. 6-9-14; 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-78,
2eff. 7-20-15.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/29-5)  (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5)
4    Sec. 29-5. Reimbursement by State for transportation. Any
5school district, maintaining a school, transporting resident
6pupils to another school district's vocational program,
7offered through a joint agreement approved by the State Board
8of Education, as provided in Section 10-22.22 or transporting
9its resident pupils to a school which meets the standards for
10recognition as established by the State Board of Education
11which provides transportation meeting the standards of safety,
12comfort, convenience, efficiency and operation prescribed by
13the State Board of Education for resident pupils in
14kindergarten or any of grades 1 through 12 who: (a) reside at
15least 1 1/2 miles as measured by the customary route of travel,
16from the school attended; or (b) reside in areas where
17conditions are such that walking constitutes a hazard to the
18safety of the child when determined under Section 29-3; and (c)
19are transported to the school attended from pick-up points at
20the beginning of the school day and back again at the close of
21the school day or transported to and from their assigned
22attendance centers during the school day, shall be reimbursed
23by the State as hereinafter provided in this Section.
24    The State will pay the cost of transporting eligible pupils
25less the assessed valuation in a dual school district

 

 

HB2808- 403 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1maintaining secondary grades 9 to 12 inclusive times a
2qualifying rate of .05%; in elementary school districts
3maintaining grades K to 8 times a qualifying rate of .06%; and
4in unit districts maintaining grades K to 12, including
5optional elementary unit districts and combined high school -
6unit districts, times a qualifying rate of .07%; provided that
7for optional elementary unit districts and combined high school -
8 unit districts, assessed valuation for high school purposes,
9as defined in Article 11E of this Code, must be used. To be
10eligible to receive reimbursement in excess of 4/5 of the cost
11to transport eligible pupils, a school district shall have a
12Transportation Fund tax rate of at least .12%. If a school
13district does not have a .12% Transportation Fund tax rate, the
14amount of its claim in excess of 4/5 of the cost of
15transporting pupils shall be reduced by the sum arrived at by
16subtracting the Transportation Fund tax rate from .12% and
17multiplying that amount by the districts equalized or assessed
18valuation, provided, that in no case shall said reduction
19result in reimbursement of less than 4/5 of the cost to
20transport eligible pupils.
21    The minimum amount to be received by a district is $16
22times the number of eligible pupils transported.
23    When calculating the reimbursement for transportation
24costs, the State Board of Education may not deduct the number
25of pupils enrolled in early education programs from the number
26of pupils eligible for reimbursement if the pupils enrolled in

 

 

HB2808- 404 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1the early education programs are transported at the same time
2as other eligible pupils.
3    Any such district transporting resident pupils during the
4school day to an area vocational school or another school
5district's vocational program more than 1 1/2 miles from the
6school attended, as provided in Sections 10-22.20a and
710-22.22, shall be reimbursed by the State for 4/5 of the cost
8of transporting eligible pupils.
9    School day means that period of time which the pupil is
10required to be in attendance for instructional purposes.
11    If a pupil is at a location within the school district
12other than his residence for child care purposes at the time
13for transportation to school, that location may be considered
14for purposes of determining the 1 1/2 miles from the school
15attended.
16    Claims for reimbursement that include children who attend
17any school other than a public school shall show the number of
18such children transported.
19    Claims for reimbursement under this Section shall not be
20paid for the transportation of pupils for whom transportation
21costs are claimed for payment under other Sections of this Act.
22    The allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for
23regular, vocational, and special education pupil
24transportation shall be limited to the sum of the cost of
25physical examinations required for employment as a school bus
26driver; the salaries of full or part-time drivers and school

 

 

HB2808- 405 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1bus maintenance personnel; employee benefits excluding
2Illinois municipal retirement payments, social security
3payments, unemployment insurance payments and workers'
4compensation insurance premiums; expenditures to independent
5carriers who operate school buses; payments to other school
6districts for pupil transportation services; pre-approved
7contractual expenditures for computerized bus scheduling; the
8cost of gasoline, oil, tires, and other supplies necessary for
9the operation of school buses; the cost of converting buses'
10gasoline engines to more fuel efficient engines or to engines
11which use alternative energy sources; the cost of travel to
12meetings and workshops conducted by the regional
13superintendent or the State Superintendent of Education
14pursuant to the standards established by the Secretary of State
15under Section 6-106 of the Illinois Vehicle Code to improve the
16driving skills of school bus drivers; the cost of maintenance
17of school buses including parts and materials used;
18expenditures for leasing transportation vehicles, except
19interest and service charges; the cost of insurance and
20licenses for transportation vehicles; expenditures for the
21rental of transportation equipment; plus a depreciation
22allowance of 20% for 5 years for school buses and vehicles
23approved for transporting pupils to and from school and a
24depreciation allowance of 10% for 10 years for other
25transportation equipment so used. Each school year, if a school
26district has made expenditures to the Regional Transportation

 

 

HB2808- 406 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Authority or any of its service boards, a mass transit
2district, or an urban transportation district under an
3intergovernmental agreement with the district to provide for
4the transportation of pupils and if the public transit carrier
5received direct payment for services or passes from a school
6district within its service area during the 2000-2001 school
7year, then the allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for
8regular, vocational, and special education pupil
9transportation shall also include the expenditures that the
10district has made to the public transit carrier. In addition to
11the above allowable costs school districts shall also claim all
12transportation supervisory salary costs, including Illinois
13municipal retirement payments, and all transportation related
14building and building maintenance costs without limitation.
15    Special education allowable costs shall also include
16expenditures for the salaries of attendants or aides for that
17portion of the time they assist special education pupils while
18in transit and expenditures for parents and public carriers for
19transporting special education pupils when pre-approved by the
20State Superintendent of Education.
21    Indirect costs shall be included in the reimbursement claim
22for districts which own and operate their own school buses.
23Such indirect costs shall include administrative costs, or any
24costs attributable to transporting pupils from their
25attendance centers to another school building for
26instructional purposes. No school district which owns and

 

 

HB2808- 407 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1operates its own school buses may claim reimbursement for
2indirect costs which exceed 5% of the total allowable direct
3costs for pupil transportation.
4    The State Board of Education shall prescribe uniform
5regulations for determining the above standards and shall
6prescribe forms of cost accounting and standards of determining
7reasonable depreciation. Such depreciation shall include the
8cost of equipping school buses with the safety features
9required by law or by the rules, regulations and standards
10promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the Department
11of Transportation for the safety and construction of school
12buses provided, however, any equipment cost reimbursed by the
13Department of Transportation for equipping school buses with
14such safety equipment shall be deducted from the allowable cost
15in the computation of reimbursement under this Section in the
16same percentage as the cost of the equipment is depreciated.
17    On or before August 15, annually, the chief school
18administrator for the district shall certify to the State
19Superintendent of Education the district's claim for
20reimbursement for the school year ending on June 30 next
21preceding. The State Superintendent of Education shall check
22and approve the claims and prepare the vouchers showing the
23amounts due for district reimbursement claims. Each fiscal
24year, the State Superintendent of Education shall prepare and
25transmit the first 3 vouchers to the Comptroller on the 30th
26day of September, December and March, respectively, and the

 

 

HB2808- 408 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1final voucher, no later than June 20.
2    If the amount appropriated for transportation
3reimbursement is insufficient to fund total claims for any
4fiscal year, the State Board of Education shall reduce each
5school district's allowable costs and flat grant amount
6proportionately to make total adjusted claims equal the total
7amount appropriated.
8    For purposes of calculating claims for reimbursement under
9this Section for any school year beginning July 1, 1998, or
10thereafter, the equalized assessed valuation for a school
11district used to compute reimbursement shall be computed in the
12same manner as it is computed under paragraph (2) of subsection
13(G) of Section 18-8.05.
14    All reimbursements received from the State shall be
15deposited into the district's transportation fund or into the
16fund from which the allowable expenditures were made.
17    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school
18district receiving a payment under this Section or under
19Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or 14-13.01 of this Code may
20classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a
21particular fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to
22Section 18-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection
23with any funding program for which it is entitled to receive
24funds from the State in that fiscal year (including, without
25limitation, any funding program referenced in this Section),
26regardless of the source or timing of the receipt. The district

 

 

HB2808- 409 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1may not classify more funds as funds received in connection
2with the funding program than the district is entitled to
3receive in that fiscal year for that program. Any
4classification by a district must be made by a resolution of
5its board of education. The resolution must identify the amount
6of any payments or general State aid to be classified under
7this paragraph and must specify the funding program to which
8the funds are to be treated as received in connection
9therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
10classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of
11the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
12Education. The resolution shall still take effect even though a
13copy of the resolution has not been sent to the State
14Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No
15classification under this paragraph by a district shall affect
16the total amount or timing of money the district is entitled to
17receive under this Code. No classification under this paragraph
18by a district shall in any way relieve the district from or
19affect any requirements that otherwise would apply with respect
20to that funding program, including any accounting of funds by
21source, reporting expenditures by original source and purpose,
22reporting requirements, or requirements of providing services.
23    Any school district with a population of not more than
24500,000 must deposit all funds received under this Article into
25the transportation fund and use those funds for the provision
26of transportation services.

 

 

HB2808- 410 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
2Section, the State Board of Education shall award to a school
3district having a population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants
43.9% of the funds appropriated by the General Assembly for any
5fiscal year for purposes of payments to school districts under
6this Section.
7(Source: P.A. 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-1264, eff. 1-1-11.)
 
8    (105 ILCS 5/34-2.3)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3)
9    Sec. 34-2.3. Local school councils - Powers and duties.
10Each local school council shall have and exercise, consistent
11with the provisions of this Article and the powers and duties
12of the board of education, the following powers and duties:
13    1. (A) To annually evaluate the performance of the
14principal of the attendance center using a Board approved
15principal evaluation form, which shall include the evaluation
16of (i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school
17improvement plan, (ii) student absenteeism rates at the school,
18(iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
19implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to improve
20student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi)
21any other factors deemed relevant by the local school council,
22including, without limitation, the principal's communication
23skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered
24learning environment, to develop opportunities for
25professional development, and to encourage parental

 

 

HB2808- 411 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
2improvement;
3    (B) to determine in the manner provided by subsection (c)
4of Section 34-2.2 and subdivision 1.5 of this Section whether
5the performance contract of the principal shall be renewed; and
6    (C) to directly select, in the manner provided by
7subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, a new principal (including a
8new principal to fill a vacancy) -- without submitting any list
9of candidates for that position to the general superintendent
10as provided in paragraph 2 of this Section -- to serve under a
114 year performance contract; provided that (i) the
12determination of whether the principal's performance contract
13is to be renewed, based upon the evaluation required by
14subdivision 1.5 of this Section, shall be made no later than
15150 days prior to the expiration of the current
16performance-based contract of the principal, (ii) in cases
17where such performance contract is not renewed -- a direct
18selection of a new principal -- to serve under a 4 year
19performance contract shall be made by the local school council
20no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the current
21performance contract of the principal, and (iii) a selection by
22the local school council of a new principal to fill a vacancy
23under a 4 year performance contract shall be made within 90
24days after the date such vacancy occurs. A Council shall be
25required, if requested by the principal, to provide in writing
26the reasons for the council's not renewing the principal's

 

 

HB2808- 412 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1contract.
2    1.5. The local school council's determination of whether to
3renew the principal's contract shall be based on an evaluation
4to assess the educational and administrative progress made at
5the school during the principal's current performance-based
6contract. The local school council shall base its evaluation on
7(i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school
8improvement plan, (ii) student absenteeism rates at the school,
9(iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
10implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to improve
11student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi)
12any other factors deemed relevant by the local school council,
13including, without limitation, the principal's communication
14skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered
15learning environment, to develop opportunities for
16professional development, and to encourage parental
17involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
18improvement. If a local school council fails to renew the
19performance contract of a principal rated by the general
20superintendent, or his or her designee, in the previous years'
21evaluations as meeting or exceeding expectations, the
22principal, within 15 days after the local school council's
23decision not to renew the contract, may request a review of the
24local school council's principal non-retention decision by a
25hearing officer appointed by the American Arbitration
26Association. A local school council member or members or the

 

 

HB2808- 413 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1general superintendent may support the principal's request for
2review. During the period of the hearing officer's review of
3the local school council's decision on whether or not to retain
4the principal, the local school council shall maintain all
5authority to search for and contract with a person to serve as
6interim or acting principal, or as the principal of the
7attendance center under a 4-year performance contract,
8provided that any performance contract entered into by the
9local school council shall be voidable or modified in
10accordance with the decision of the hearing officer. The
11principal may request review only once while at that attendance
12center. If a local school council renews the contract of a
13principal who failed to obtain a rating of "meets" or "exceeds
14expectations" in the general superintendent's evaluation for
15the previous year, the general superintendent, within 15 days
16after the local school council's decision to renew the
17contract, may request a review of the local school council's
18principal retention decision by a hearing officer appointed by
19the American Arbitration Association. The general
20superintendent may request a review only once for that
21principal at that attendance center. All requests to review the
22retention or non-retention of a principal shall be submitted to
23the general superintendent, who shall, in turn, forward such
24requests, within 14 days of receipt, to the American
25Arbitration Association. The general superintendent shall send
26a contemporaneous copy of the request that was forwarded to the

 

 

HB2808- 414 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1American Arbitration Association to the principal and to each
2local school council member and shall inform the local school
3council of its rights and responsibilities under the
4arbitration process, including the local school council's
5right to representation and the manner and process by which the
6Board shall pay the costs of the council's representation. If
7the local school council retains the principal and the general
8superintendent requests a review of the retention decision, the
9local school council and the general superintendent shall be
10considered parties to the arbitration, a hearing officer shall
11be chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
12promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the principal
13may retain counsel and participate in the arbitration. If the
14local school council does not retain the principal and the
15principal requests a review of the retention decision, the
16local school council and the principal shall be considered
17parties to the arbitration and a hearing officer shall be
18chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
19promulgated by the State Board of Education. The hearing shall
20begin (i) within 45 days after the initial request for review
21is submitted by the principal to the general superintendent or
22(ii) if the initial request for review is made by the general
23superintendent, within 45 days after that request is mailed to
24the American Arbitration Association. The hearing officer
25shall render a decision within 45 days after the hearing begins
26and within 90 days after the initial request for review. The

 

 

HB2808- 415 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Board shall contract with the American Arbitration Association
2for all of the hearing officer's reasonable and necessary
3costs. In addition, the Board shall pay any reasonable costs
4incurred by a local school council for representation before a
5hearing officer.
6    1.10. The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing, which
7shall include (i) a review of the principal's performance,
8evaluations, and other evidence of the principal's service at
9the school, (ii) reasons provided by the local school council
10for its decision, and (iii) documentation evidencing views of
11interested persons, including, without limitation, students,
12parents, local school council members, school faculty and
13staff, the principal, the general superintendent or his or her
14designee, and members of the community. The burden of proof in
15establishing that the local school council's decision was
16arbitrary and capricious shall be on the party requesting the
17arbitration, and this party shall sustain the burden by a
18preponderance of the evidence. The hearing officer shall set
19the local school council decision aside if that decision, in
20light of the record developed at the hearing, is arbitrary and
21capricious. The decision of the hearing officer may not be
22appealed to the Board or the State Board of Education. If the
23hearing officer decides that the principal shall be retained,
24the retention period shall not exceed 2 years.
25    2. In the event (i) the local school council does not renew
26the performance contract of the principal, or the principal

 

 

HB2808- 416 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1fails to receive a satisfactory rating as provided in
2subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3, or the principal is removed
3for cause during the term of his or her performance contract in
4the manner provided by Section 34-85, or a vacancy in the
5position of principal otherwise occurs prior to the expiration
6of the term of a principal's performance contract, and (ii) the
7local school council fails to directly select a new principal
8to serve under a 4 year performance contract, the local school
9council in such event shall submit to the general
10superintendent a list of 3 candidates -- listed in the local
11school council's order of preference -- for the position of
12principal, one of which shall be selected by the general
13superintendent to serve as principal of the attendance center.
14If the general superintendent fails or refuses to select one of
15the candidates on the list to serve as principal within 30 days
16after being furnished with the candidate list, the general
17superintendent shall select and place a principal on an interim
18basis (i) for a period not to exceed one year or (ii) until the
19local school council selects a new principal with 7 affirmative
20votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2,
21whichever occurs first. If the local school council fails or
22refuses to select and appoint a new principal, as specified by
23subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, the general superintendent
24may select and appoint a new principal on an interim basis for
25an additional year or until a new contract principal is
26selected by the local school council. There shall be no

 

 

HB2808- 417 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1discrimination on the basis of race, sex, creed, color or
2disability unrelated to ability to perform in connection with
3the submission of candidates for, and the selection of a
4candidate to serve as principal of an attendance center. No
5person shall be directly selected, listed as a candidate for,
6or selected to serve as principal of an attendance center (i)
7if such person has been removed for cause from employment by
8the Board or (ii) if such person does not hold a valid
9administrative certificate issued or exchanged under Article
1021 and endorsed as required by that Article for the position of
11principal. A principal whose performance contract is not
12renewed as provided under subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2 may
13nevertheless, if otherwise qualified and certified as herein
14provided and if he or she has received a satisfactory rating as
15provided in subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3, be included by a
16local school council as one of the 3 candidates listed in order
17of preference on any candidate list from which one person is to
18be selected to serve as principal of the attendance center
19under a new performance contract. The initial candidate list
20required to be submitted by a local school council to the
21general superintendent in cases where the local school council
22does not renew the performance contract of its principal and
23does not directly select a new principal to serve under a 4
24year performance contract shall be submitted not later than 30
25days prior to the expiration of the current performance
26contract. In cases where the local school council fails or

 

 

HB2808- 418 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1refuses to submit the candidate list to the general
2superintendent no later than 30 days prior to the expiration of
3the incumbent principal's contract, the general superintendent
4may appoint a principal on an interim basis for a period not to
5exceed one year, during which time the local school council
6shall be able to select a new principal with 7 affirmative
7votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2. In cases
8where a principal is removed for cause or a vacancy otherwise
9occurs in the position of principal and the vacancy is not
10filled by direct selection by the local school council, the
11candidate list shall be submitted by the local school council
12to the general superintendent within 90 days after the date
13such removal or vacancy occurs. In cases where the local school
14council fails or refuses to submit the candidate list to the
15general superintendent within 90 days after the date of the
16vacancy, the general superintendent may appoint a principal on
17an interim basis for a period of one year, during which time
18the local school council shall be able to select a new
19principal with 7 affirmative votes as provided in subsection
20(c) of Section 34-2.2.
21    2.5. Whenever a vacancy in the office of a principal occurs
22for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner
23provided by this Section by the selection of a new principal to
24serve under a 4 year performance contract.
25    3. To establish additional criteria to be included as part
26of the performance contract of its principal, provided that

 

 

HB2808- 419 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1such additional criteria shall not discriminate on the basis of
2race, sex, creed, color or disability unrelated to ability to
3perform, and shall not be inconsistent with the uniform 4 year
4performance contract for principals developed by the board as
5provided in Section 34-8.1 of the School Code or with other
6provisions of this Article governing the authority and
7responsibility of principals.
8    4. To approve the expenditure plan prepared by the
9principal with respect to all funds allocated and distributed
10to the attendance center by the Board. The expenditure plan
11shall be administered by the principal. Notwithstanding any
12other provision of this Act or any other law, any expenditure
13plan approved and administered under this Section 34-2.3 shall
14be consistent with and subject to the terms of any contract for
15services with a third party entered into by the Chicago School
16Reform Board of Trustees or the board under this Act.
17    Via a supermajority vote of 7 members of the local school
18council or 8 members of a high school local school council, the
19Council may transfer allocations pursuant to Section 34-2.3
20within funds; provided that such a transfer is consistent with
21applicable law and collective bargaining agreements.
22    Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
23thereafter, the Board may reserve up to 1% of its total fiscal
24year budget for distribution on a prioritized basis to schools
25throughout the school system in order to assure adequate
26programs to meet the needs of special student populations as

 

 

HB2808- 420 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1determined by the Board. This distribution shall take into
2account the needs catalogued in the Systemwide Plan and the
3various local school improvement plans of the local school
4councils. Information about these centrally funded programs
5shall be distributed to the local school councils so that their
6subsequent planning and programming will account for these
7provisions.
8    Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
9thereafter, from other amounts available in the applicable
10fiscal year budget, the board shall allocate a lump sum amount
11to each local school based upon such formula as the board shall
12determine taking into account the special needs of the student
13body. The local school principal shall develop an expenditure
14plan in consultation with the local school council, the
15professional personnel leadership committee and with all other
16school personnel, which reflects the priorities and activities
17as described in the school's local school improvement plan and
18is consistent with applicable law and collective bargaining
19agreements and with board policies and standards; however, the
20local school council shall have the right to request waivers of
21board policy from the board of education and waivers of
22employee collective bargaining agreements pursuant to Section
2334-8.1a.
24    The expenditure plan developed by the principal with
25respect to amounts available from the fund for prioritized
26special needs programs and the allocated lump sum amount must

 

 

HB2808- 421 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1be approved by the local school council.
2    The lump sum allocation shall take into account the
3following principles:
4        a. Teachers: Each school shall be allocated funds equal
5    to the amount appropriated in the previous school year for
6    compensation for teachers (regular grades kindergarten
7    through 12th grade) plus whatever increases in
8    compensation have been negotiated contractually or through
9    longevity as provided in the negotiated agreement.
10    Adjustments shall be made due to layoff or reduction in
11    force, lack of funds or work, change in subject
12    requirements, enrollment changes, or contracts with third
13    parties for the performance of services or to rectify any
14    inconsistencies with system-wide allocation formulas or
15    for other legitimate reasons.
16        b. Other personnel: Funds for other teacher
17    certificated and uncertificated personnel paid through
18    non-categorical funds shall be provided according to
19    system-wide formulas based on student enrollment and the
20    special needs of the school as determined by the Board.
21        c. Non-compensation items: Appropriations for all
22    non-compensation items shall be based on system-wide
23    formulas based on student enrollment and on the special
24    needs of the school or factors related to the physical
25    plant, including but not limited to textbooks, electronic
26    textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to

 

 

HB2808- 422 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    gain access to and use electronic textbooks, supplies,
2    electricity, equipment, and routine maintenance.
3        d. Funds for categorical programs: Schools shall
4    receive personnel and funds based on, and shall use such
5    personnel and funds in accordance with State and Federal
6    requirements applicable to each categorical program
7    provided to meet the special needs of the student body
8    (including but not limited to, Federal Chapter I,
9    Bilingual, and Special Education).
10        d.1. Funds for State Title I: Each school shall receive
11    funds based on State and Board requirements applicable to
12    each State Title I pupil provided to meet the special needs
13    of the student body. Each school shall receive the
14    proportion of funds as provided in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15
15    to which they are entitled. These funds shall be spent only
16    with the budgetary approval of the Local School Council as
17    provided in Section 34-2.3.
18        e. The Local School Council shall have the right to
19    request the principal to close positions and open new ones
20    consistent with the provisions of the local school
21    improvement plan provided that these decisions are
22    consistent with applicable law and collective bargaining
23    agreements. If a position is closed, pursuant to this
24    paragraph, the local school shall have for its use the
25    system-wide average compensation for the closed position.
26        f. Operating within existing laws and collective

 

 

HB2808- 423 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    bargaining agreements, the local school council shall have
2    the right to direct the principal to shift expenditures
3    within funds.
4        g. (Blank).
5    Any funds unexpended at the end of the fiscal year shall be
6available to the board of education for use as part of its
7budget for the following fiscal year.
8    5. To make recommendations to the principal concerning
9textbook selection and concerning curriculum developed
10pursuant to the school improvement plan which is consistent
11with systemwide curriculum objectives in accordance with
12Sections 34-8 and 34-18 of the School Code and in conformity
13with the collective bargaining agreement.
14    6. To advise the principal concerning the attendance and
15disciplinary policies for the attendance center, subject to the
16provisions of this Article and Article 26, and consistent with
17the uniform system of discipline established by the board
18pursuant to Section 34-19.
19    7. To approve a school improvement plan developed as
20provided in Section 34-2.4. The process and schedule for plan
21development shall be publicized to the entire school community,
22and the community shall be afforded the opportunity to make
23recommendations concerning the plan. At least twice a year the
24principal and local school council shall report publicly on
25progress and problems with respect to plan implementation.
26    8. To evaluate the allocation of teaching resources and

 

 

HB2808- 424 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1other certificated and uncertificated staff to the attendance
2center to determine whether such allocation is consistent with
3and in furtherance of instructional objectives and school
4programs reflective of the school improvement plan adopted for
5the attendance center; and to make recommendations to the
6board, the general superintendent and the principal concerning
7any reallocation of teaching resources or other staff whenever
8the council determines that any such reallocation is
9appropriate because the qualifications of any existing staff at
10the attendance center do not adequately match or support
11instructional objectives or school programs which reflect the
12school improvement plan.
13    9. To make recommendations to the principal and the general
14superintendent concerning their respective appointments, after
15August 31, 1989, and in the manner provided by Section 34-8 and
16Section 34-8.1, of persons to fill any vacant, additional or
17newly created positions for teachers at the attendance center
18or at attendance centers which include the attendance center
19served by the local school council.
20    10. To request of the Board the manner in which training
21and assistance shall be provided to the local school council.
22Pursuant to Board guidelines a local school council is
23authorized to direct the Board of Education to contract with
24personnel or not-for-profit organizations not associated with
25the school district to train or assist council members. If
26training or assistance is provided by contract with personnel

 

 

HB2808- 425 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1or organizations not associated with the school district, the
2period of training or assistance shall not exceed 30 hours
3during a given school year; person shall not be employed on a
4continuous basis longer than said period and shall not have
5been employed by the Chicago Board of Education within the
6preceding six months. Council members shall receive training in
7at least the following areas:
8        1. school budgets;
9        2. educational theory pertinent to the attendance
10    center's particular needs, including the development of
11    the school improvement plan and the principal's
12    performance contract; and
13        3. personnel selection.
14Council members shall, to the greatest extent possible,
15complete such training within 90 days of election.
16    11. In accordance with systemwide guidelines contained in
17the System-Wide Educational Reform Goals and Objectives Plan,
18criteria for evaluation of performance shall be established for
19local school councils and local school council members. If a
20local school council persists in noncompliance with systemwide
21requirements, the Board may impose sanctions and take necessary
22corrective action, consistent with Section 34-8.3.
23    12. Each local school council shall comply with the Open
24Meetings Act and the Freedom of Information Act. Each local
25school council shall issue and transmit to its school community
26a detailed annual report accounting for its activities

 

 

HB2808- 426 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1programmatically and financially. Each local school council
2shall convene at least 2 well-publicized meetings annually with
3its entire school community. These meetings shall include
4presentation of the proposed local school improvement plan, of
5the proposed school expenditure plan, and the annual report,
6and shall provide an opportunity for public comment.
7    13. Each local school council is encouraged to involve
8additional non-voting members of the school community in
9facilitating the council's exercise of its responsibilities.
10    14. The local school council may adopt a school uniform or
11dress code policy that governs the attendance center and that
12is necessary to maintain the orderly process of a school
13function or prevent endangerment of student health or safety,
14consistent with the policies and rules of the Board of
15Education. A school uniform or dress code policy adopted by a
16local school council: (i) shall not be applied in such manner
17as to discipline or deny attendance to a transfer student or
18any other student for noncompliance with that policy during
19such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable the
20student to acquire a school uniform or otherwise comply with
21the dress code policy that is in effect at the attendance
22center into which the student's enrollment is transferred; and
23(ii) shall include criteria and procedures under which the
24local school council will accommodate the needs of or otherwise
25provide appropriate resources to assist a student from an
26indigent family in complying with an applicable school uniform

 

 

HB2808- 427 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1or dress code policy. A student whose parents or legal
2guardians object on religious grounds to the student's
3compliance with an applicable school uniform or dress code
4policy shall not be required to comply with that policy if the
5student's parents or legal guardians present to the local
6school council a signed statement of objection detailing the
7grounds for the objection.
8    15. All decisions made and actions taken by the local
9school council in the exercise of its powers and duties shall
10comply with State and federal laws, all applicable collective
11bargaining agreements, court orders and rules properly
12promulgated by the Board.
13    15a. To grant, in accordance with board rules and policies,
14the use of assembly halls and classrooms when not otherwise
15needed, including lighting, heat, and attendants, for public
16lectures, concerts, and other educational and social
17activities.
18    15b. To approve, in accordance with board rules and
19policies, receipts and expenditures for all internal accounts
20of the attendance center, and to approve all fund-raising
21activities by nonschool organizations that use the school
22building.
23    16. (Blank).
24    17. Names and addresses of local school council members
25shall be a matter of public record.
26(Source: P.A. 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10.)
 

 

 

HB2808- 428 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 5/34-18)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
2    Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise
3general supervision and jurisdiction over the public education
4and the public school system of the city, and, except as
5otherwise provided by this Article, shall have power:
6        1. To make suitable provision for the establishment and
7    maintenance throughout the year or for such portion thereof
8    as it may direct, not less than 9 months, of schools of all
9    grades and kinds, including normal schools, high schools,
10    night schools, schools for defectives and delinquents,
11    parental and truant schools, schools for the blind, the
12    deaf and persons with physical disabilities, schools or
13    classes in manual training, constructural and vocational
14    teaching, domestic arts and physical culture, vocation and
15    extension schools and lecture courses, and all other
16    educational courses and facilities, including
17    establishing, equipping, maintaining and operating
18    playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
19    are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected with any public
20    school under the general supervision and jurisdiction of
21    the board; provided that the calendar for the school term
22    and any changes must be submitted to and approved by the
23    State Board of Education before the calendar or changes may
24    take effect, and provided that in allocating funds from
25    year to year for the operation of all attendance centers

 

 

HB2808- 429 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    within the district, the board shall ensure that
2    supplemental general State aid or supplemental grant funds
3    are allocated and applied in accordance with Section 18-8,
4    or 18-8.05, or 18-8.15. To admit to such schools without
5    charge foreign exchange students who are participants in an
6    organized exchange student program which is authorized by
7    the board. The board shall permit all students to enroll in
8    apprenticeship programs in trade schools operated by the
9    board, whether those programs are union-sponsored or not.
10    No student shall be refused admission into or be excluded
11    from any course of instruction offered in the common
12    schools by reason of that student's sex. No student shall
13    be denied equal access to physical education and
14    interscholastic athletic programs supported from school
15    district funds or denied participation in comparable
16    physical education and athletic programs solely by reason
17    of the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported
18    from school district funds and comparable programs will be
19    defined in rules promulgated by the State Board of
20    Education in consultation with the Illinois High School
21    Association. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
22    Article, neither the board of education nor any local
23    school council or other school official shall recommend
24    that children with disabilities be placed into regular
25    education classrooms unless those children with
26    disabilities are provided with supplementary services to

 

 

HB2808- 430 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    assist them so that they benefit from the regular classroom
2    instruction and are included on the teacher's regular
3    education class register;
4        2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable
5    charge therefor, and to use school funds for the payment of
6    such expenses as the board may determine are necessary in
7    conducting the school lunch program;
8        3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
9        4. To make arrangements with the public or quasi-public
10    libraries and museums for the use of their facilities by
11    teachers and pupils of the public schools;
12        5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for
13    the purpose of treating the pupils in the schools, but
14    accepting such treatment shall be optional with parents or
15    guardians;
16        6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms
17    when not otherwise needed, including light, heat, and
18    attendants, for free public lectures, concerts, and other
19    educational and social interests, free of charge, under
20    such provisions and control as the principal of the
21    affected attendance center may prescribe;
22        7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools;
23    provided that no pupil shall be excluded from or segregated
24    in any such school on account of his color, race, sex, or
25    nationality. The board shall take into consideration the
26    prevention of segregation and the elimination of

 

 

HB2808- 431 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    separation of children in public schools because of color,
2    race, sex, or nationality. Except that children may be
3    committed to or attend parental and social adjustment
4    schools established and maintained either for boys or girls
5    only. All records pertaining to the creation, alteration or
6    revision of attendance areas shall be open to the public.
7    Nothing herein shall limit the board's authority to
8    establish multi-area attendance centers or other student
9    assignment systems for desegregation purposes or
10    otherwise, and to apportion the pupils to the several
11    schools. Furthermore, beginning in school year 1994-95,
12    pursuant to a board plan adopted by October 1, 1993, the
13    board shall offer, commencing on a phased-in basis, the
14    opportunity for families within the school district to
15    apply for enrollment of their children in any attendance
16    center within the school district which does not have
17    selective admission requirements approved by the board.
18    The appropriate geographical area in which such open
19    enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by the
20    board of education. Such children may be admitted to any
21    such attendance center on a space available basis after all
22    children residing within such attendance center's area
23    have been accommodated. If the number of applicants from
24    outside the attendance area exceed the space available,
25    then successful applicants shall be selected by lottery.
26    The board of education's open enrollment plan must include

 

 

HB2808- 432 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    provisions that allow low income students to have access to
2    transportation needed to exercise school choice. Open
3    enrollment shall be in compliance with the provisions of
4    the Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan cited in Section
5    34-1.01;
6        8. To approve programs and policies for providing
7    transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
8    be construed to permit or empower the State Board of
9    Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
10    transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving
11    racial balance in any school;
12        9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to
13    establish and approve system-wide curriculum objectives
14    and standards, including graduation standards, which
15    reflect the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
16    consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
17    of this Article courses or proficiency in American Sign
18    Language shall be deemed to constitute courses or
19    proficiency in a foreign language; and to employ principals
20    and teachers, appointed as provided in this Article, and
21    fix their compensation. The board shall prepare such
22    reports related to minimal competency testing as may be
23    requested by the State Board of Education, and in addition
24    shall monitor and approve special education and bilingual
25    education programs and policies within the district to
26    assure that appropriate services are provided in

 

 

HB2808- 433 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    accordance with applicable State and federal laws to
2    children requiring services and education in those areas;
3        10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize
4    volunteer personnel for: (i) non-teaching duties not
5    requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
6    including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
7    halls, long distance teaching reception areas used
8    incident to instructional programs transmitted by
9    electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
10    detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored
11    extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
12    volunteer non-certificated personnel or employ
13    non-certificated personnel to assist in the instruction of
14    pupils under the immediate supervision of a teacher holding
15    a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching subject
16    matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher
17    shall be continuously aware of the non-certificated
18    persons' activities and shall be able to control or modify
19    them. The general superintendent shall determine
20    qualifications of such personnel and shall prescribe rules
21    for determining the duties and activities to be assigned to
22    such personnel;
23        10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional
24    School Crisis Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part
25    of the Safe to Learn Program established pursuant to
26    Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act of 1995,

 

 

HB2808- 434 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    to provide assistance to schools in times of violence or
2    other traumatic incidents within a school community by
3    providing crisis intervention services to lessen the
4    effects of emotional trauma on individuals and the
5    community; the School Crisis Assistance Team Steering
6    Committee shall determine the qualifications for
7    volunteers;
8        11. To provide television studio facilities in not to
9    exceed one school building and to provide programs for
10    educational purposes, provided, however, that the board
11    shall not construct, acquire, operate, or maintain a
12    television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
13    facilities to a licensed television station located in the
14    school district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed
15    one school radio transmitting station and provide programs
16    for educational purposes;
17        12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education
18    courses, including field trips within the State of
19    Illinois, or adjacent states, and to use school educational
20    funds for the expense of the said outdoor educational
21    programs, whether within the school district or not;
22        13. During that period of the calendar year not
23    embraced within the regular school term, to provide and
24    conduct courses in subject matters normally embraced in the
25    program of the schools during the regular school term and
26    to give regular school credit for satisfactory completion

 

 

HB2808- 435 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    by the student of such courses as may be approved for
2    credit by the State Board of Education;
3        14. To insure against any loss or liability of the
4    board, the former School Board Nominating Commission,
5    Local School Councils, the Chicago Schools Academic
6    Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict Councils
7    or of any member, officer, agent or employee thereof,
8    resulting from alleged violations of civil rights arising
9    from incidents occurring on or after September 5, 1967 or
10    from the wrongful or negligent act or omission of any such
11    person whether occurring within or without the school
12    premises, provided the officer, agent or employee was, at
13    the time of the alleged violation of civil rights or
14    wrongful act or omission, acting within the scope of his
15    employment or under direction of the board, the former
16    School Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago Schools
17    Academic Accountability Council, Local School Councils, or
18    the former Subdistrict Councils; and to provide for or
19    participate in insurance plans for its officers and
20    employees, including but not limited to retirement
21    annuities, medical, surgical and hospitalization benefits
22    in such types and amounts as may be determined by the
23    board; provided, however, that the board shall contract for
24    such insurance only with an insurance company authorized to
25    do business in this State. Such insurance may include
26    provision for employees who rely on treatment by prayer or

 

 

HB2808- 436 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    spiritual means alone for healing, in accordance with the
2    tenets and practice of a recognized religious
3    denomination;
4        15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any
5    municipality or the county board of any county, as the case
6    may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic in parking
7    areas of property used for school purposes, in such manner
8    as is provided by Section 11-209 of The Illinois Vehicle
9    Code, approved September 29, 1969, as amended;
10        16. (a) To provide, on an equal basis, access to a high
11    school campus and student directory information to the
12    official recruiting representatives of the armed forces of
13    Illinois and the United States for the purposes of
14    informing students of the educational and career
15    opportunities available in the military if the board has
16    provided such access to persons or groups whose purpose is
17    to acquaint students with educational or occupational
18    opportunities available to them. The board is not required
19    to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
20    recruiting representatives than is given to other persons
21    and groups. In this paragraph 16, "directory information"
22    means a high school student's name, address, and telephone
23    number.
24        (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian
25    submits a signed, written request to the high school before
26    the end of the student's sophomore year (or if the student

 

 

HB2808- 437 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    is a transfer student, by another time set by the high
2    school) that indicates that the student or his or her
3    parent or guardian does not want the student's directory
4    information to be provided to official recruiting
5    representatives under subsection (a) of this Section, the
6    high school may not provide access to the student's
7    directory information to these recruiting representatives.
8    The high school shall notify its students and their parents
9    or guardians of the provisions of this subsection (b).
10        (c) A high school may require official recruiting
11    representatives of the armed forces of Illinois and the
12    United States to pay a fee for copying and mailing a
13    student's directory information in an amount that is not
14    more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
15        (d) Information received by an official recruiting
16    representative under this Section may be used only to
17    provide information to students concerning educational and
18    career opportunities available in the military and may not
19    be released to a person who is not involved in recruiting
20    students for the armed forces of Illinois or the United
21    States;
22        17. (a) To sell or market any computer program
23    developed by an employee of the school district, provided
24    that such employee developed the computer program as a
25    direct result of his or her duties with the school district
26    or through the utilization of the school district resources

 

 

HB2808- 438 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    or facilities. The employee who developed the computer
2    program shall be entitled to share in the proceeds of such
3    sale or marketing of the computer program. The distribution
4    of such proceeds between the employee and the school
5    district shall be as agreed upon by the employee and the
6    school district, except that neither the employee nor the
7    school district may receive more than 90% of such proceeds.
8    The negotiation for an employee who is represented by an
9    exclusive bargaining representative may be conducted by
10    such bargaining representative at the employee's request.
11        (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
12            (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed,
13        general purpose digital device capable of
14        automatically accepting data, processing data and
15        supplying the results of the operation.
16            (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded
17        instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
18        computer, which causes the computer to process data in
19        order to achieve a certain result.
20            (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from
21        marketing or sale of a product after deducting the
22        expenses of developing and marketing such product;
23        18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
24    schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts
25    and expenditures in amounts of $10,000 or less;
26        19. Upon the written request of an employee, to

 

 

HB2808- 439 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
2    payments or contributions payable by such employee to any
3    labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
4    Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an amount
5    shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which is
6    equal to the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any
7    payments or contributions, and the board shall transmit
8    such withholdings to the specified labor organization
9    within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
10        19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a
11    municipality with a population of 500,000 or more, a county
12    with a population of 3,000,000 or more, the Cook County
13    Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
14    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
15    Transit Authority, or a housing authority of a municipality
16    with a population of 500,000 or more that a debt is due and
17    owing the municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest
18    Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
19    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
20    Transit Authority, or the housing authority by an employee
21    of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, from the
22    compensation of that employee, the amount of the debt that
23    is due and owing and pay the amount withheld to the
24    municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve
25    District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan
26    Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority,

 

 

HB2808- 440 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    or the housing authority; provided, however, that the
2    amount deducted from any one salary or wage payment shall
3    not exceed 25% of the net amount of the payment. Before the
4    Board deducts any amount from any salary or wage of an
5    employee under this paragraph, the municipality, the
6    county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
7    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
8    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
9    authority shall certify that (i) the employee has been
10    afforded an opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt
11    that is due and owing the municipality, the county, the
12    Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park
13    District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the
14    Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing authority and
15    (ii) the employee has received notice of a wage deduction
16    order and has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to
17    object to the order. For purposes of this paragraph, "net
18    amount" means that part of the salary or wage payment
19    remaining after the deduction of any amounts required by
20    law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" means (i) a
21    specified sum of money owed to the municipality, the
22    county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the
23    Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation
24    District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
25    authority for services, work, or goods, after the period
26    granted for payment has expired, or (ii) a specified sum of

 

 

HB2808- 441 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    money owed to the municipality, the county, the Cook County
2    Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
3    Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago
4    Transit Authority, or the housing authority pursuant to a
5    court order or order of an administrative hearing officer
6    after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust,
7    judicial review;
8        20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
9    number of certified school counselors to maintain a
10    student/counselor ratio of 250 to 1 by July 1, 1990. Each
11    counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work time in
12    direct contact with students and shall maintain a record of
13    such time;
14        21. To make available to students vocational and career
15    counseling and to establish 5 special career counseling
16    days for students and parents. On these days
17    representatives of local businesses and industries shall
18    be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
19    of career opportunities available to them in the various
20    businesses and industries. Special consideration shall be
21    given to counseling minority students as to career
22    opportunities available to them in various fields. For the
23    purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a person
24    who is any of the following:
25        (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having
26    origins in any of the original peoples of North and South

 

 

HB2808- 442 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    America, including Central America, and who maintains
2    tribal affiliation or community attachment).
3        (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
4    original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the
5    Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to,
6    Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan,
7    the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam).
8        (c) Black or African American (a person having origins
9    in any of the black racial groups of Africa). Terms such as
10    "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in addition to "Black or
11    African American".
12        (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
13    Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish
14    culture or origin, regardless of race).
15        (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a person
16    having origins in any of the original peoples of Hawaii,
17    Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
18        Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school
19    days;
20        22. To report to the State Board of Education the
21    annual student dropout rate and number of students who
22    graduate from, transfer from or otherwise leave bilingual
23    programs;
24        23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and
25    Neglected Child Reporting Act or other applicable State or
26    federal law, to permit school officials to withhold, from

 

 

HB2808- 443 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    any person, information on the whereabouts of any child
2    removed from school premises when the child has been taken
3    into protective custody as a victim of suspected child
4    abuse. School officials shall direct such person to the
5    Department of Children and Family Services, or to the local
6    law enforcement agency if appropriate;
7        24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of
8    existing school facilities, projected enrollment and
9    efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
10    improvement of schools and school buildings within the
11    district, addressing in that policy both the relative
12    priority for major repairs, renovations and additions to
13    school facilities, and the advisability or necessity of
14    building new school facilities or closing existing schools
15    to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
16    the district;
17        25. To make available to the students in every high
18    school attendance center the ability to take all courses
19    necessary to comply with the Board of Higher Education's
20    college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
21        26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching
22    profession, whereby qualified professionals become
23    certified teachers, by allowing credit for professional
24    employment in related fields when determining point of
25    entry on teacher pay scale;
26        27. To provide or contract out training programs for

 

 

HB2808- 444 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    administrative personnel and principals with revised or
2    expanded duties pursuant to this Act in order to assure
3    they have the knowledge and skills to perform their duties;
4        28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special
5    needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
6    sum amounts to each attendance center in a manner
7    consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section 34-2.3.
8    Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require any
9    additional appropriations of State funds for this purpose;
10        29. (Blank);
11        30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or
12    any other law to the contrary, to contract with third
13    parties for services otherwise performed by employees,
14    including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
15    employees upon 14 days written notice to the affected
16    employees. Those contracts may be for a period not to
17    exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis.
18    The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools,
19    provided that the board may operate an additional 5
20    contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of
21    subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code;
22        31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures
23    governing the layoff or reduction in force of employees and
24    the recall of such employees, including, but not limited
25    to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force or
26    recall rights of such employees and the weight to be given

 

 

HB2808- 445 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    to any particular criterion. Such criteria shall take into
2    account factors including, but not be limited to,
3    qualifications, certifications, experience, performance
4    ratings or evaluations, and any other factors relating to
5    an employee's job performance;
6        32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
7    hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors;
8        33. To enter into a partnership agreement, as required
9    by Section 34-3.5 of this Code, and, notwithstanding any
10    other provision of law to the contrary, to promulgate
11    policies, enter into contracts, and take any other action
12    necessary to accomplish the objectives and implement the
13    requirements of that agreement; and
14        34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the
15    board comprised of representatives of the board, the chief
16    executive officer, and those labor organizations that are
17    the exclusive representatives of employees of the board and
18    to promulgate policies and procedures for the operation of
19    the Council.
20    The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to
21be construed as exclusive but the board shall also exercise all
22other powers that they may be requisite or proper for the
23maintenance and the development of a public school system, not
24inconsistent with the other provisions of this Article or
25provisions of this Code which apply to all school districts.
26    In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to

 

 

HB2808- 446 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1be exercised by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to
2review or to direct independent reviews of special education
3expenditures and services. The board shall file a report of
4such review with the General Assembly on or before May 1, 1990.
5(Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15.)
 
6    (105 ILCS 5/34-18.30)
7    Sec. 34-18.30. Dependents of military personnel; no
8tuition charge. If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of
9United States military personnel is housed in temporary housing
10located outside of the school district, but will be living
11within the district within 60 days after the time of initial
12enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to
13the requirements of this Section, and must not be charged
14tuition. Any United States military personnel attempting to
15enroll a dependent under this Section shall provide proof that
16the dependent will be living within the district within 60 days
17after the time of initial enrollment. Proof of residency may
18include, but is not limited to, postmarked mail addressed to
19the military personnel and sent to an address located within
20the district, a lease agreement for occupancy of a residence
21located within the district, or proof of ownership of a
22residence located within the district. Non-resident dependents
23of United States military personnel attending school on a
24tuition-free basis may be counted for the purposes of
25determining the apportionment of State aid provided under

 

 

HB2808- 447 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
2(Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
 
3    (105 ILCS 5/34-43.1)  (from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1)
4    Sec. 34-43.1. (A) Limitation of noninstructional costs. It
5is the purpose of this Section to establish for the Board of
6Education and the general superintendent of schools
7requirements and standards which maximize the proportion of
8school district resources in direct support of educational,
9program, and building maintenance and safety services for the
10pupils of the district, and which correspondingly minimize the
11amount and proportion of such resources associated with
12centralized administration, administrative support services,
13and other noninstructional services.
14    For the 1989-90 school year and for all subsequent school
15years, the Board of Education shall undertake budgetary and
16expenditure control actions which limit the administrative
17expenditures of the Board of Education to levels, as provided
18for in this Section, which represent an average of the
19administrative expenses of all school districts in this State
20not subject to Article 34.
21    (B) Certification of expenses by the State Superintendent
22of Education. The State Superintendent of Education shall
23annually certify, on or before May 1, to the Board of Education
24and the School Finance Authority, for the applicable school
25year, the following information:

 

 

HB2808- 448 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1        (1) the annual expenditures of all school districts of
2    the State not subject to Article 34 properly attributable
3    to expenditure functions defined by the rules and
4    regulations of the State Board of Education as: 2210
5    (Improvement of Instructional Services); 2300 (Support
6    Services - General Administration) excluding, however,
7    2320 (Executive Administrative Services); 2490 (Other
8    Support Services - School Administration); 2500 (Support
9    Services - Business); 2600 (Support Services - Central);
10        (2) the total annual expenditures of all school
11    districts not subject to Article 34 attributable to the
12    Education Fund, the Operations, Building and Maintenance
13    Fund, the Transportation Fund and the Illinois Municipal
14    Retirement Fund of the several districts, as defined by the
15    rules and regulations of the State Board of Education; and
16        (3) a ratio, to be called the statewide average of
17    administrative expenditures, derived by dividing the
18    expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(1) by the
19    expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(2).
20    For purposes of the annual certification of expenditures
21and ratios required by this Section, the "applicable year" of
22certification shall initially be the 1986-87 school year and,
23in sequent years, each succeeding school year.
24    The State Superintendent of Education shall consult with
25the Board of Education to ascertain whether particular
26expenditure items allocable to the administrative functions

 

 

HB2808- 449 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) are appropriately or
2necessarily higher in the applicable school district than in
3the rest of the State due to noncomparable factors. The State
4Superintendent shall also review the relevant cost proportions
5in other large urban school districts. The State Superintendent
6shall also review the expenditure categories in paragraph
7(B)(1) to ascertain whether they contain school-level
8expenses. If he or she finds that adjustments to the formula
9are appropriate or necessary to establish a more fair and
10comparable standard for administrative cost for the Board of
11Education or to exclude school-level expenses, the State
12Superintendent shall recommend to the School Finance Authority
13rules and regulations adjusting particular subcategories in
14this subsection (B) or adjusting certain costs in determining
15the budget and expenditure items properly attributable to the
16functions or otherwise adjust the formula.
17    (C) Administrative expenditure limitations. The annual
18budget of the Board of Education, as adopted and implemented,
19and the related annual expenditures for the school year, shall
20reflect a limitation on administrative outlays as required by
21the following provisions, taking into account any adjustments
22established by the State Superintendent of Education: (1) the
23budget and expenditures of the Board of Education for the
241989-90 school year shall reflect a ratio of administrative
25expenditures to total expenditures equal to or less than the
26statewide average of administrative expenditures for the

 

 

HB2808- 450 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

11986-87 school year as certified by the State Superintendent of
2Education pursuant to paragraph (B)(3); (2) for the 1990-91
3school year and for all subsequent school years, the budget and
4expenditures of the Board of Education shall reflect a ratio of
5administrative expenditures to total expenditures equal to or
6less than the statewide average of administrative expenditures
7certified by the State Superintendent of Education for the
8applicable year pursuant to paragraph (B)(3); (3) if for any
9school year the budget of the Board of Education reflects a
10ratio of administrative expenditures to total expenditures
11which exceeds the applicable statewide average, the Board of
12Education shall reduce expenditure items allocable to the
13administrative functions enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) such
14that the Board of Education's ratio of administrative
15expenditures to total expenditures is equal to or less than the
16applicable statewide average ratio.
17    For purposes of this Section, the ratio of administrative
18expenditures to the total expenditures of the Board of
19Education, as applied to the budget of the Board of Education,
20shall mean: the budgeted expenditure items of the Board of
21Education properly attributable to the expenditure functions
22identified in paragraph (B)(1) divided by the total budgeted
23expenditures of the Board of Education properly attributable to
24the Board of Education funds corresponding to those funds
25identified in paragraph (B)(2), exclusive of any monies
26budgeted for payment to the Public School Teachers' Pension and

 

 

HB2808- 451 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Retirement System, attributable to payments due from the
2General Funds of the State of Illinois.
3     The annual expenditure of the Board of Education for 2320
4(Executive Administrative Services) for the 1989-90 school
5year shall be no greater than the 2320 expenditure for the
61988-89 school year. The annual expenditure of the Board of
7Education for 2320 for the 1990-91 school year and each
8subsequent school year shall be no greater than the 2320
9expenditure for the immediately preceding school year or the
101988-89 school year, whichever is less. This annual expenditure
11limitation may be adjusted in each year in an amount not to
12exceed any change effective during the applicable school year
13in salary to be paid under the collective bargaining agreement
14with instructional personnel to which the Board is a party and
15in benefit costs either required by law or such collective
16bargaining agreement.
17    (D) Cost control measures. In undertaking actions to
18control or reduce expenditure items necessitated by the
19administrative expenditure limitations of this Section, the
20Board of Education shall give priority consideration to
21reductions or cost controls with the least effect upon direct
22services to students or instructional services for pupils, and
23upon the safety and well-being of pupils, and, as applicable,
24with the particular costs or functions to which the Board of
25Education is higher than the statewide average.
26    For purposes of assuring that the cost control priorities

 

 

HB2808- 452 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1of this subsection (D) are met, the State Superintendent of
2Education shall, with the assistance of the Board of Education,
3review the cost allocation practices of the Board of Education,
4and the State Superintendent of Education shall thereafter
5recommend to the School Finance Authority rules and regulations
6which define administrative areas which most impact upon the
7direct and instructional needs of students and upon the safety
8and well-being of the pupils of the district. No position
9closed shall be reopened using State or federal categorical
10funds.
11    (E) Report of Audited Information. For the 1988-89 school
12year and for all subsequent school years, the Board of
13Education shall file with the State Board of Education the
14Annual Financial Report and its audit, as required by the rules
15of the State Board of Education. Such reports shall be filed no
16later than February 15 following the end of the school year of
17the Board of Education, beginning with the report to be filed
18no later than February 15, 1990 for the 1988-89 school year.
19    As part of the required Annual Financial Report, the Board
20of Education shall provide a detailed accounting of the central
21level, district, bureau and department costs and personnel
22included within expenditure functions included in paragraph
23(B)(1). The nature and detail of the reporting required for
24these functions shall be prescribed by the State Board of
25Education in rules and regulations. A copy of this detailed
26accounting shall also be provided annually to the School

 

 

HB2808- 453 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1Finance Authority and the public. This report shall contain a
2reconciliation to the board of education's adopted budget for
3that fiscal year, specifically delineating administrative
4functions.
5    If the information required under this Section is not
6provided by the Board of Education in a timely manner, or is
7initially or subsequently determined by the State
8Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or inaccurate, the
9State Superintendent shall, in writing, notify the Board of
10Education of reporting deficiencies. The Board of Education
11shall, within 60 days of such notice, address the reporting
12deficiencies identified. If the State Superintendent of
13Education does not receive satisfactory response to these
14reporting deficiencies within 60 days, the next payment of
15general State aid or evidence-based funding due the Board of
16Education under Section 18-8 or Section 18-8.15, as applicable,
17and all subsequent payments, shall be withheld by the State
18Superintendent of Education until the enumerated deficiencies
19have been addressed.
20    Utilizing the Annual Financial Report, the State
21Superintendent of Education shall certify on or before May 1 to
22the School Finance Authority the Board of Education's ratio of
23administrative expenditures to total expenditures for the
241988-89 school year and for each succeeding school year. Such
25certification shall indicate the extent to which the
26administrative expenditure ratio of the Board of Education

 

 

HB2808- 454 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1conformed to the limitations required in subsection (C) of this
2Section, taking into account any adjustments of the limitations
3which may have been recommended by the State Superintendent of
4Education to the School Finance Authority. In deriving the
5administrative expenditure ratio of the Chicago Board of
6Education, the State Superintendent of Education shall utilize
7the definition of this ratio prescribed in subsection (C) of
8this Section, except that the actual expenditures of the Board
9of Education shall be substituted for budgeted expenditure
10items.
11    (F) Approval and adjustments to administrative expenditure
12limitations. The School Finance Authority organized under
13Article 34A shall monitor the Board of Education's adherence to
14the requirements of this Section. As part of its responsibility
15the School Finance Authority shall determine whether the Board
16of Education's budget for the next school year, and the
17expenditures for a prior school year, comply with the
18limitation of administrative expenditures required by this
19Section. The Board of Education and the State Board of
20Education shall provide such information as is required by the
21School Finance Authority in order for the Authority to
22determine compliance with the provisions of this Section. If
23the Authority determines that the budget proposed by the Board
24of Education does not meet the cost control requirements of
25this Section, the Board of Education shall undertake budgetary
26reductions, consistent with the requirements of this Section,

 

 

HB2808- 455 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1to bring the proposed budget into compliance with such cost
2control limitations.
3    If, in formulating cost control and cost reduction
4alternatives, the Board of Education believes that meeting the
5cost control requirements of this Section related to the budget
6for the ensuing year would impair the education, safety, or
7well-being of the pupils of the school district, the Board of
8Education may request that the School Finance Authority make
9adjustments to the limitations required by this Section. The
10Board of Education shall specify the amount, nature, and
11reasons for the relief required and shall also identify cost
12reductions which can be made in expenditure functions not
13enumerated in paragraph (B)(1), which would serve the purposes
14of this Section.
15    The School Finance Authority shall consult with the State
16Superintendent of Education concerning the reasonableness from
17an educational administration perspective of the adjustments
18sought by the Board of Education. The School Finance Authority
19shall provide an opportunity for the public to comment upon the
20reasonableness of the Board's request. If, after such
21consultation, the School Finance Authority determines that all
22or a portion of the adjustments sought by the Board of
23Education are reasonably appropriate or necessary, the
24Authority may grant such relief from the provisions of this
25Section which the Authority deems appropriate. Adjustments so
26granted apply only to the specific school year for which the

 

 

HB2808- 456 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1request was made.
2    In the event that the School Finance Authority determines
3that the Board of Education has failed to achieve the required
4administrative expenditure limitations for a prior school
5year, or if the Authority determines that the Board of
6Education has not met the requirements of subsection (F), the
7Authority shall make recommendations to the Board of Education
8concerning appropriate corrective actions. If the Board of
9Education fails to provide adequate assurance to the Authority
10that appropriate corrective actions have been or will be taken,
11the Authority may, within 60 days thereafter, require the board
12to adjust its current budget to correct for the prior year's
13shortage or may recommend to the members of the General
14Assembly and the Governor such sanctions or remedial actions as
15will serve to deter any further such failures on the part of
16the Board of Education.
17    To assist the Authority in its monitoring
18responsibilities, the Board of Education shall provide such
19reports and information as are from time to time required by
20the Authority.
21    (G) Independent reviews of administrative expenditures.
22The School Finance Authority may direct independent reviews of
23the administrative and administrative support expenditures and
24services and other non-instructional expenditure functions of
25the Board of Education. The Board of Education shall afford
26full cooperation to the School Finance Authority in such review

 

 

HB2808- 457 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1activity. The purpose of such reviews shall be to verify
2specific targets for improved operating efficiencies of the
3Board of Education, to identify other areas of potential
4efficiencies, and to assure full and proper compliance by the
5Board of Education with all requirements of this Section.
6    In the conduct of reviews under this subsection, the
7Authority may request the assistance and consultation of the
8State Superintendent of Education with regard to questions of
9efficiency and effectiveness in educational administration.
10    (H) Reports to Governor and General Assembly. On or before
11May 1, 1991 and no less frequently than yearly thereafter, the
12School Finance Authority shall provide to the Governor, the
13State Board of Education, and the members of the General
14Assembly an annual report, as outlined in Section 34A-606,
15which includes the following information: (1) documenting the
16compliance or non-compliance of the Board of Education with the
17requirements of this Section; (2) summarizing the costs,
18findings, and recommendations of any reviews directed by the
19School Finance Authority, and the response to such
20recommendations made by the Board of Education; and (3)
21recommending sanctions or legislation necessary to fulfill the
22intent of this Section.
23(Source: P.A. 86-124; 86-1477.)
 
24    Section 50. The Educational Opportunity for Military
25Children Act is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
 

 

 

HB2808- 458 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    (105 ILCS 70/25)
2    Sec. 25. Tuition for children of active duty military
3personnel who are transfer students. If a student who is a
4child of active duty military personnel is (i) placed with a
5non-custodial parent and (ii) as a result of placement, must
6attend a non-resident school district, then the student must
7not be charged the tuition of the school that the student
8attends as a result of placement with the non-custodial parent
9and the student must be counted in the calculation of average
10daily attendance under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of the School
11Code.
12(Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14.)
 
13    Section 95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes
14changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by text
15that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a Section
16represented by multiple versions), the use of that text does
17not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes
18made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other
19Public Act.
 
20    Section 97. Savings clause. Any repeal or amendment made by
21this Act shall not affect or impair any of the following: suits
22pending or rights existing at the time this Act takes effect;
23any grant or conveyance made or right acquired or cause of

 

 

HB2808- 459 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1action now existing under any Section, Article, or Act repealed
2or amended by this Act; the validity of any bonds or other
3obligations issued or sold and constituting valid obligations
4of the issuing authority at the time this Act takes effect; the
5validity of any contract; the validity of any tax levied under
6any law in effect prior to the effective date of this Act; or
7any offense committed, act done, penalty, punishment, or
8forfeiture incurred or any claim, right, power, or remedy
9accrued under any law in effect prior to the effective date of
10this Act.
 
11    Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon
12becoming law.

 

 

HB2808- 460 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1 INDEX
2 Statutes amended in order of appearance
3    20 ILCS 620/7from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1007
4    30 ILCS 105/13.2from Ch. 127, par. 149.2
5    35 ILCS 200/18-200
6    35 ILCS 200/18-249
7    50 ILCS 470/33
8    55 ILCS 85/7from Ch. 34, par. 7007
9    55 ILCS 90/50from Ch. 34, par. 8050
10    65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3
11    65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8
12    65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-35
13    65 ILCS 110/50
14    105 ILCS 5/1A-8from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8
15    105 ILCS 5/1B-5from Ch. 122, par. 1B-5
16    105 ILCS 5/1B-6from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6
17    105 ILCS 5/1B-7from Ch. 122, par. 1B-7
18    105 ILCS 5/1B-8from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8
19    105 ILCS 5/1C-1
20    105 ILCS 5/1C-2
21    105 ILCS 5/1D-1
22    105 ILCS 5/1E-20
23    105 ILCS 5/1F-20
24    105 ILCS 5/1F-62
25    105 ILCS 5/1H-20

 

 

HB2808- 461 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    105 ILCS 5/1H-70
2    105 ILCS 5/2-3.33from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.33
3    105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5
4    105 ILCS 5/2-3.66from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.66
5    105 ILCS 5/2-3.66b
6    105 ILCS 5/2-3.84from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.84
7    105 ILCS 5/2-3.109a
8    105 ILCS 5/3-14.21from Ch. 122, par. 3-14.21
9    105 ILCS 5/7-14Afrom Ch. 122, par. 7-14A
10    105 ILCS 5/10-19from Ch. 122, par. 10-19
11    105 ILCS 5/10-22.5afrom Ch. 122, par. 10-22.5a
12    105 ILCS 5/10-22.20from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20
13    105 ILCS 5/10-29
14    105 ILCS 5/11E-135
15    105 ILCS 5/13A-8
16    105 ILCS 5/13B-20.20
17    105 ILCS 5/13B-45
18    105 ILCS 5/13B-50
19    105 ILCS 5/13B-50.10
20    105 ILCS 5/13B-50.15
21    105 ILCS 5/14-7.02from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02
22    105 ILCS 5/14-7.02b
23    105 ILCS 5/14-13.01from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01
24    105 ILCS 5/14C-1from Ch. 122, par. 14C-1
25    105 ILCS 5/14C-12from Ch. 122, par. 14C-12
26    105 ILCS 5/17-1from Ch. 122, par. 17-1

 

 

HB2808- 462 -LRB100 11017 NHT 21256 b

1    105 ILCS 5/17-1.2
2    105 ILCS 5/17-1.5
3    105 ILCS 5/17-2.11from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11
4    105 ILCS 5/17-2Afrom Ch. 122, par. 17-2A
5    105 ILCS 5/17-3.6 new
6    105 ILCS 5/18-4.3from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3
7    105 ILCS 5/18-8.05
8    105 ILCS 5/18-8.10
9    105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new
10    105 ILCS 5/18-9from Ch. 122, par. 18-9
11    105 ILCS 5/18-12from Ch. 122, par. 18-12
12    105 ILCS 5/26-16
13    105 ILCS 5/27-8.1from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1
14    105 ILCS 5/27A-9
15    105 ILCS 5/27A-11
16    105 ILCS 5/29-5from Ch. 122, par. 29-5
17    105 ILCS 5/34-2.3from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3
18    105 ILCS 5/34-18from Ch. 122, par. 34-18
19    105 ILCS 5/34-18.30
20    105 ILCS 5/34-43.1from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1
21    105 ILCS 70/25